THE THOxAiSONIAN • PRACTICE OF MEDICINE; CONTAINING THE NAMES, AND A DESCRIPTION OF THE VIRTUES AND USES OF THE MEDICINES BELONGING TO THIS SYSTEM OF PRACTICE ; AXSO, DIRECTIONS "OR GIVING THE PROPER QUANTITY OF EACH ARTICLE FOR a dose; TOGETHER WITH THE NAMES AND SYMPTOMS OF THE DIFFERENT FORMS OF DISEASE, AND AMPLE DIRECTIONS FOR CURING THE SAME, WITH THOSE EXCELLENT REMEDIES. «"" — / «"urli -, , ■ ° BY REUBEN £HAMBERS s >v BETHANIA, PA.. 1842. * 124£ Copt Hicht sichreb. According1 to act of Congress in ihe year 1812, by REUBEN CHAMBERS. R. Chambers, Printer, Betbama, Pa. PREFACE. is now pretty generally known that D )Ctor S tmuel Thomson, oston, Massachusetts, has written and published a medical which 19, without doubt, the best work extant, concerning lbject of medicine, and the methods of curing every curable rorm of disease His medicines are selected entirely fr im the vegetable kingdom, excluding therefrom all minerals, poison or not, as much as from the food we ea'; 1'kewise, eveiy plant, which possesses the least poisonous quality, is omitted. And this sys'em of medicine, commonly called the Thomsonian System, is still adhered to, by all who have thoroighly tried or impartially examined it, with a tenacity that speaks volumes in its favor, and to the praise of its great founder, who, although a' an advanced age, is yet living, and has the pleasure of seeing his system spread through our land, to the great blessing and joy of millions who have received benefit by the use of his life-invigorating medicines. I have owned a right to this incomparable system of mecjic'ne about seven years; and, by attention and applira'ion thereto, have obtained so competent a knowledge of it, that I confidently be- lieve that no one will be disappointed, or ever regret purchasing this book; but that those who avail themselves of the information contained in the foll>wing pages, woul 1 not part with it, if they coull.a yearaf er, for fifty times its cost. And there arc thousands, at this time, vvl.o would not take five hundred doll us, each, for their rights, and the knowledge they have obtained of this system, if thev had it in their power to effect such sales, and depend upon the old bleeding, blistering, starving, physicking, calomel system, again ; and I woul 1 no1, if I could, thus dispose of mine, for ten times that amount. But there are many-individuals and famihes who are yet unsupplied with any book of directions for using these valuable medicines, and for the proper management of the s'.ck. Tnis has b;en, in some cases, owing to a want of correct information resp xting the system, and in others, to the pbice (twenty d illars) at which that work has been sold This work is, therefore, intended to supply the deficiency, at a trifling cos*, and put in'o the hands of evtry individual who is willing to enquire and become inf rmed and convinced of the superiority ot this system over every other known. Aid, in compiling the f( llo vu-g pages, I have unbodied, in this volume, what we may call tha Thomsokiax Puactich of Medicine. 4 PREFACE. In doing this, which was a task of no ordinary moment, I have not overlooked the principles of honor and justice towards Doctor Thomson. I have not, to my knowledge, published a single sen- tence of the strictly secret information contained in his book, in which his patent consists. But, as eveiy individual who uses the medicines, should, at least, be supplied with full and explicit directions for that purpose,—a description of the symptoms of each disease,—what medicines are the best calculated to re- move it, and the proper mode of administering them, I have spared no pains in giving a description of the different foms of disease known in our countiy. as far as necessary, together with the very best and most approved methods of removing tfeem with the ready prepared Thomsonian medicines ; which are not only entirely in- nocent in their nature and action upon the human body, but power ■ ful in removing disease, both from man*and beast. Hence, this work will be found to be eminently serviceable as a Book of Phactice. And I here advise that great care be taken by every one who has not Thomson's book, and even them that have it, to be very cautious who they buy their medicines fiom, and know that they be collected and prepared by honest Thomsonians, who are acquainted with the herbs, roots, seeds, gums and oils,. See, used,—the propet seasons for gathering each of them,—the best methods for curing them when gathered, and the most approved methods of preparing them, when-thus gathered and cured; and by persons who are approved for due care as regards cleanliness,- for ■ who, that are sick, would like to take dirt and filth in their medicine, that cannot bear to see the least of any thing of the kind in the victuals they eat, when wtll ? Phave also given a glossary of all the technical terms used in the work, together with many that are no*, but which are made use of by the Medical Faculty, or those called learned docttrs. The following chapter from Thomson's New Guide to Health, al- though there inserted expressly as a caution to those who have rights, I have thought proper, in justice to the Doctor and those who have bought rights, as wtll as to them who may have this book, to copy it here. It shows sufficient cause why Thomsonians do not reveal, to those who have not the right, the information which is the patent of the original proprietor and of those who purchase rights.. "AN AGREEMENT. The subscriber, who is the original discoverer of the new system of practice contained in this work, has endea- vored, in the present edition, to convey to his friends and patrons more extensive information than can be found in any former edition, that they may attain a more thorough understanding in the obtaining, preparing and using such vegetable remedies as are prescribed in the New Guide. He has, in a supplementary way,, made some enlargement PREFACE. 5 to his materia medica; not, however, by the supernumerary ho9t of inefficient, superfluous articles, or by dragging into Ins list, vegetable poisons. He has endeavored to present such information only, as he has believed would be useful. Such communications as he thought due to all who pur- chase rights. It is positively required of all such, that they do not foolishly utter all they know; that they do not dishonor- ably abuse the trust committed to thern. It is conceived that it will be for the mutual interest of the patentee and all who may purchase of him, to be invariably regulated by the laws of honor, justice and propriety, The information contained in these pages is designed to be extensively useful. In effecting the great objects em- braced in the author's views, the work cannot fail of being more extensively useful to those who lawfully avail them- selves of all the information he has published on the sub- ject. Such as lawfully obtain a competent knowledge of this system, are instructed not to trifle with it, but to treasure up, in a good and honest mind, the information given. They are admonished to be on their guard, and never to entrust such important instructions to the dis- honest and designing, whereby the system may be abused. It is therefore distinctly understood and agreed by the patentee and by the purchasers of rights, not only with a view to their mutual interest, but more especially to main- tain the dignity and evince more fully the efficacy and importance of his system, that they do hereby pledge their most sacred word and honor, that they will not,un- necessarily, or when it can be lawfully avoided, reveal or publish any part of the strictly secret information con- tained in the New Guide to Health, but will maintain this agreement inviolate, agreeably to the mutual understand- ing of the parties respectively. Every person who pur- chases a right, and does not abuse the trust, is to be con- sidered and acknowledged a member of the friendly Bo- tanic Society of the United States. On producing his right, or any autentic voucher of the fact, he will be enti- tled to a free, full and confident intercouse of the mem- bers, and entitled to information, advice and friendly assistance, in relation to Botanic Practice. SAMUEL THOMSON." Fart X. --------------------------s-IC DESCRIPTION AND USES OF THE MEDICINES IN THE THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. Our medicines are all the product of the vegetable kingdom; and all vegetables having any poisonous or injurious quality about them are entirely excluded,—de- pending wholly upon such as are known to be not only innocent upon nature, but powerful in removing disease. All who use the Thomsonian remedies, must be par- ticularly cautious, and not attempt to take any of the mineral doctor's drugs, as that course would be very dan- gerous, and might prove fatal ; but keep all mineral doc- tors away, and save them the trouble of a long train of visits, and yourselves the expense of their heavy bills for keeping you sick a long time. fa Bleeding, cupping, blistering, and all mercurial and what are called precipitate ointments, must never be used; and even purges should seldom or uever be resorted to, as very gentle laxatives occasionally, and a thorough use of the syringe, with the Thomsonian clysters, will always do good, and never harm, while the other seldom ever can do any good, arid may do much harm. Our medicines are numbered, from one to six; and of these six numbers there are various compounds made, and and they, as distinct medicines, may also be used alone separately, or combined, as directed. Here follows a list of them, as generally prepared for use, with, the most prominent virtues pointed out, the most approved directions for using, and the ordinary quantity to be given at a dose. The quantity thus men- tioned for a dose, is what is proper for an adult of ordi- nary strength ; but for children and those in a very weak THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 7 state, the dose must be regulated accordingly. This any one of a good judgment can do. Nevertheless, it must be always borne in mind that if the ordinary doses appear not to have the desired effect, we must not depart from the directions given ; but, if necessary, double and treble the power and frequency of the practice, and persevere till it have the desired effect. And, although perseverance is the general watchword in this system, yet it will be found to be very necessary and useful, in all cases, to watch well the symptoms of disease, to see and understand fully what class or form the prevailing disease comes under; and likewise, whether there be any other ailment con- nected with it, or, as is sometimes the case, a complica- tion of disease in the same body. By this care and atten- tion, we shall be the better able to know how to meet the case with the proper remedies, which are treated of at large. NUMBER ONE. It cannot be denied by any one acquainted with this medicine, that it is one of the most valuable articles known, for aiding in the removal of a great many forms of disease. It is prepared in a number of different ways. The three first of these are: First Preparation of Number One, Second Preparation of Number One, Third Preparation of Number One. These are all of the preparations of Number One that Doctor Thomson has thus enumerated ; but, as there are two other important preparations of the same number, but designed principally for emetics, they may properly be designated the Fourth and Fifth Preparations of Number One^ and will be found in their proper order. Besides what is here said.it will be found, in the body of the work, that Number One is often called for in different remedies for disease; but its greatest uses are for the greatest, or most obstinate forms of disease. It therefore enters into the Emetic, as the principal article; it is also a powerful remedy against poison, hydrophobia, fits, spasms, &c. 8 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. First Preparation of Numlur One. This is always in a powder, and i9 of two kind-, the brown and the green ; the brown is the best, requiring smaller quantities than given below, for the common, or green. This preparation may be used as an emetic, in warm water (sweetened) alone, when the prepared emetics cannot be obtained ; but it is better taken in a tea of No. S or No. 4. A teaspoon full of this powder may aho be added to injections wl-.en they are made of No. S tea, or the like. Jt is likewise an excellent article to put in poultices for various swellings, and for stiff joints, con- tracted sinews, and in bad cases of poisoned sores that may require a poultice. A tea made of this by itself, or with a little No. 2 added, is very good for sore eyes, and may be used freely for that purpose, when the proper eye- water cannot be had. It is good to take inwardly, too, in all cases of asthma, consumption, inward poison and all complaints of the stomach, breast and lungs. Directions.—When taken as an emetic, make a tea of No. S or No. 4, and when cool enough to take, pour it off and sweeten it; then add one teaspoon full of this powder, half a teaspoon full of Nerve Powder, half a tea- spoon full of No. 2, and one teaspoon full of No. 6, and drink it off at one, two or more drinks; and repeat the same, if necessary, until .the stomach.be well cleansed. After this be done, drwik freely of Composition, No. 3 or No. 4, CayenDe or Pennyroyal tea, or the like, for a few days. Remember always, when taking emetics, to drink freely of Composition, Pennyroyal or some warming tea, or even warm water, and it will make the vomits much easier, and aid greatly in cleansing the stomach and clearing the system of disease by perspiration, too. [For further in- formation on the subject see "Emetic," or the 4th Pre- paration of No. 1. Second Preparation of Number One. TMs preparation of No. 1 is always in a liquid or tinc- ture. // ii used to counteract poison, either internally or externally. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 9 For external poison, bathe the part affected, well and frequently with this preparation; and, if it be very bad, take it inwardly, too, in doses from a half to one teaspoon full at a time, in Composition, No. 3 or No. 4, or some other tea, or in warm water sweetened, and so continue till cured. A tea made of the leaves or inside bark of the witch hazel tree will be the best in which to take it. For all internal effects of poison, take inwardly as above directed, and add to each dose half a teaspoon full of No. 2 and half a teaspoon full of Nerve Powder, and take it in a tea of No. 3 or witch hazel, if it can be had. If that cannot be had, take it in No. 4, or in warm water, sweetened. This preparation may also be used for emetics, as the first preparation, and about the same quantity for a dose, more or less, according to its required strength. It is also a valuable remed}' for a cough, asthma, con- sumption, and all complaints of the breast and lungs, by being taken often in small doses, so as not to puke, in a tea of Composition, No. 3 and No. 4, alternately, or in No. 2, er even alone. It has been known to do wonders in those complaints. It has been also highly recommended for the cure of dyspepsia and habitual costiveness, by taking it regularly after meals, in small doses so as not to sicken, in some kind of tea, or milk. In all of the above' cases, one should also take enough to puke himself, well, onee or twice a week, and follow the other directions between whiles, till cured, unless he go through full courses of the medicine and the vapor bath. ^owr Tincture oj Number One. This is also a second preparation of No. 1, and may be used in many cases instead of the common sweet tincture of No. 1, and in some instances is better than it for bathing hard and dry swellings, crusty sores of any kind, stiff or swelled joints, hard, knotty or contracted. siuews. In such cases as the above, it is esteemed bet- ter than the sweet tincture, because it is more opening 10 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. and softening in its nature, and will penetrate a hard crusty surface, and soften and relax a callosity quite as well, or rather better than the other. It is also good for poison, either internally or exter- nally, and may be used for that purpose in the same manner and quantities as the sweet tincture; and may be used in like manner for the sting or bite of any insect or reptile, and for such purposes a little salt might be added to it. It may also be taken inwardly in small doses, in cases of fits and spasms, and in cases of Alarm, and other nervous complaints, and if combined with Nerve Powder or other antispasmodics, it will be of greater service in these complaints. But we seldom give the sour tincture as an emetic or vomit, as may be done with the sweet tincture ; because there is one article in it which i» anti-emetic. Dose.—From a quarter to a teaspoon full may be taken at a time, as may be found necessary, in any kind of tea or coffee, or alone, and repeated till it have the desired effect. The same quantities may be taken after meals to promote digestion an" remove costiveness. If it pro- duce nausea, add a little milk, or warm water sweetened. If this be continued during several weeks together, by persons of dry and costive habits and ol bad digestion, great benefit will be derived. In all cases where the sour tincture be not agreeable, the sweet may be used. Tldrd Preparation of Number One. This is a powerful medicine against disease, but is en- tirely innocent on nature. It is used for the most violent attacks of disease, such as palsy, lacked-jaw, bite of a mad dog, or hydrophobia, and is a most powerful remedy against the effect of the bite or sting of any poisonous reptile or insect, or any internal or external poison. It is also a giant remedy in cases of fits or spasms of any kind, and in cases of drowning, &c., where the vital spark is nearly extinct. For a bruise, strain, numbness, or for stiff and swelled joints and contracted sinews, rheuma- tism, St. Vitus*dance, scald head, and for bath:n^ weak THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 11 back, breast and limbs, before applying the Strengthen- ing Plaster, this medicine has no equal. It is also very good for bathing sore, weak or inflamed eyes, and in cases of dimness of sight; but when used for the eyes, it should be weakened in from four to six times its bulk of No. 3 tea, chamomile tea, or pure soft water. Emetics may be taken of this, as of the first or second preparation, and is probably better than either of them for that purpose. And in all cases of poison, both ex- ternal and internal, with a tea of No. 3 or of the inside bark or leaves of the witch hazel tree, it is probably the best remedy known in the world. It is also the best article for bathing corns and warts before applying the Nerve Ointment or Corn Plaster for their removal. It will also remove pimples and other cutaneous eruptions of the skin, by bathing them with it frequently, and tak- ing a few doses inwardly. Dose.—When taken inwardly, from a half to a tea- spoon full, in a tea of No. 3 or No. 4, or in warm water, sweetened. But in all desperate or violent cases, when the patient cannot swallow, it must be given in its purity, and it will find its way to the stomach by the glands, and will not strangle; but if a spark of life or vital heat re- main, it will kindle. If symptoms of life appear, or be not entirely gone, continue very small doses, every five minute«, till the patient can swallow, then give one or more doses, as occasion may require, in the Bitter Nerve Drops, or in Composition or No. 4 tea. This is a medicine that every house and family in out- land should always have a supply of at hand, as thousands have fallen with various kinds of fits, &c, and expired almost instantaneously, when an ounce of this medicine would have rekindled the stifled or expiringsparkof life- PREPARED EMETIC POWDERS, And the Fourth Preparation of Number One. This is one of the very best emetics known. It is ntirely a vegetable preparation, and always harmless, ven when the stomach be so cold and inert that it can- 12 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. not puke : in which case it will pass off harmless, and do what good it can, downward. It is a powerful article to clear the system of morbifick humors, and promote per- spiration and the natural heat of the body. In all cases of sick head-ache, and morbid, or what is called billious stomach, and the like, it is almost a sovereign remedy; but then it must be followed up with Nos. 2, 3 and 4, to maintain the vital heat, remove the canker, and prevent a second accumulation of it, to correct the bile, strengthen the stomach permanently, and restore the digestion. Directions.—This preparation of No. 1 is made up with the greatest care, and compounded of the very best articles known for an easy, certain and effectual vomit. For this purpose it is best to be in separate parcels, as it will generally be put up, on account that a part of the articles composing it must be scalded and the liquor squeezed out, and then the emetic powder (or No. 1) added to the tea, without scalding. Remember always when taking an emetic, that if the bowels be costive, it will be much better to take an in- jection previously or at the time; the emetic will then act more free and easy, and do much more good. With- out this precaution, pain may be the consequence. Dose.—Take from one to three tablespoon fulls of the coarse powder, (which is generally put up in larger pack- ages than the emetic,) and scald it in half a pint of boil- ing waler, and if it be simmered on the fire to get the strength out of the powder, it will be the better; then, as above directed, squeeze out the liquor, sweeten it, and when cool enough to take, add one teaspoon full of the fine emetic powder, stir and drink it at intervals of five or ten minutes, until it operates freely. After the tea be squeezed out of the coarse powder, pour on the dregs, the same quantity or more of hot water as at first, and drink freely of it while taking the emetic and after beginning to puke, and it will aid the operation, and greatly assistin cleansing the stomach.. ' Composition or pennyroyal tea, or even warm water, drank plentifully, is very good for the same purpose. When this be all done, if the stomach be not sufficiently cleansed, or remain sick, then prepare, as above directed, a second, and, if necessary, a third. emetic, and take in like manner. When the stomach be THOMoOXIAN PRACTICE. 13 sufficiently cleansed, drink freely for a few days, of Com position, ginger, or pennyroyal tea, or else follow it up with the other numbers, as directed in the first paragraph above, which will be better, in all cases ° EMETIC DROPS, Or Fifth Preparation of Number One. This preparation, like the last mentioned, is made from the very best emetic articles known, and, like it, may be depended upon with perfect confidence, as being entirely safe and harmless, and at the same time, easy! certain and efficacious. Nothing more need be said of its virtues, as it possesses the same properties as the last, or 4th Preparation of No. 1; but it is always in a liquid, and consequently always ready for use, by putting a lit- tle in a teacup of warm water sweetened, or in a tea of No. 3 or No. 4. Dose.—One tablespoon full of those drops at a time, for an adult, in warm water, sweetened,—or a tea of No. 3 is better than the water alone, if it can be had : but that is not absolutely requisite, for this is an excellent emetic alone, taken in doses of a teaspoon full or two at a time, in warm water, every five minutes till it ope- rates ; and is a very safe, sure and ready medicine in cases of swallowing poison or the like. N U M B E R T W 0. First Preparation. This is a very valuable article, either by itself or com- bined with almost any other article of medicine, except that which may have it in already. It is a powerful and lasting stimulant, either as a medicine or as seasoning on food, and may be used for that purpose, instead of the common black pepper, in all cases whatever, and espe- cially on cucumbers and other green dishes, in the sum- mer season. For a bad cold, hoarseness, cough or con- sumption, or for palsy, numbness in the limbs, &c, it 2 14 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. may be drank freely in a tea, made of half teaspoon full doses, sweetened, at a time. A little put in vinegar and boiled, is very good as a stimulating, bathing lotion. It also improves vinegar for pickles, or for lood, by adding a teaspoon full or two to a quart of the vinegar. A little fine No. 2 is, perhaps one ot the best articles ever tried for removing proud flesh from sores that get cold and are hard to heal. It will also help to keep cold out. Second Preparation of JS"umber Two. This is a powerful medicine for colds, or for numbness, or for bathing any deadened or benumbed sore or hurt, rheumatism or palsy, or for sprains or weakness in the back, limbs, breast or side ; and may be taken inwardly and bathed on for all those and various other ailments, where a stimulating lotion is needed, and especially be- fore applying a strengthening plaster or sticking plaster, when the Stimulating Lotion cannot be had. By putting an ounce or so of this medicine in a quart of poor vine- gar, it will greatly improve its strength and quality for the table, or for pickles. Dose.—A teaspoon full or two, at a time, as occasion may require, and if thought necessary, the dose may be increased to a tablespoon full, which may be taken in warm water sweetened, or in No. 3 or No. 4 tea, and re- peated three or four times in a day, as occasion may re- quire. And in all cases, if the nerves be affected, half a teaspoon full of Nerve Powder should be added to each dose. NUMBER THREE. First Preparation. This is a medicine of great value in the Thomsonian svstein; but its virtues are not even yet sufficiently ap- preciated bf many Thomsonians themselves. It is prob- ably the very best medicine ever yet discovered for ren- ovating, and carrying oft' the slimy mucus and canker of the stomach and bowels, and for removing canker from THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 15 every part of the body; by poultices, washes, drinks and injections : For which purposes, a tea of this article may be o.rank freely by itself sweetened, or with No. 2 or No. 6 in it, for a cold, tooth-ache, rheumatism, piles, old corrupted sores, and almost every other complaint. A strong tea of No. 3 is the very best article in which to stew a common poultice, and to wet it wi h while on. A teacup full of the tea, drank at night ; and in the morning to take a dose or two of Laxative No. 4, or But- ternut Syrup, with a little No. 1 and No. 2 added, is excellent to cut and bring away the lodgings of worms that inhabit the stomach and bowels. A strong tea of this, with half a teaspoon full of No. 0, and as much Nerve Powder added, may be used freely fc;r injections in all cases of sickness in the bowels, v\ hatevei. Remember always, when about to take No. 3, that if the mouth be dry and the glands appear obstiucted, to add plenty of No. 2; and it will prick the glands and cause the saliva to flow freely, and will leave the mouth moist, afterwards. If this precaution be not attended to, the astringent properties of the No. 3 might in some instances increase the difficulty, or at least, not have the desired effect. Likewise, if the bowels be dry and cos- tive, we should at the same time take injections and one of the No. 4 Laxatives, till the difficulty be removed. Thomsonians should always be supplied with Doctor Thomson's perfect No. 3. It is no novelty to those ac- quainted with our medicines; but depending upon sub- stitutes, or a spurious article, may bean injury to the re putation of the Thomsonian remedies, and an abuse of the user, and of Doctor Thomson. Every one should be fully impressed with the importance of this advice, and not"depend upon mere substitutes, or that prepared by unrapable or dishonest hands. Do.,e.—From one to two large teaspoon fulls at a time. Second Preparation of Number Three. This is merely a tincture of the above article, and is prepared in this way for convenience, when the first pre- paration cannot be so easily and quickly made ready as 16 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. might be desirable. It may be used in all cases in which we give the first preparation, and in the same manner, and for the same purposes, in doses of from a tablespoon full to a wine glass full at a time, according to the age and strength of the patient, observing all of the precau- tions given for using the First Preparation of No. 3. The first preparation, where it can be had, in a tea, sweetened, is undoubtedly the best. TiASBERRY CORDIAL, Or Third Preparation of Number TJiree. This is a very valuable cordial for habitual diarrhoea, or laxative habits, and a weak and too relaxed a condi- tion of the bowels. Dose.—Adults may take a small wine-glass full three times in a day—children less, according to age. NUMBER FOUR. Bitters to correct the Bile and restore Digestion. First Preparation. This is one of the very best articles known to correct the bile, to tone up and strengthen the stomach ; it in- creases the appetite, promotes perspiration, expels wind from the stomach and bowels, relieves sick head-ache, and restores digestion; consequently, it will strengthen the whole system; and it is very good to check worms in the stomach and bowels, and should always be used with or after taking other medicines for that purpose. It also cures fever and ague, and is likewise very good in all cases of faintness and for those subject to fits, jaundice, gravel, and for all cases of weakness in the loins and ob- structions of the urine, dropsies, head-ache and relax, and is most sure to throw off a fever, in its first stages, and should be used in all cases of relax, costiveness and piles. For all of the above complaints No. 4 should never be dispensed with, but should he made into a tea and drank freely. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 17 When we cannot get the hot bitters, we may make them hot, by adding to each large tablespoon full of the com- mon No. 4, half a teaspoon full of No. 2, Cayenne, or any kind of red pepper, or double that quantity of black pep- per or good ginger, and mix well together and use ac- cording to the above directions. If laxative No. 4 be wanted, add to each dose of the above, half a teaspoon full of Bitter Root, or one tea- spoon full of Butternut Syrup. But the laxative medi- cines should be used no longer than until the constipation of the bowels be removed, which should always be aided by the syringe ; except in cases of worm complaints, then the laxatives may be continued moderately, with a tho- rough use of the syringe and Thomsonian Clysters. Directions.—One or two teaspoon fulls in a teacup full of boiling water, sweetened to please the taste, stirred well together and drank warm, three or four times in a da}', or oftener, will greatly strengthen and brace up the constitution. In slight cases, or in the first stages of disease, soak the feet in warm water at bed- time, about fifteen minutes; then wipe them dry, before the fire, and rub on No. 6 or some other stimulating lotion or liniment. Never let it be forgotten, before using this medicine, and more especially in bad cases, or cases of long stand- ing, to cleanse the bowels well by injections, and the stomach with a few doses of No. 1, and afterwards take frequently, at night, a dose of the No. 3 tea, to remove canker; then the No. 4 will, if used freely and persevere- ingly, do its perfect work, and not only restore from sick- ness, but will prevent attacks of disease, when greatly apprehended from extreme exposure to wet and cold, or other pre-existing causes, from which sickness may be feared. No. 4 is the best morning bitters known. When the above preparation cannot be had, either of the following preparations of No. 4 may be used, accord- ing to the directions, as a substitute. If the bowels be too laxative*, add to each dose, one teaspoon full of Com- position, Bayberry, or No. 3. In all cases of inward pains, of any name or kind, add a teaspoon full or two of No. 6 to each dose of the No. 4, and bathe the part affected with No. 6, also. 2* 18 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. HOT BTTTERS, Or Second Preparation of Number Four. This is merely a composition of No. 2 and the First Preparation of No. 4 powders, well mixed together; and may be used in all cases, and for all complaints in which the First Preparation is'used, and is much better than it in majiy complaints, especially where there be great coldness of the stomach and bowels, or cold hands and feet, and in all cases where any fever exists, or sickness be apprehended. In bilious fevers, sick head-ache, jaundice, and other bilious complaints, when emetics be administered, they may be given in a tea of these Bitters and the common Emetic Tea, or No. 3 tea mixed. After the vomitings be all over, drink freely through the day, for several days and at night, of Sage tea, and in the morning of these Bitters. The Sage tea may be drank cold through the day, if preferred.—Persevere. Directions :—Precisely the same as for the first pre- paration of No. 4. In all cases of inward pain or griping, add to each dese a teaspoon full of No. 6 and half a teaspoon full of Nerve Powder, and repeat the dose several times in a day, and persevere till it have the desired effect. LAXATIVE BITTERS. Or Third Preparation of Number Four. This is a preparation something different from the above, as it is somewhat of a laxative nature. It is there- fore not so good in cases of relax, dysentary, or the like, as the First Preparation of No. 4, which is" not laxative, unless made so, as directed under the description of that article. This is therefore the most suitable medicine to give in all cases of costiveness, jaundice, vertigo, drop- sies, &c. Aud indeed in all cases or ailments mentioned under the First Preparation of No. 4, or any cases of dyspepsia, if the bowels be .costive, this medicine should be used freely and perseveringly for a long time, with other remedies as directed under the proper head of each disease. Directions:—The same ns for the first preparation. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE^ 19 SPICED BITTERS. Or Fourth Preparation of Number Four. This medicine is one of the very best preparations for all cases of sickness arising from weakness of stomach or dyspepsia, in children or females, and for all persons of weak constitutions, and those affected with nervous de- bility, and all those of consumptive habits. Like the first preparation of No, 4, it increases the appetite, cor- rects the bile, strengthens the liver and promotes the se- cretion of pure bile, and enables the stomach to apply the bile to its proper uses. It equalizes the circulation of the heat, the blood, and other fluids of the body, expels wind from the stomach and bowels, relieves sick head- ache and cholic, cures fever and ague, and is good for them that are troubled with worms, promotes perspira- tion, and maintains a healthy action through the system. Directions:—The same as for the first preparation. TONIC POWDERS, Or Fifth Preparation of Number Four. Emetics and injections, and even full courses of medi- cine, are proper and in most cases indispensable before using this tonic medicine. It is chiefly intended for those lingering cases that do not immediately yield to a few courses of the medicine, and the patient manifests an aversion to that perseverance in repeated courses, some- times almost indispensable for a radical, cure. In many cases of females and others of weak constitu- tions, where there is a great aversion to the regular treat- ment, it becomes necessary to vary a little in some things from that course which should otherwise be pursued. But in doing this, we must never lose sight of the true situation of the patient, nor lose the ground already gained. Sometimes a very pure article may be given in a pill or a syrup, or in butter or the like, for a few days, that in another form, would be rejected. Directions.—A teaspoon full of the above powder may be taken every two or three hours, in a cup of Com- position tea. In intermittent fevers, during the inter- mission, it may be given to good advantage. 20 thomsonian practice. CONSERVE OF HOLLYHOCK, Or Sixth Preparation oj Number Four,—commonly called Bread of Life. This is an excellent medicine, possessing much the same properties as Spiced Bitters or Fourth Preparation of No. 4, being good for all complaints caused by cold, and will prevent taking cold ; and it possesses an advan- tage over the Spiced Bitters, to persons travelling or the like, as it may be carried in the pocket in rolls or lumps, wrapped in paper, and eaten dry, at pleasure. In its effects it is a sweetened, demulcent, hot bitter tonic, quite agreeable to the taste, strengthening as well as lubricating to the stomach, and wanning to the whole body. A tea- spoon full or two of this conserve may be dissolved in a teacup of boiling water and drank, three or four times iu a day, and especially at night and morning, and it will assist in bracing up the system. It is, with other vermi- fuges, such as the Butternut Syrup, or our anti-Dyspeptic pills, very good to carry off worms. Children troubled with worms should be encouraged to eat of it instead of candies and other sweetmeats, which are often injurious to them, if taken in immoderate quantities, which they are apt to do, if permitted. The Conserve is also a very convenient stimulent to use when administering a full course of medicine, especially if the patient be unwil- ling to take other warming medicines, to the extent that the practitioner may think necessary. Those who use much of the Conserve, should take occasionally an injec- tion or two, and emetics; it will then do much more good. LAXATIVE CORDIAL, Or Seventh Preparation of Number Four. This is a tonic laxative, and while it regulates the bowels by removing costiveness, it, like the laxative No. 4 powder, promotes digestion and gives a good appetite for food. It is a very suitable medicine to take in many cases, after first taking injections and emetics, or a full THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. £1 course of medicine, to evacuate the narrow passage below the stomach. Persons afflicted with sourness in the sto- mach can add to each dose as much salajratus or pearlash as will lie on a five cent piece, and it will neutralize the acidity. Dose—Adults may take a wineglass full, ni«dit and morning; children less, according to age. NUMBER FOUR SYRUP, Or Eighth Preparation of Number Four. This is a very good medicine in all cases in which we might use the first or second preparation of No. 4. Being in a liquid, it is always ready for use. But as it is pre- pared in spirituous liquor, it is not quite so good for gene- ral use, as the two first preparations. Dose.—Adults may take from a tablespoon full to a wineglass full, three or four times a day; children and weak patients, from a teaspoon full to a tablespoon full, observing the directions for the first preparation. WINE BITTERS, Or Ninth Preparation of Number Four. This is one of the very best preparations that goes by the name of Wine Bitters. It is good to take two or three doses in a day, as a stimulating tonic, bitter. And for those who will drink whiskey and other liquors, this is probably the very best bitters that can be added thereto. A small dose diluted in a pint of water, will make a very pleasant and wholesome drink for warm weather. Dose*.—From a tablespoon full to a very small wine glass full, three or four times a day, subject to the direc- tions given for the first preparation of No. 4. BITTER NERVE DROPS, Or Tenth Preparation of Number Four. This is no doubt the very best preparation ever made, • 22 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. to prevent or cure faintness, or any excitable state of the nerves? hence it is very good for dyspeptic persons, aiul is a very valuable medicine in all cases of fright, violent anger or melancholy. In all cases of the spleen, hyste- rical affections, and other complaints of a similar nature, this valuable medicine has no equal knov. n to the medi- cal world. With this medicine and the Third Preparation of No. 1, we may almost set disease at defiance; provided ti,e necessary care be taken for the preservation of our gene- ral health. This is a very convenient and useful medicine to be supplied with, while travelling, especially for all who are are subject to faintness, hysterical, or any nervous affec- tions whatever; being much better for these purposes than camphor; and for head-ache or the like, it is far superior to the volatile salts, and other remedies com- monly made use of for such purposes. Directions.—From a half to a teaspoon full may be taken at a time, and increased as the strength of the pa- tient or necessity of the case may require, to one, two or three tablespoon fulls, and repeated, if necessary. In- fants under a year old, from five or ten drops to a teaspoon full. For a violent head-ache, take half a teaspoon full of No. 2, or Cayenne Pepper, and scald it in a teacup of hot water, and sweeten it; then add one or two teaspoon fulls of the tenth preparation of No. 4, and drink at two or 3 draughts. If this do not cure in one or two hours, then prepare a second dose and take, in like man- ner, and it will cure like a charm ; unless the case be of long standing or proceed from external injury. In these cases, too, the patient will receive great benefit by using the above medicine, as directed. But for an effectual and permanent cure of chronic head-ache, the patient must go through a full course of the medicine, and re- peat it two or three times a week, till entirely cured. It is also a very valuable medicine for restless and weak- ly children, and for lying-in females. When No 2 can- not be had, Composition tea, made twice as strong as for common use, with the Bitter Nerve Drops, will seldom fail in giving relief. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. NUMBER FIVE POWDER, Or First Preparation of Number Five. This preparation possesses the same medical proper- ties as the No. 5 Syrup, but is not quite so convenient, as it requires to be made into a tea before using. When made into a tea, by scalding two or three teaspoon fulls in a gill or two of boilingwater, and sweetened with sugar, it is good to restore the digestive powers and promote an appetite. Children may take less, according to their age ; but this medicine, like No. 4, may be used freely, to good advantage. It is more mild than No. 4, and may be given to children and weak patients. Sickness from eating unripe fruit and other causes, may often be prevented in children, by giving them one or two Thomsonian emetics and injections, and follow up with a few doses of No. 5 tea, sweetened, or No. 5 Syrup NUMBER FIVE SYRUP, Or Second Preparation of Number Five. This is a very useful and agreeable medicine to take, either as a restorative after being relieved from sickness, or as a preventive, when one is exposed to causes which may produce sickness. It is also an excellent medicine fordysentary and all bowel complaints, in old or young, male or female, and will greatly strengthen the stomach and bowels, and is good to restore weak patients. It may be ranked as a strengthening cordial for weak pa- tients to recover the tone of the stomach after long sick- ness, particularly in dysentary, or any disorder of the bowels. J)ose.—Adults may take from a tablespoon full to a wineglass full, three or four times in a day, or oftener, if the case require it. Infants, under a year old, one tea- spoon full, and repeated as above ; from one to five years of age, increase the dose about one teaspoon full for every year older the child may be. Children and others who may have eaten too much fruit, may obviate its evil ten- dency by taking a few doses of this* syrup. 24 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. INFANT DROPS, AND MOTHER'S CORDIAL, Or Third Preparation of Number Five. This is a preparation made up of different articles cal- culated to ease pain and remove the cause of it; to promote wonted sleep and repose ; to comfort and strengthen the stomach and nervous system. It partakes something of the nature and virtues of the Nerve Bitters, but is ra- ther more mild and soothing, especially for sickly child- ren, infants, weakly mothers and women in child-bed. In all of these delicate cases, it is probably the best medi- cine ever offered to the public. Where the nerves be badly affected, or hysteric fits, or faintness, or spasms ap- pear, it will be necessary to use the Nerve Bitters, either alone or combined with these drops. But in all common cases, and in cases that sometimes occur in which the mother can scarcely tell what aileth either herself or her child, then this medicine will have a happy effect to bring all things right. It is intended to supersede the use of laudanum, paregoric, and all other stupefying doses, such as are sold in the shops and peddled about, or adminis- tered by the mineral faculty, to lying-in women and rest- less children. It facilitates labor, if the time be come; and, if assisted with hot stones in wet cloths at the feet, removes after-pains and prevents their re-occurrence; but if the hour of labor be not fully come, it acts in a contrary way, by easing the pain, strengthening the weak and burdened parts, and removing all of those premature symptoms. It is a valuable preparation for cramp, cholic, cholera morbus, and summer complaint in young children. Directions.—To children under a year old, give from ten drops to a teaspoon full, in a tea of Composition, (made weak and sweetened,) two or three times in a day, or oftener, if necessary. If Composition cannot be had, warm water will answer. The dose may be increased to a tablespoon full for children of five years old, and thus regulated according to the age of the child; and add a little No. 6 to each of the doses, in acute cases of cholic, spasms, or summer complaint. Adults may take from a tablespoon full to a small wine- glass full, four or five times in a day, and in cases of in- ward pain, add one or two teaspoon fulls of No. C to each dose, and persevere till relief be obtained. Usino- injec- tions at the same time, will greatly aid the work. THOMSONIAN PHACTPDE. 25 NUMBER SIX POWDER, Or First Preparation of Number Six. This preparation of No. 6 is the dry powder, and is sel- dom called for in this state, being much better in most cases in a liquid ; yet if it cannot be had .as it generally is, in a liquid, and the powder can be procured, we may add half of a small teaspoon full, to each dose of Compo- sition or No. 4 powder, and scald, sweeten, and pour it off, and drink warm, in any case in which No. 6 is recom- mended. The same tea may be given by injections, but not quite so strong. When there be pain or griping in the bowels, injections such as these would always do good; and for that purpose the lees from which the above tea was made, might be scalded over again, making a mild and good tea for adding to injections. In dysentery and summer complaints, this would be very good. NUMBER SIX LIQUID, OR RHEUMATIC AND MORTIFICATION DROPS, To remove Pain, prevent Mortification, and to promote and maintain a natural heat through the system. Second Preparation of Number Six. This preparation is always in a liquid, and it is unri- valled in the cure of many complaints, such as mortifica- tion, old or putrid sores, bruise, strain, fresh cuts, pain of any kind, either external or internal, cholic, worms, tooth-ache, or any ailment whatever, which occasions pain; white swellings, or any other swelling, sore shins, scratches or deep pricks or gashes by thorns, nails or splinters running into the flesh. It allays inflamation, cures rheumatism and brings down swellings. It cures fever and ague, by using it perseveringly with No. 4. Any purpose for which Opodeldoc is used, either on man or beast, No. 6 is far superior; and, indeed, there is hardly a complaint in which this useful medicine cannot be used to advantage. S [Directions. 26 thOmsonian practice. Directions.—It will be best, in most cases, when No. 6 be used outwardly, to take several doses inwardly too, in Composition tea, or any of the foregoing numbers, as the nature of the case may require. When taken inwardly, from one to two teaspoon fulls is the ordinary dose for adults; children half a teaspoon full, more or less, according to their age and strength. No. t» is also a valuable lotion, and lasting stimulant for bathing the feet with, in cases of cold, after having pre- viously soaked them in warm water; for which purpose, see Stimulating Lotion. REMARKS ON THE FIRST SIX NUMBERS, AND THE SECONDARY MEDICINES. The foregoing six numbers, in their various prepara- tions and compounds, are the primary medicines used in Doctor Thomson's system. They are the head and main stand-by remedies, in connexion with the Vapor Bath, for subduing all of the most acute and obstinate forms of disease known in this part of the world. At the same time, the following described compounds, with the modes of using them, are strictly Thomsonian, and are made much use of, by the great founder of our system, as pre- ventives, checks and palliations to disease, and as restor- atives when the corrupting and withering effects of disease have, in any degree, blasted some part or parts of organ- ized or animate creatures. The}' may properly be term- ed Secondary Medicines; and, although not numbered in Thomson's book, yet I have, for the sake of analogy and perspicuity, arranged the most of them in a consecutive numerical order, which is in full accordance with the true Thomsonian text. This methodical arrangement of all of the important medicines, as I have laid them down dis- tincly, together with a fuller classification and a more analogous arrangement and sub-division of the preceding six numbers, does undoubtedly render the subject-matter much more comprehensible and interesting to all. The above-mentioned improvements in the methodical arrange- ment of the medicines, together with the full and elabo- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 27 'ate description of the uses of each article, with all the necessary precautions while using them, on so plain and explicit a plan, will certainly render this part of the work mote plain and serviceable to persons unacquainted with the 1 homsonian system, and will be a more ready book of reference, and of greater utility in the practice, to those who are, than any work heretofore published on the subject. NERVE POWDER, Or Number Seven.—First Preparation. This is a safe and efficacious medicine, and should be given to weak and nervous patients, in all cases of sick- ness. It may be used in almost every preparation, both externally and internally. It is a great strengthener of the nerves, and excellent to promote wanted sleep and repose; but possesses none of that narcotic, poisonous property of opium. In all cases of nervous affection, hys- terical symptoms, and spasms, this medicine should never be dispensed with , but may be added to any of the other medicines, when ready to take, and also to injections. In any case in which the Nerve Drops are used, this powder added to No. 4, or Composition, will answer a good purpose. Dose.—From one-fourth to half a teaspoon full, accord- ing to the age and strength of the patient. In a general way, Thomsonians do not scald this first preparation of Nerve Powder, but add it to each dose, when cool enough to take. Over-doses of the Nerve Powder should always be avoided; but when much be needed, repeat them oftener. COMPOUND NERVE POWDER, Or Second Preparation of Number Seven. This preparation of Nerve Powder may be used freely in all cases in which the first preparation is recommended, and is good for asthma, cough, difficulty of breathing, and all disorders of the breast and lungs, pains in the breast 28 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. or side, all hurried respirations, palpitations, and hysteric cholic. It soothes rheumatic pains, and relieves strangu- ary. It is probably the best medicine known for females to prevent miscarriages. Taken two or three times a day, after passing a regular course of the medicine, or after having the system properly prepared by evacuations with clysters and emetics, its virtues in strengthening the inward parts and raising the spirits, can hardly be over- rated. It is also well esteemed in coughs, catarrhs and other pulmonary affections, being of itself mildly expecto- rant. In common practice, I would prefer using this medicine judiciously combined with other articles recommended for the prevailing disease, whatever that may be ; or it may be mixed, in equal parts, with the "-Pectoral and Stomachic Composition," which will be improved thereby. Dose.—From one-fourth to a teaspoon full in warm water sweetened, or in any kind of tea or coffee, or in Composition or No. 4, which is the best. It may also be mixed with honey or molasses and taken alone, and after- wards taking a draught of Composition, No. 3 or No. 4, or the " Pectoral Tonic Composition." SWEET NERVE DROPS. Or Third Preparation of Number Seven. This is a valuable preparation made from, and possess- ing much of the same virtues as the Nerve Powders, and may, like them, be given in all cases in which they are used, except in cases of vertigo, delirium, extreme weak-. ness, &c, in which cases either the first or second preparations, or else the Bitter Nerve Drops are prefer- able; but it has this* advantage, that it is always prepared and ready for use, by merely putting a dose of it in a lit- tle warm water, with or without sweetening, as may be preferred; or it may be taken in any kind of tea, or in a dose of any of the prepared medicines, or it mav be taken alone, as may best suit the inclination of the patient. Dose.—One or two teaspoon fulls at a time for an adult, which may be repeated, occasionally, until the nervous Symptoms disappear.. Children less, according to age. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 29 Over-doses of these Drops, as well as of the Nerve Powders, should be avoided ; but in all cases of necessity, the dose may be repeated, until the nervous symptoms disappear. ANTI-SPASMODIC TINCTURE, Or Fourth Preparation of Number Seven. This is a more powerful preparation than either of the preceding preparations of No. 7. It is a powerful anti- septic, anti-spasmodick anodyne, and may be used in all cases of fits, spasms, cramps, cholera, lock-jaw, drowning, hydrophobia, alarm, hysteric fits, &c. It may be used in all cases in which the Third Preparation of No. 1 is re- commended, if that article cannot be had in its purity; In hysterical fits and most cases of nervous affection, it may be given frequently, in very small doses, to good advantage. The Third Preparation of No. 1, No. 6 Drops, with the Second Preparation of No. 1 and the Sweet Nerve Drops, equal quantities of each, mixed and shook well together, form nearly the same thing, and may be prepared by any one having those medicines. Dose.—For an adult of ordinary strength from one to two teaspoon fulls at a time, in warm water sweetened, or if cold be prevalent, it may be taken in a dose of Com- position or No. 4 Hot Bitters. COMPOSITION POWDER, Or Number Eight. This Composition is for the first stages and less violent attacks of disease. It is a medicine of much value, and may be safely used in all complaints of male or female, old or young. It will cure a relax, dysentery, diarrhoea, and with No. 6 added, is a sovereign remedy for pain in the stomach and bowels, and will remove all obstructions caused by cold, if timely and efficiently administered. Composition is the best thing, to be first used, for sudden cold, foul stomach, head-ache, jaundice, pain in the limbs, 3* so THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. cold hands and feet, gout, rheumatism, or loss of inward heat. It cures a sickly or squeamish stomach which often troubles children and others in the morning. By taking a dose when going to bed, and putting a hot stone to the feet, wrapped in hot cloths, it will, generally throw off a disease in its first stages, if repeated two or three times. If the symptoms be violent, with pain, add to each dose a teaspoon full of No. 6 ; and if any nervous symptoms appear, add half a teaspoon full of either of the Nerve Powders or Nerve Drops. If this treatment do not have the desired effect, after repeating the dose every quarter or half hour for a few hours, then add half a tea- spoon full of any of the preparations of No. 1, to each dose, and repeat it every fifteen minutes, until relief be obtained, which will generally be in the course of an hour or two, at most. After this be all done, follow up the former course for a few days, by omitting the No. 1, and in the meantime strengthen the digestion, and the whole system, with No.4, as directed under that head. Directions.—The ordinary dose is one teaspoon full at • a time, with the same quantity of sugar, scalded in a tea- cup of boiling water,sweetened and stirred well together, and drank warm. After taking a few doses to open ob- structions, so that it may pass off free, and cause sweat- ing, the dose may then be increased gradually to a table- spoon full, if found necessary. Then by getting in a warm bed, and applying the steaming stones to the feet, and to the stomach, side, back or shoulders, if great pain be in any of those places, (as above directed,) and adding to each drink, a teaspoon full of No. 6, and half a teaspoon full of Nerve Powder, the disease will be soon thrown off. Young children may take from one-fourth to a half of a teaspoon full of the Composition Powder at a dose, ac- cording to their ages or the violence of the dise'ase. Milk or cream may be added to make it pleasant, especially when given to children, and those opposed to taking it. COUGH POWDER, Or Number Nine. This powder is useful in consumptions, and in all THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 31 coughs proceeding from sudden cold, or canker settled on the lungs, whooping cough and all complaints of the breast and lungs. It should be used freely when going through the regular Thomsonian treatment for those complaints. Dose.—Take a teaspoon full of the. powder mixed in honey or molasses, three or four times in a day, and espe- cially before going to bed ; then drink freely of Compo- sition, No. 2, 3, or 4 tea, (or these alternately) after it. And frequently at bed-time, soak the feet in quite warm water, from fifteen to thirty minutes, then wipe them dry, and bathe them well before the fire, with the Stimulating Lotion, or the Vinegar Lotion, and then with No. 6. If these cannot be had, then in the place thereof, use the Second Preparation of No. 2, or the Stimulating Lini- ment. In bad cases it will be necessary to go through full courses; or in the place thereof, to take frequent and thorough emetics and injections; and in all cases the Cough Powder and Hot Bitters should be continued be- tween whiles, till perfectly well. COUGH DROPS. Or Second Preparation of Number Nine. 'This valuable expectorant is warranted superior to any thing else of the kind ever offered to the public, for the cure of asthma, cough, whooping cough, consumption, and all diseases of the breast and lungs. Those who may be troubled with fits of coughing, may check it, for the time, by taking instantly, a small dose or two of these drops. For any of the above complaints, they should be taken several times in a day, and especially when going to bed, and getting up in the morning. Dose.—In all common cases, take from a half to one or two teaspoon fulls at a time, or more, if it do not pro- duce nausea, in a tea of Composition, No. 2, No. 3 or No. 4. In a tea of these alternately, would answer a good purpose; or for want of these, the drops may be taken in a tea made of ginger, or of the common red or black pepper, sweetened, and will do much good. But in all cases it will be much better to take an emetic and an injection, once or twice a week or oftener ; and occasion- 32 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. ally to soak the feet in warm water fifteen or twenty minutes; then wipe them entirely dry, and bathe them well with No. 6, or other stimulant, as directed under the proper head. Directions for bad cases.—During a paroxysm of asthma, give as quick as possible the first thing of a warming na- ture that can be got hold of, such as Composition, No. 2, strong Ginger tea, or a dose of the Cough Drops : then im- merse the feet in water as warm as can well be borne, and continue to drink of Composition or other hot tea, until perspiration ensues; then wipe the feet dry, bathe them as above directed, and go to bed, and put a jug of hot water, or a hot stone or brick, wrapped in wet cloths, to the feet, and then take one or two tablespoon fulls of these drops, or a dose or two of the prepared emetic, or any of the preparations of No. 1. As soon as puking com- mences, drink freely of spearmint, peppermint, penny- royal, or Composition tea. The Composition is the best. When the operation of the emetic be over, give some light food ; and when the sweating begins to abate, wipe dry and change the clothes. • Afterwards take from a half to two teaspoon fulls of these drops, three or four times in a day, in a dose of Composition tea, until a cure be effected. The No. 4 or No. 5 should afterwards be taken to strength- en the stomach and restore the digestive powers. CHOLERA SYRUP, Or Number Ten. The name given to this valuable preparation indicates at once, what it is good for, and consequently what vir- tues it must necessarily possess, namely, the prevention or cure of cholera. And it is unquestionably the best medicine known either for Asiatic Cholera, so called, or those complaints in children, called Cholera Infantum,or more commonly summer complaints; for which com- plaints it is a very pure and valuable medicine, for either old or young, male or female, when troubled with any complaint or symptoms of that kind. It may be used at all times at the first appearance of any symptoms of the above complaints, or any griping pains, cholics, or like. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 33 Dose.—Adults may take a tablespoon full at a time, and repeal at discretion, until relief be obtained. Child- ren may take one, two or three teaspoon fulls, according to their age and the violence of the disease. DIURETIC POWDER, Or Number Eleven. This preparation is one of the safest and best diuretics known. It should be used in all cases of dropsy, strangu- ary, gravel, and all complaints of the kidneys, and should be used freely while going through the regular courses of medicinp for those complaints. Dose.—One tablespoon full of the powder to half a pint of boiling water, and steeped half an hour; then strained, sweetened with honey or molasses, and drank warm, will often give relief in a very short time, by perseverance. DIURETIC DROPS, Or Second Preparation of Number Eleven. These drops possess the same medical virtues as the Diuretic Powder, and maybe used for obstructions in the loins, kidneys, bladder, and urinary vessels ; hence they are good for dissolving calcula, and removing stone, grav- el and sand from the bladder, and will cure stranguary, and enable the patient thus affected to void urine freely. Dosr.—Take one or two tablespoon fulls, in a tea of No. 4, or Composition; but to effect a perfect cure, full courses of the medicine must be resorted to, and perse- veringly, and be followed up with the best No. 4 Bitters and the diuretics. INJECTIONS, CALLED ALSO, CLYSTERS, OR ENEMAS. Doctor Thomson, the father of this system of medicine, saith, in his NewGuide to Health, that " the administer- in"-of medicine by injections, is of the greatest importance 34 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. to the sick; that it will frequently give relief when all other applications fail." According to the plan which he has adopted, there are certain objects to be attained in the administration of meu.cine, bv injections, no less than by taking them into the stomach ; namely :—to raise the in- ternal heat, promote perspiration, ease pain by warming the parts, and removing the canker, and guarding against mortification. To accomplish these objects, the medi- cine capable of removing the complaint, must be applied with discretion to that part where the disease is located ; if in the stomach only, by swallowing the medicine it may be removed; but if in the intestines, urethra, bladder, vagina or womb, the substance of the same must be given by injections; and if in the skin or flesh, by poultices, washes or lotions, ointments, liniments and salves. In like manner, where there are old and deep gashes, or deep ulcers in the flesh or along the bone, as in some desperate cases of white swellings, we must, with a syringe or other proper instrument, inject the liquid medicine therein, as necessity may require. In all cases of dysentery, cholic, piles, costiveness, worms, small pox'measels, scarlet and other fevers, and in many complaints peculiar to females, injections are of the greatest importance in giving relief, when properly attended to, with that medicine which is best suited to the occasion. Let the remedy be applied with judgment and discretion to that part where the dis- ease is seated ; for in all cases where the parts are badly affected, injections should never be dispensed with. They are perfectly safe in all cases, and better that they bead- ministered ten times when not needed, than once neglect- ed when they are. Injections are necessary to be given when taking an emetic, either before or immediately after, (before it oper- ates, especially if the bowels be costive.—Remember that. DIRECTIONS FOR USING THE SYRINGE ONE'S SELF, Jlnd talcing Injections in the Intestines. A common half-pint or pint syringe, with a straight pipe, with the outer or point end of the pipe somewhat THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 55 thicker, of a bulbous oval shape at the point, is about as convenient a one for common family use, as any other. When any other kind be needed, the practioner should procure one and use it accordingly, as his best judgment may dictate, or the necessity of the case may require. When the practitioner has the clyster in readiness, (which must be done agreeably to the directions accom- panying the medicine, or those found under the proper head in this book,) he should immerse the pipe into the tea or clyster water, and draw back the piston, till the syringe be filled : then be prepared with a little melted tallow, fat or oil, and anoint the fundament or anus there- with, and the pipe will enter without difficulty. Next, grasp the syringe around the shoulder, close at the pipe; then, remaining in a standing position, insert the pipe about an inch and a half, and holding the syringe in a per- pendicular manner, with the handle downward, lower the body, by bending the knees, keeping the body straight as possible, until the handle of the piston rests upon the floor, or some other thing so placed for that purpose; and thus holding the syringe, with a firm grasp, continue to lower the body down, until the contents be thrown up into the bowels, which any adult individual may do with great ease. This part of the operation maybe performed by the assistance of a friend, if preferred or the patient be weak and not able to administer them himself; and in any posture of the body, according to the judgment or inclination of the parties concerned. When done using the syringe for the time, it should be cleansed, and well rinsed, by filling it, as above directed, with warm water or soap suds, and squirting it out again, with a pumping motion, or otherwise, as may be thought best. Then draw out the piston and lay it by in a safe place to dry, taking care to rub a little sweet oil or lard on the leathers of the piston, to prevent thern from drying hard. gCyThe above directions are designed principally for persons entirely unacquainted with the use of a syringe. Note.—Where a syringe could not be had, I have seen a bladder, with a piece of elder bush, with the pith bored out, used for that purpose. A short pipe made smooth at the end, could be used in like manner, with a bladder. [While 36 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. While I am treating my reader with this subject, I will not let the opportunity pass, without reminding him of the necessity of being provided with a good injecting Syringe. It is an article that no Thomsonian family should be without. The cost of it would be no more than the cost of one visit from a calomel doctor, which might be of little or no benefit; but the syringe, by being used thoroughly, might save many lives, and with care, may last a lifetime. They can be had at Thomsonian, and other druggists' stores. INJECTION POWDER, Or Number Tivelve. There are two preparations for injections which may be used in all common cases of pain, canker and other obstructions. This one is always prepared in a coarse powder, of which a strong tea must be made, and when cool enough to take, (with a good syringe made for that purpose) let it be given. Directions.—Scald a tablespoon full of the powder, more or less, as occasion may require, in three or four gills of boiling water; after standing a while to extract the virtues, strain it through a cloth or very fine sieve, and when cooled to blood heat, take a syringe and inject it into the bowels. Retain it as long as ye conveniently can. When the bowels be thus evacuated by one or more clysters, then take another, and retain it an hour, more or less, as occasion may require. If they be thus taken just before going to bed, the last one, made weak, may be re- tained all night, and will be of great advantage. This course should be followed up perseveringly, ac- cordingly as the case may require. Some cases of cos- tiveness or piles, that have been of long standing, may require many weeks to effect a cure ; but the great advan- tages to be derived will amply repay.—Persevere. CLYSTER WATER. Or Second Preparation of Number Twelve. This preparation is similar in every respect to that prepared out of the powder, except that it possesses a THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 37 greater degree of strength, and is always ready for im- mediate use. Directions.—Put from one to four tablespoon fulls in a half a pint or more of warm water, and it will be ready for use, and may be taken as directed to proceed with a tea of the injection powders. WORM POWDERS. Number Thirteen. This is the purest and probably the best vermifuge or worm medicine known. If the patient be opposed to taking it, the Worm Syrup, Worm Lozenges, or Butter- nut Syrup may be resorted to, to a good advantage, as they are mild and more easily taken. But those troubled with any ailment whatever, ought not to be against taking the very best preparations for that complaint, when they can be relied on for safety and efficacy, and will leave no sting behind. Dose.—'These powders may be mixed in molasses, and eaten at pleasure, especially at night and morning, after which, drink freely of Composition and No. 4 tea, or a tea of No. 2 and No. 3, or these alternately. Or, a tea may be made of the Worm Powder and sweetened, and drank freely, as above directed. Evacuate the bowels and stomach, well, by clysters and emetics, previously, and success will be the reward. lO^For further directions, see worms. WORM SYRUP. Number Fourteen. This is a valuable medicine for children that are trou- bled with worms, and will be taken by them more readily than most other worm preparations. It is good to prevent fits in children that be badly affected with them, as is sometimes the case. It is much the best way to evacuate the bowels and stomach by injections and emetics, before using the worm medicines; they will then cut and bring 4 38 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. away the great mass of flegm from the stomach and bow- els, which is their natural element and lodging; then the tonic and vermifuge properties of this medicine will do twice the good, in half the time that it otherwise would. Dose.—Children from three to five years old, may take two or three tablespoon fulls of this syrup, night and morning, for a week ; then mis9 a few days, and repeat the same course of doses again, as occasion may require. Adults may double or treble the quantities given to child- ren, and pursue the same mode of taking it. BUTTERNUT SYRUP. Number Fifteen. This is a pleasant and mild purgative vermifuge. It is a safe and efficacious loosening medicine for the bowels, and may be given to children and adults for that purpose- It is a suitable and convenient article to take after using other medicine for worms. It is, of itself, a vermifuge, and is known to have expelled the tape-worm, by using it for a length of time. Dose.—Adults may take from a teaspoon full to a ta- blespoon full, as may be found needful, night and morn- ing : and, while using it, drink freely of No 4, Composi- tion, or No. 2 and 3 tea. Enemas and emetics had better be previously used; then this medicine will clear all re- maining obstructions from the alimentary canal. LAXATIVE PILLS. Number Sixteen. These pills are intended for those who are troubled with constipation of the bowels or habitual costiveness, and those who travel much from home, and be troubled with weakness and want of action in the intestines. They are very convenient to carry with one's self and take, at any time, when needed. They answer well for those to begin our system of medicine with, who are opposed to taking injections and emetics, being, probably, the most harmless THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 39 laxative pill ever offered to the public. They are, as all other Thomsonian medicines, entirely vegetable, anil not violent in their operation, as most of the pills and physics sold at the drug shops are; but they give an easy and natural movement to the bowels, if the proper quantity be taken at a time. They are good, with other things, in cases of piles, jaundice, foul or bilious stomach and head- ache, and will help to cleanse the blood and strengthen the digestion. Dose.—Adults may take from three to six pills before going to bed at night; theu drink a dose of Composition tea, with No. 6 in it, or either'of them, and great benefit will be derived. Children, a year old and upwards, may take from one to three pills, according to age, as above directed for adults. One or two pills at a time may also be taken an hour or so before or after meals, and contin- ued as may be found needful. They will not have the effect to increase the difficulty they were intended to remedy, as is the case with most of the cathartic nostrums which flood the country. Although I say what I have in behalf of these pills, yet it is necessary to let my reader know that medicine taken in pills, is not the best way to go about removing disease. For the reasons above stated, they are made. But, to effectually remove any disease, thorough treatment, as directed under its proper head, is^the sovereign remedy. ANT1 DYSPEPTIC PILLS. Number Seventeen. These pills are what some would call anti-bilious pills. They are the best article now offered to the dyspeptic, by the name of pill. They relieve and cleanse the stomach, correct the bile, promote and strengthen the digestion, increase the appetite, relieve sick head-ache,.and, with No. 3 injections, will cure the piles, remove flegm and canker from the stomach and bowels, drive away worms and root out their lodgings, and other intestinal obstruc- tions. When troubled with costiveness or constipation of the bowels, injections and the Laxative Pills, or the But- 40 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. ternut Syrup, or Laxative No. 4, should be used along with them. When taking these pills to cure the piles, Thomsonian injections should be used daily, and a cure may be speedily effected; but, in bad cases, or cases of longstanding, the full courses must be resorted to. Dose.—Adults may take from three to six before going to bed, and then a dose of Composition and No. 6, or either of them, and it will greatly assist the operation of the pills. Children from one year and upwards, may take from one to three pills, at night, and drink Compo- sition tea. A less quantity may be taken, from a half to one hour before or after meals, and they will, in a short time, increase the appetite and strengthen the whole frame. COUGH LOZENGES AND WORM LOZENGES. Number Eighteen, and Nineteen. Lozenges are sometimes made for a cough, hoarseness, shortness of breath or phthisick, and other complaints of the breast and lungs, and are eaten like candies or other sweetmeats. Another sort of Lozenge is made for worms, quite palatable, so that those who will always have sweet things rather than bitter, may be accommodated, and do a little good. Dose.—From a half, to one or two of either kind, may be eaten at a time, at pleasure, and especially before going to bed. Children a half, more or less, according to age. BLACKBERRY CORDIAL. Number Twenty. This is a very pleasant and good medicine for young or old, and is valuable in summer complaints in children, and in dysentery, being a good tonic and strengthener of the stomach and bowels. Dose.—Adult9 may take from a tablespoon full to a small wineglass full at a time, three or four times in a day, and continue, as may be found necessary. Young THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 41 children may take from a teaspoon full to a tablespoon full, according to their age and strength, and repeat it several times in a day, or till relief be obtained. HEAD-ACHE SNUFF. Number Twenty-One. This is a good article for snuffing up the nose, in cases ot stoppage therein,by cold. It often gives relief in cases or sudden head-ache, and will assist in clearing the brain m cases of cold in the head. This snuff, though very valuable, and may be used to advantage in cases like these, especially when taking other medicinesfor the same purpose, yet it should not be relied upon, alone, to throw oft the cold ; it being rather a palliative or auxiliarv. STYPTIC- SNUFF. Number Twenty-Two. This powder possesses, in a very great degree, the pro-" perties which its name indicates: that is, the power to stop bleeding. For this purpose it may be blown into the nose to stop bleeding. Likewise, cuts or hurts that continue to bleed, after being closed and having the proper operations performed, might have a pinch o*r two of this snuff dropped on the bleeding spot. The hottest medicine should be given inwardly, at the same time. VOLATILE SALTS, SUITABLE FOR SMELLING BOTTLES. Number Twenty-Three. Volatile Salts is an article which has long been in use to relieve head-ache, faintness,&c, and sold by the apothe- caries in what are called smelling bottles. The Volatile Salts prepared by Dr. Thomson is a much better article than the other, and ought to be procured by those who wish to have the genuine article. 4* 42 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. TOOTH POWDER. Number Twenty-Four. There has been much labor and pains taken by medical men and by apothecaries and others, to discover some- thing for the purpose of preserving, beautifying and cleansing the teeth. But very few of their preparations have proved themselves, in any degree, capable of per- forming these desirable objects, until Dr. Thomson arose to clear the cobwebs from our eyes, as well as quack nostrums from our diseased bodies. He prepares a vege- table powder which has been proven by the best test in the world, that of experience, to possess the desirable properties in a greater degree than any other article of the name of Tooth Powder. Directions.—Use a little of the powder with a soft brush and some tepid water, every evening after supper, and not wash the teeth until morning. For want of a soft brush, use a bit of sponge that is clear of sand, or even the finger. By cleansing the teeth and gums in this way, with the Thomsonian Tooth Powder,it will not only preserve .and beautify the teeth, but will prevent or cure the canker and scurvy in the mouth and gums, and sweeten the breath. TOOTH-ACHE DROPS. Number Twenty-Five. No. 6 is a very good article alone for tooth-ache drops. There are also several other Thomsonian articles which may be used for that purpose, combined with No. 6, or alone, as may be preferred ; namely;—the Third Prepa- ration of No. 1 alone, is excellent; Oil of Summer Sa- vory is very valuable for that purpose. It is said that a little of it dropped into an aching tooth, will give imme- diate relief. Some use Camphor, in No. G, or in spirits, for the same purpose. They are all Thomsonian reme- dies for tooth-ache. I have made what I believe to be a superior article for Tooth-Ache Drops, thus;__To half a pint of best No. 6, add the same quantity of the strong- est Third Preparation of No. 1, and dissolve therein one THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 43 ounce of Gum Camphor, with or without the Oil of Sum- mer Savory, a half an ounce of which might be added to the above, especially for saturating the lint plug, &c. Directions.—In all cases of tooth-ache, if it be desired to cure the pain without extracting the tooth, the pa- tient should take several doses of Composition tea, sitting before the fire or other warm place, and cover himself all round and over, except the face, with a blanket, to shield off the external air ; then have made in readiness a small plug of lint or cotton, filled with the finest and best Cayenne Pepper, or No. 2, and saturate the same well with the Drops; then, with the large end of a darning- needle, or other small instrument, place it well in the hollow of the tooth; then bathe frequently the gums all about the affected part, with the Drops, and also the jaw and around the ear and along the glands of the neck, and drop two or three drops in the ear. Then have made in readiness a small bag of very thin, soft muslin, about the size and shape of a large flat bean, and fill it with the best Cayenne or No. 2, and sew it up; then saturate it well with the Drops, and place it between the cheek and the jaw where the pain is located. When this be all done, if the pain do not begin to abate, then the feet should be placed in a vessel of warm water, and the heat gradually increased by adding warmer water, until it come to 110 or 115, and, if desired, 120 degrees. This can be easily ascertained by immersing a thermometer in the water a couple of minutes, and noticing to what height the quick- silver will rise. The feet may remain soaking, fifteen or twenty minutes, as may be thought necessary. During all of this time, continue to drink of Composition, or No. 2 and 3 tea, with a teaspoon full of No. 6 in each dose ; and for every dose thus taken, repeat the bathing of the gums and face, and drops in the ear, as above directed. When the feet be sufficiently soaked, take them out of the water, wipe them dry before the fire, and rub them all over and under, and continue up to, and round the knee joints, with any of our stimulating lotions or liniments. A very good and cheap substitute for the liniment may be made by boiling one or two large red pepper pods in a teacup full of good vinegar or whiskey, and adding to it 44 thomsonian practice. a teaspoon full of salt. But in all cases, the best rheu- matic liniment or lotion, No. 6, or the Third Preparation of No. 1, is the most efficacious. In nine cases out of ten, the above-described practice will cure in less than two hours, if it be well administered. However, in some cases of long standing, where much cold has settled in the system, it will be necessary, even after the above treatment begone through, to take three or four good doses of No. 1, in a strong tea of No. 2 and 3 mixed ; and then one or two injections of the same, diluted with warm water. If this be done, the patient should then go to bed and cover up warm, and put a hot stone, wrapped in damp cloths, to the feet, and in the meantime continue all of the first-mentioned treatment, except the soaking of the feet, (as once will be sufficient for them at that time,) and in ninety-nine cases in a hun- dred there will be a complete cure in less than six hours. Persons having decayed teeth may often prevent the troublesome ills of tooth-ache by having about them some Bread of Life, or No. 6, and taking a few doses occasion- ally, and bathing the face with No. 6, or these Drops. PECTORAL STOMACHIC COMPOSITION. Number Twenty-Six. This is an excellent Pectoral Tonic Composition, which will relieve coughs and soreness about the breast, throat, or stomach, and is a valuable medicine for persons of consumptive, debilitated habits, and would do well to be used freely in those complaints, while going through the regular treatment. In nervous affections and female weaknesses, hysterical and even spasmodic complaints, it may also be used. Dose.—Adults may take a tablespoon full at a time, several times in a day, and before going to bed ; then drink a dose of Composition or No. 3 tea. It is good, after this be done, to soak the feet in quite warm water' fifteen or twenty minutes, and wipe them dry, and then rub them well with something stimulating. This might be done two or three times in a week, while using the above medicine. thomsonian practice. 45 STIMULATING VINEGAR LOTION. Number Twenty-Seven. This medicine is a valuable compound, made up in the best quality of vinegar. That article is Of itself an open- ing, cleansing fluid. Hence this lotion is good for bathing ail sorts of hard and crusty skin and swellings, and white swellings and all putrid sores, especially after having first washed them with pearl-ash water, or soap suds. It should be used both outwardly and inwardly before using the No. 6, or Rheumatic Drops, for rheumatism, bruises, stiff joints or any pain in the shoulder, loins or limbs, as it will soften the skin and open the pores to receive the No. 6, which will then penetrate and do much more good than it would without thus preparing the diseased parts to receive it. In all cases where a Strengthening Plaster is to be applied, the affected part should be first bathed well, before the fire or a hot stove, with as much of this lotion as can be absorbed in five or ten minutes; then the rubbing should be continued gently till the skin becomes entirely dry: then, in like manner, bathe the same place with No. 6, or the Third Preparation of No. l,and con- tinue the rubbing till quite dry, as before; then have the plaster ready, and warmed, so that it will stick, and apply it to the part which had been just bathed, having that part warm also, (but not over-heated.) Then press or rub the plaster on with the hand till it adheres to the skin. This lotion may also be taken inwardly, in doses of one, two or three teaspoon fulls at a time; but in less quanti- ties when given to children, according to their age. It is good to promote digestion, and for that purpose may be used on victuals instead of vinegar, pepper, &c.; or it maybe mixed with vinegar, and it will greatly improve its quality for table use. It is an excellent medicine to check excessive puking, by laking it in small doses. It is a very valuable-article to loosen the throat and breast when stopped by a cold; and it may be simmered in but- ter, with a little honey, molasses or sugar, and taken warm, when going to bed, for a hoarseness, sore throat, &c; but, in bad cases, it should be followed up with No. 3 and No. 6, to remove canker and prevent inflamation. 46 THOMSONIAN practice. STIMULATING WHISKEY LOTION. Number Twenty-Eight. This, as well as the above, is a very valuable bathing lotion, and may be used in many cases, instead of the Vinegar Lotion; but it is quite a different article, being seldom or never taken into the stomach ; though, in small doses, in some cases, it might be useful. Its principal usefulness is to bathe over the body, instead of the cold bath, after steaming, when going through a course of med- icine. For this purpose, it maybe mixed with an equal quantity of water, and applied, with a sponge, to the whole surface of the body, touching lightly about the eyes and other tender parts. The application of the W hiskey Lo- tion, in this way, will effectually prevent cold after a sweat, taken in any manner whatever; provided the pa- tient take Composition or some other stimulating medi- cine, inwardly, at the same time. With this lotion, in its purity, we may wash all sorts of putrid sores, benumb- ed flesh or limbs, hands or feet,—the feet after soaking, &c.; and, indeed, it may be used as a bathing lotion in almost all cases instead of the Vinegar Lotion, when that article cannot be had.—Shake the bottle before using. STIMULATING LINIMENT. Number Twenty'Nine. This is a powerfully stimulating liniment, made up of the very best articles known for raising and maintaining the natural heat in the limbs and external parts of the body, where the warmth and vital action are greatly di- minished,—the pores becoming closed and the fluids thick- ened by cold. It may be used in all cases of coldness and numbness of the flesh, limbs or surface of the body; in all cases of pain, rheumatism, bruise, sprain, palsy, St. Vitus' dance, contortion or stiffness of the joints, &c. It is also very valuable to rub on (like a salve,) any slight hurt, scratch, pricks by thorns, splinters, nails, or sores of any kind, to prevent them from taking cold and festering, and dispose them to heal. THOMSONLAN PRACTICE. 47 Directions,—Rub this liniment in well, before the fire, once or twice a day, and drink freely of No. 4, or Compo- sition, with a teaspoon full or two of No. 6 in it, daily, till cured. In all very bad cases, the full courses should be resorted to, and the sore bathed with the Third Prepa- ration of No. 1, No. 6, or the Vinegar Lotion, before ap- plying this liniment, and if there be any life in the body it will be felt; provided these directions be well followed. Persevere till it becomes uncomfortable. RHEUMATIC LINIMENT. Number Thirty. This is a very powerful liniment, prepared expressly for rheumatism, and all painB caused by settled cold in any part of the human frame. For all stiffened and painful joints, hip-complaints or sciatick pains, or gout of any kind, corns and strictures, numb palsy, or numbness in the hands, feet, or any part of the body. When going through the regular treatment for rheumatism, or any complaint of that nature, this liniment maybe used to much better advantage, after each course of medicine and bathing with the Vinegar Lotion, than in any other way. Directions :-—The same as for the Stimulating Lini- ment.—See Rheumatism. NERVE OINTMENT. Number Thirty-One. This is a valuable ointment for a bruise, sprain, callous, warts, corns, chilblains, hard and crusty skin, palsy, &c. Directions.—It is very good, before using this oint- ment, to soak the affected part in warm water twenty or thirty minutes, then wipe dry and rub on the Third Pre- paration of No. 1, or Vinegar Lotion, or No. 6, and con- tinue rubbing before a warm fire till quite dry and warm ; then rub the ointment well in. In all bad cases, even for corns and the like, full courses of the medicine are strong- ly recommended, once or twice a week, while using the 48 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. above applications, being careful to steam the affected part well ; then wipe dry, and proceed as above directed. When the affected part be steamed, bathing in warm water may be omitted for that time. ITCH OINTMENT. Number Thirty-Two. This is confidently believed to be the most innocent and least offensive article used for that troublesome com- plaint, while at the same time it is an effectual remedy. Directions.—Before using this ointment, the patient should take one or two good doses of Composition, to drive it out; then rub the ointment well in, at night and morn- ing, and so continue the use of the two articles till en- tirely cured. When the patient thinks himself cured, he should go through one full course of medicine to clear the system. And, in all very bad cases, the patient should go through a full course every two or three days till en- tirely cured. The worst of cases, with proper treatment, can be cured in a week or less. CANCER PLASTER. Number Tfiirty-Three. This is a valuable plaster for drawing out cancers,and for drawing the acrid humor from sore shins, old sores that are hard to heal, sore lips, &c. As a cancer is a very distressing sore, and requires other particular treatment, besides the plaster, especially if it be a bad one, the reader is referred to that particular head, for further information. STICKING PLASTER. Number Thirty-Four. This plaster is for confining the edges of larn-e wounds, cuts or gashes of any kind, in the skin or flesh, or for deep ulcers that have discharged and become cleansed, THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 4g ready for healing, to keep the edges to their places and shield them from the external air, till they heal. It may also be used instead of the Strengthening Plaster for weakness in the back, limbs, &c, when that article can- not be had. Directions.—Spread the plaster thinly as possible over a slip or slips of fine, close linen cloth, and apply to the cut or sore; and if the sore be large, the slips of' plaster-cloth may be increased, and laid on, one beside another, crosswise of the sore; and, if necessary, other slips over them again, in other directions, as maybe found necessary, until the wound be well secured, so that it may heal. When the Sticking Plaster be used in the place of a Strengthening Plaster, it should be spread upon thin leather instead of linen cloth. STRENGTHENING PLASTER. Number Thirty Five. This strengthening plaster is of great value for old or weakly people, and is especially designed for weakness in the back, breast, joints or limbs, and for sprains, bruises, dislocated joints after they be replaced and contracted, pain in the side, breast, back, shoulders, neck, and the like places ; as it will not only brace up and support the part affected and scatter away the pain, but will effectu- ally shield it from the cold air till the wanted heat and healthy action return. It is often of great service when applied to the breast and side, in cases of liver complaint, consumption, &c. Directions.—Before applying this plaster, the parts affected should be bathed well before the fire/with the Stimulating Vinegar Lotion, and rubbed till quite dry; then with No. 6 or the Third Preparation of No. 1, and have it also well rubbed in before the fire; and so con- tinue the bathing and rubbing ten or fifteen minutes, or longer, according to the degree of coldness, pain or ob- struction, existing. Then take a piece of very thin, soft leather, large enough to cover the part sufficiently, and 5 50 THOMSONIAN practice. spread it over (within one-fourth of an inch of the edge,) thinly as possible, and apply it warm, and press or rub it over with a warm hand, till it becomes completely stuck to the skin. Bathe the parts all around the plaster fre- quently, with No. 6 if the part be soft and tender ; but if it be hard and crusty, bathe with the Third Preparation of No. 1, and leave the plaster on till it comes off" of it- self. If it come off too soon, warm and moisten it, with a few drops of spirits of turpentine, and work it soft; other- wise, add a little more of the plaster, and bathe the part as at the first, and stick it on again, and it will be good as ever. And whenever the plaster be off, whether it come off of itself, or otherwise, and whether it be renewed or not, the part should be washed with soap-suds and bathed or rubbed with something stimulating: or even a full course of medicine would be first rate. There are many instances of young infants that have very weak backs, joints and limbs, that would be greatly benefitted by wearing these plasters. CORN PLASTER. Number Thirty-Six. The mineral doctors and nostrum quacks of our coun- try, have invented various kinds of preparations and ap. plications for corns ; but most of them are not only use- less, but worse than the corns themselves. All who wish to use of the mild and innocent Thomsonian preparations, should beware of all of the above articles, as many of them will not only not cure at all, but render a complete cure much more difficult to perform. Very bad corns are gen- erally hard to eradicate, and when aggravated with poison causticks, they are much worse, and still harder to cure. Thomsonians also, have different remedies for corns, all of which are harmless, and more or less efficacious in re- moving them. The Corn Plaster, with the regular treat- mentand management of corns, under that head, is proba- bly the best method of cure. The Cancer Plaster, or the Strengthening Plaster may be used for the same purpose. The Nerve Ointmenl, with the Third Preparation of THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 51 No. 1, will in time eradicate them. But in all cases, the cause [a tight shoe] must be avoided, else all the remedies in the world will fail. For each particular mode of treat- ment, see Corns. COURT PLASTER. Number Thirty- Seven. This is a plaster ready for use; spread upon fine black silken cloth, for the purpose of covering slight hurts, cuts, or small sores of any kind, on the face or hands, to keep out cold and dispose them to heal. Directions.—Cut out, with scissors, a bit large enough to cover the sore, and moisten it just sufficient to make it stick; then bathe the sore with No. 6 or the Third Pre- paration of No. 1, and apply the plaster, and it will heal very soon ; unless it be a cancer or something worse than common ; in which case the remedy must be accordingly. HEALING SALVE. First Preparation of Number Thirty-Eight. This may justly be called a Universal Htaling Salve, as ithasbeen found, by a practice of a long series of years, to possess powerful virtues for healing up fresh cuts or wounds, burns, scalds, and all bad sores, after the infla- mation be allayed and the wound cleansed. * Directions.—There are a great many sorts of hurts and sores that require a good bathing with No. 6 or the Third Preparation of No. 1, before using this salve. The reader will do well to remember always that .the Third Preparation should, when bathing sores, be used in cases that are hard, crusty or callous, and the No. 6 where the part is tender or soft. In cases of poison, sting or bite, the Third Preparation of No. 1 should always be used with a liberal hand. LIP SALVE. Second Preparation of Number Thirty-Eight. This, like the common Thomsonian Salve, is very 52 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. healing; but it is of a much harder consistency than the other, and requires to be warmed when used. It is so made, because it is generally applied to the lips, face or hands, that are exposed to the atmosphere; serving, in some degree, as a shield from the action of the wind, &c It is also very good for healing any other kind of sore, if first thinned by melting along with it a little sweet oil or lard. Directions.—Before using, bathe the part with the Third Preparation of No. 1 or No. 6. If these seem to be too severe, use, instead thereof, the Sweet Tincture of No. 1, and drink freely of Composition, or No. 3 and Hot Bitters, three or four times in a day, till cured. At the same time keep the bowels free. In all bad cases, a short course, or if necessary, a full course of medicine should be administered; then the above directions will have a much better effect. HERPETIC AND ANTI-SCORBUTIC POWDERS. First Preparation of Number Thirty-Nine. This powder, as well as the Second and Third Prepa- rations of No. 39, is composed of vegetables known to be very purifying and cleansing in their nature, as well as healing and strengthening. In connection with the vapor bath, they%stimulate and excite an action in, and give strength to the small, obstructed vessels to discharge the distemper by the natural passages of the body. They are stimulant, detergent, sudorific, diuretic, emmena- gogue, laxative, astringent, expectorant, anti-septic, de- obstruent*, herpetic, anti-scrobutic, nervine and tonic. Hence it is, that where these preparations, aided by the energetic power of steam, (and occasionally a little No. J,) used thoroughly, efficiently and perseveringly, all of those disagreeable affections, such as scald-head, scurff, tetter, ringworm, shingles, scrofula, scurvy, Saint Antho- ny's fire, and every other fiery or prickling sensation in the skin, is made yield to the potency of the Thomsonian Practice. Dose—Take one tablespoon full of these powders, and THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 53 scald in a quart of boiling water, and let it stand in a warm place to extract the virtues thereof. Then sweeten and drink from a half to a teacup full of the tea at a time, and repeat the same every hour through the day, adding to every second or third dose, one teaspoon full of No. 6, and also rub on, once or twice in a day, the Tetter Oint- ment, or Lotion. In all bad cases, or cases of long stand- ing, the full courses, with these prescriptious, are the only remedy. TETTER LOTION, Or Second Preparation of Number Thirty-Nine. This lotion is intended for all sorts of tetter, ringworm, scald-head, St. Anthony's fire, and for all scrofulous dis- eases, and eruptions of the skin, and should be taken in- wardly, and the affected parts bathed or washed frequent- ly with the same, while undergoing the regular courses of medicine for those complaints. If the case be not very bad, treat benefit may be had, or even a cure performed by drinking frequently a tea of the Herpetic Powders, else Composition, or No. 3 and No. 4 tea, with a dose of these drops therein, and bathing frequently with these drops, and then applying the tetter ointment effectually. rjOSE.—When taken inwardly, from a teaspoon full to a tablespoon full at a time is sufficient, which may be re- peated several times in a day. If the full courses be administered, it may be taken after that operation be over, and the body, or affected part bathed over with it. TETTER OINTMENT, Or Third Preparation of Number Tliirty-Nine. This ointment is altogether for an outward application, and may be used in all cases in which the Tetter Lotion is recommended, and maybe used alone after a course of of medicine, for all tetters, ringworms, scald-heads, and other cutaneous diseases. Directions.—It is better before using this ointment, to 5* 54 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. bathe well the part affected, with the Tetter Lotion, and to rub each well in, seperately, before the fire, and take inwardly, at the same time, a dose of the Tetter Lotion in common coffee, or in Composition, or No. 3 and No. 4 tea. The addition of No. 6 to each dose, or at interme- diate intervals, will accelerate the cure. EYE-WATER. Number Forty. There are a number of preparations spread abroad in the world, and puffed in the newspapers, as much as would be necessary if they had the power of making the blind to see. And there is another article, which is call- ed Dr. Thompson's Eye-Water; but what it is composed of, I know not. The name has a p in it, which if observed, is sufficient to show that he is not Dr. Samuel Thomson. White vitriol, a poisonous mineral, is employed in the manufacture of much of the eye-water that is sold by the doctors and apothecaries, and many other dangerous ar- ticles enter into their hurtful compositions, which all should beware of. This Eye-Water is entirely a vegetable preparation : and I know of no mineral that can be employed in'it or any medicinal preparation, and used without injury, ex- cept salt. I have frequently employed a very small por- tion of salt in an eye-water which I prepared myself, and used for my own eyes, many years ago, which did them much good. I made that eye-water principally of arti- cles possessing the same virtues or properties as some of those of which Dr. Thomson's is composed, although at that time I knew nothing of the Thomsonian system. This valuable eye-water maybe used freely in almost all complaints of the eyes, such as dimness of sight, sore- ness, weakness, or inflamation of the eyes; or even in cases of hurts or external injuries, or injuries by dust or other things getting into them. Directions.—If the eyes be much inflamed, weaken this wash by adding a little pure water or chamomile tea, to as much as is wanted to be used at a time, with which THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 55 the eyes may be bathed with a bit of soft sponge, or linen rag, or the patient may lie upon his back and drop a ftw drops in each eye, then open and shut them several times. This maybe done every evening before going to bed. Tn the morning, when washing the face, hold the face and eyes all over in water, and open and shut the eyes until they be well washed out; then wipe with a clean towel and apply the eye-water as before. Continue this course with the necessary treatment to clear the system, until cured.—Emetics and injections must not be omitted. ESSENCE OF PEPPERMINT. Number Forty-One. This is good for hiccoughs, cholic, wind in the stomach, and pain in the bowels of children and adults, and may be used to check excessive puking and for other purposes, with safety; but it is not more valuable than the Infant Drops, No. 6 and other preparations, for the same pur- poses. Dose.—From a half to a teaspoon full maybe taken at a time, on a little sugar or in warm water; or it may be taken in its purity, or in any suitable kind of warm tea. Give children less, according to age, and repeat it as occasion may require, if other medicines cannot be had. * SYRUP OF PEACH BLOSSOMS. Number Forty- Two. This syrup is mildly laxative,—used principally for in- fants. It is also strengthening to the bowels, and expels wind from them. In small doses, night and morning, it is a useful alterative,—increasing the appetite by promoting digestion. It is also recommended as a good remedy for worms, but in larger doses. --- Dose.—Give one teaspoon full at a time, and repeat the dose at discretion, according to the age of the infant, or the necessity of the case. 56 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. NUMBERS THREE AND SIX COMPOUND. Number Forty- Three. This is a valuable compound, and may be used to good advantage in a great many complaints, where Nos. 3 and 6 are recommended. It is an excellent remedy for bowel complaints in children, and is a valuable restorative, for old or young, to take a few doses after a course of medi- cine. A strong decoction of Bayberry root bark, two parts, and No. 6, one part, sweetened well with loaf sugar, will answer the same purpose. Dose.—From one to three teaspoon fulls at a time. BALSAM OF HONEY. Number Forty-Four. This has been much recommended for coughs and con- sumptive weaknesses. It is used as a pectoral in colds, coughs, hoarseness, &c. One ounce of this Balsam added to a quart of Cough Drops, and well shaken together, hav- ing the Drops previously warmed, to facilitate the mix- ture, would greatly improve the taste, and, no doubt, add to the virtues of the Cough Drops. Dose.—The Balsam, when used in its purity, may be given to adults, in doses of one, two or three teaspoon fulls, and increased to one or two-tablespoon fulls. When given in the Cough Drops, smaller doses will suffice. GOLDEN TINCTURE, OR ESSENCE. Number Forty-Five. There is a good deal said in favor of a medicine by this name, and also much use made of the same; but it is a different article from this, and is used by people who are not Thomsonians. It is sold by the apothe- caries, with printed labels recommending it for almost all inward ailments, and especially for females. But I believe that to be a very different compound from this; • THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 57 and I would here caution those who wish to use Doctor Thomson's life-invigorating medicines, not to use such articles at all; to be very particular about obtaining arti- cles prepared by approved Thomsonians, and no other. This Tincture is good for pain in the head, stomach and bowels, by taking a few doses, and bathing the head or parts affected with the same, or with No. 6 or Vinegar Lotion. It is said to be good for female obstructions, and is re- commended, with other things or alone, for cholic pains in children, and is a very pleasant medicine to take. Dose.—Children, one year old and upwards may take from one-fourth to a teaspoon full. If younger or older, diminish or increase the quantity accordingly, and repeat it at discretion. Adults may take three teaspoon fulls, and repeat as may be judged necessary, with other pre- scriptions, as directed. SUDORIFIC, OR SWEAT POWDERS. Number Forty-Six. This is a composition, composed of such vegetables as are known to be excellent for promoting perspiration ; and whenever it be desired to produce copious sweats, this medicine will be found to answer a very valuable purpose. And there is not the danger of taking cold while using this medicine, that there is after perspiring freely, without taking something of the kind, to keep up the natural action of the system. For persons that are hard to sweat, having tight or contracted skin, this medi- cine is very valuable, and should be used freely. It may be used by male or female, young or old, whose situation or habits of body require cleansing by the perspiring vessels. Directions.—For adults, take one, two or three tea- spoon fulls of the powder, and scald in half a pint of boil- ing water, stir it well together, sweeten and drink it warm several times a day, and especially when going to bed at night. Should this not produce the desjred effect after trial for a day or so, then take one or two more doses of 58 thomsonian practice. about double the quantity, and add half a dose of No. 2, or Composition, and in half an hour after drinking this and plenty of other warm drinks, apply the vapor bath or steam, as directed in this book, and if there be any life, and water enough in the body, the patient will perspire. It must, however, be remembered always, that if the skin be very dry, hot and feverish, it must be sponged over with cold Vinegar Lotion, Whiskey Lotion, or even pure vinegar, or luke-warm water, after drinking some of the hot stimulating teas, and before applying the steam: then all will go on safely. SUDORIFIC, OR SWEAT DROPS. Second Preparation of Number Forty-Six. These Drops possess, in every respect, the same vir- tues as the Sudorific Powders, and may be used in all cases in which they are proper, except in cases where there is great nervous debility, or females in a state of pregnancy, in which cases a tea of the powders are to be preferred.—See* directions for Sudorific Powders. Dose.—Adults may take a tablespoon full at a time, either alone or in a tea of Composition, Peppermint or Pennyroyal, and repeat, observing particularly the pre- cautions for taking the above Powders. Children may take from one to three teaspoon fulls at a time, according to their age. DIETETIC REGIMEN. MILK PORRIDGE. In a small pot or skillet, put a pint of pure soft water, and put it over the fire to boil ; then take about four ta- blespoon fulls of flour of wheat, and add soft water sufficient to make it into a thickish batter, and salt to season it. When the water boils, pour in the thickening, and stir and boil it a few minutes; then add a pint of milk and stir, and when it comes to a boil again, pour it out to cool. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 59 This is to be eaten while going through a course of med- icine, both before and after the emetic operates; or at any time the patient can take some of it. And after the operation be all over, there may be some No. 2 powder dusted into the remainder, and a moderate meal eaten thereof. It is a very light, wholesome and pleasant food for sick or weak patients, and being easy of digestion, may be eaten freely at all times, while the stomach be weak. Sweetening maybe added, if preferred. FLOUR-AND-WATER GRUEL. Take two sspoonfulls of wheat flour and one pint of pure cold water, and salt enough to season it, and beat it smooth ; then boil it till sufficiently cooked for food ; then add some fine No. 2 or Cayenne Pepper. This is a very good food for the sick; it is cheap and easily made, and may be eaten by the sick and weak at all times, when pre- ferred, or where the above diets cannot so conveniently be had. If wanted thicker, add more flour. OAT-MEAL GRUEL. Put two tablespoon fulls of oatmeal into a pint of water, and beat it well; let it boil five minutes, and stir or beat it like mush while boiling. Strain it through a sieve or open strainer, and salt to suit the taste, and if necessary, add a little new butter. Stir again, until the butter be melted, and it will be fine and smooth. This is quite palatable, and a very wholesome diet. Any of the gruels may be sweetened, if preferred. CORN-MEAL GRUEL. This is made in the same manner as the oat-meal gru- el, and may be sweetened with sugar or molasses, if pre- ferred. It may be used at all times when taking an emetic, if preferred before other diets. It may also be eaten freely at pleasure, or when going through a course of medicine. [All 60 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. All of the gruels may be made thicker or thinner, to suit the stomach or incfination of the patient, and eaten- warm or cool, as will best suit the state of the stomach. In most cases it will be best to add a little fine Cayenne or No. 2, to the seasoning, to warm and strengthen the stomach. PANADO. This is a very light, wholesome and nutritious food for sick and weak patients, and may be easily prepared, as follows : Take one or two good light biscuits, crumble them fine, in a bowl, and pour over the same a sufficient quan- tity of boiling water; sweeten to suit the taste, and grate therein a small quantity of nutmeg,—not more than would lie on a five-cent piece. And, if the patient prefer it, there may be added thereto a spoonful or two of good brandy or wine, or a small dose of the Nerve Drops, TTincture of Valerian,] or Mothers' Cordial, or No. 5 Syrup. This is to be eaten when going through a course of medicine, and also at other times, as the Milk Porridge. It is an excellent and convenient food for infants, by leaving out the brandy, nutmeg, &c. Another. Take a blade of mace and a large slice of light, stale bread, or one or two light biscuits, and put in a clean sauce-pan, and add a quart of water. Let it boil, or scald one or two minutes ; then take out the bread, and bruise it very fine in a basin. Mix it with as much of the warm water in which it was scalded, as it will require, and sweeten it to please the taste of the patient. If necessary, put in a piece of butter about the size of a hulled walnut. Grate in a little nutmeg to give a flavor, if thought to be requisite. The residue of the water in which the bread was scalded, may be sweetened and used for a common drink, by adding a little Mothers' Cordial, Rasberry Cordial, Sweet Nerve Drops, or the like. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 61 BREAD TOAST. Take as much light, stale bread, sliced thin, as will be thought requisite, toast it crisp, (without burning) before the fire ; then spread butter over both sides of each slice ; lay them in a dish and pour over as much boiling water as the bread will absorb ; then take another dish and put it upside down over the toast, and leave it a few minutest© soften. This is to be eaten after going through a course of medicine, or at any time when the patient is convalescent. A very pleasant tea may be made of Dittany, Balm, or Sage, and madegustable with sugar and cream, and eaten with the toast, until the tone of the stomach be so far re- covered that more solid food will set well, and be digest- ed. This is a much more suitable table or diet-drink than that made of the foreign tea or coffee. Anotlier. To half a pint of cream or milk, add a lump of butter of the size of a hulled walnut, and set it on some embers in a sauce-pan to scald; then have in readiness two or three slices of wholesome, lightbread, toasted quite brown, and sop it in the scalding cream and butter. This is a very rich, light and nourishing food for females, and very con-. venient for old folks who have lost their teeth, and for all convalescent patients. If it be too rich, the butter may be left out, or skimmed milk used instead of cream. A tea of Dittany, Sage or Balm, with or without sugar and cream, as desired, may be taken with the toast, at regular meals, or when going through the courses, and afterwards. TOAST AND WATER. An infusion of toasted bread in water, is one of the most salutary drinks that can be taken by the sick and valetudinarian. Cut a large thin slice of good, ripe bread, and toast it thoroughly, without burning; then put it, hot from the fire, in a pint of cold water ; let it stand ten minutes, and then set it on the fire till it be hot as tea is usually drank. This toast-water, with or without sugar and milk, is very 6 62 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE- refreshing, and will sooner take oft'any fatigue or uneasi- ness than any wine, strong ale, small beer, warm coffee or tea. BROTH FOR THE SICK. The young grey squirrels, tender dunghill fowls, par- tridges, &c, are allowed to be the best for sick and weak patients. When the proper article be procured, and dressed, cut it in small pieces; and if it be a fowl, put the gizzard in too; let it be opened and cleansed, but not peeled. Boil the meat till it begins to seperate from the bones. Begin to give some of the broth as soon as there be any strength in it; and when the meat be cook- ed as above directed, give the patient some of it too ; but let all be well seasoned with the best No. 2, or some pep- per and salt. This may be given instead of milk por- ridge. Or the patient might be indulged with both, by times, and whatever else the appetite may crave, that is not absolutely unwholesome. The above broth is partic- ularly serviceable in cases of dysentery, and when re- covering from long sickness. The patient should, how- ever, remember and not eat too much at a time when the stomach be weak ; as the appetite generally is good, when relieved from sickness by the Thomsonian practice. TRANSPARENT SOUP, For Convalescents. Take a leg of veal, and cut the meat in small pieces, and break the bone in several bits. Put the whole in a large stone jar, with the bones at the top, with a handful of common sweet herbs, such as parsly, shives, sweet marjoram, summer savory, or a quarter of an ounce of mace and half a pound of Jordon almonds, finely beaten. Pour on it four quarts of boiling water, and let it stand all night, covered, close by the fire-side. Next day put it into a clean iron pot, or a well tinned saucepan, and let it boil slowly, till the soup be reduced to about two quarts. Be careful to skim it, and take off' the fat as it rises. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 63 Strain into a large bowl or crock, and let it settle two hours; then pour it off' into a clean sauce-pan, leaving the sediment behind. Add three ounces of rice, previ- ously boiled in a little water; boil again, and it will be fit fur use. RIPE BREAD. Bread, made of wheat flour, when taken out of the oven or skillet, is yet unprepared for the human stomach. It should go through a change, or ripen, before it be eaten. Young persons, or persons in a vigorous state of health, may eat bread immediately after being baked, without any sensible injury by it; but weakly and aged persons cannot, and none can continue long to eat such, without doing harm, in some degree, to the digestive organs. Bread, after being baked, goes through a change simi- lar to the change in newly brewed beer, or newly churn- ed buttermilk, neither being so wholesome until after the change. During the change in bread.it sends oft'a large portion of unhealthy gas, and at the same time imbibes a quality or substance more healthy. Bread has, according to the computation of some, one-fifth more nutriment in it when ripe-—'twenty-four hours after it be baked, than when first taken out of the oven. It not only possesses more nourishment, but imparts a greater degree of cheer- fulness. They that eat old ripe bread, which is light and well baked, will have a much greater flow of animal spi- rits, and be less troubled with sluggishness, than they who eat much fresh, warm bread. One thing more, connected with this subject, is worthy the particular attention of all housewives. It is, to let the bread cool or ripen where it can inhale no noxious vapor; for bread will always taste of the air that sur- rounded it while ripening; hence it should ripen where the air be pure. It should never ripen in a cellar, nor in a close cupboard, nor in a bed-room. The noxious vapors of a cellar or close cupboard never should enter into and form any part of the bread we eat. I have eaten bread of this kind, which, to say nothing of its unhealthiness, would have |sjjen much more palatable to have been first cooled 64 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. near the oven's mouth, upon a table, shielded with a clean linen cloth. In this manner, if the bread be taken from the oven before quite done, unawares, it will continue to bake several minutes ; and if it be baked too hard, moisten the cloth with pure water and wrap closely around the loaves, and when cold, they will be quite mellow. Every man and woman ought to know that health and comfort depend much upon the method of preparing their food. MOULDY BREAD. Although much has been said toTecommend ripe bread, yet it may not be altogether unnecessary to caution some against baking too much bread at once, or more than the family can eat, before moulding, especially in the summer season or in damp weather. Any kind of spoiled victuals is unwholesome. So with bread, biscuit, cakes and pies, hat are too long kept, especially in damp cellars and vaults. A cool, ventilated pantry is certainly the best or keeping provisions sweet and wholesome: and it should be cleaned and whitewashed as often as needful. Should, however, the bread, or any other baked or cooked provisions, begin to mould or sour unawares, it may be preserved some days longer, by baking it over again, as at the first. Bread may be moistened all over the crust, with water, and baked from thirty to sixty minutes; then taken out and wrapped in moist cloths, (if necessary,) as though it had not been baked before, and it will be quite as good, and I have eaten bread which was better after a second baking, than the first. Fire is a very preserving element. It purifies and drives off many nox- ious vapors which is imbibed by moist and porous bodies. BAKER'S BREAD. A barrel of flour will make, it is said, two hundred and fifty loaves df one pound each,—which, at five cents each, is twelve dollars and fifty cents ,* to which add one dollar and fifty cents for the expense of baking, will be fourteen dollars : so that if flour cost seven dollars a barrel, the highest average price, the profit to the baker wil^sjje one hundred per cent. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 65 From this it is seen that, at these prices, families, by baking their own bread, save one barrel of flour out of every two! House keepers should look at this. The baking of bread is attended with very little trouble or expense. Twice in a week is often enough to bake,—bread two or three days baked being then ripe, and much more wholesome and nourishing than that fresh from the oven. Dyspepsia is often caused by a constant use of hot or fresh bread from the oven. And the superior wholesomeness of do- mestic bread is well known. It contains no alum, pearl- ash, or what some call sponge. These considerations are worthy of the attention of all families. UNBOLTED WHEAT BREAD. If there be any one thing, comprised in our daily food, more injurious than another, it is the bread made of su- perfine flour, and especially that of the bakers, which, it is alleged, is sometimes, if not often, rendered more per- nicious by the addition of alum, pipe-clay, plaster of Pa- ris, blue vitriol, and many other injurious and poisonous substances, employed for the purpose of adulteration. This adulterated bread engenders costiveness of the most obstinate form; and hence the foundation is laid for the five thousand diseases with which the deluded partakers thereof become afflicted. They then commence with Brandreth's or the Indian Pills, or some other purgative or nostrum, for relief; and thus they go on from week to week, and month to month, eating the bread and irritating the stomach and intestines with physics, until health be broken, and they become a perfect wreck, and wan disease stares them in the face, and death comes to close the scene. We are informed that, in the last century, the Englsih soldiers were fed with bread made of unbolted meal, ow- ing to the scarcity of provisions, and its effects were such, that the officers and physicians of the army stated that the soldiers were never before so healthy and robust, and that scarcely any disease appeared among them. We are likewise informed, in Reese's Cyclopaedia, that 6* Go THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. the inhabitants of Westphalia are a living testimony in favor of the effects of this sort of bread; and that they very seldom are attacked with acute fevers or other dis- eases arising from bad humors. The great objection to superfine wheat flour is, that it is too fine and concentrated, requiring the bran to neu- tralize and lighten it, and adapt it to the capacity and wants of the stomach and system. It is said, with good reason, too, that man cannot live long on highly concen- trated food. It has been ascertained that animals fed ex- clusively on butter or fat, presented, on examination after death, a diseased, fatty liver. Dogs have been fed with sugar and water, and they soon drooped, became emaci- ated, and diseased with ulcers, and died in a short time. It is said if dogs be fed on superfine flour bread and water, they will die in about two months; but if fed on the whole natural substance of the wheat, or on unbolted wheat meal bread, and water, they will live and do well. The Ouran-Outang described by Buffon, which was treated with wines, sugars and other highly concentrated sweetmeats, which every body was ready to give it, tend- ed to shorten its life,—it having had a defuxion upon the breast, which was aggravated by eating too much sugar, I am informed that some Thomsonians have already introduced the unbolted bread in a large number of fami- lies, and, so far as I have heard, with the best results. Persons who have been costive for years, have been re- lieved of it in two or three weeks, and sometimes in a few days. By continuing this article for food, it will keep the bowels regular, unless the habits of the individ- ual be such as to counteract its effects. In cases of piles and sick head-ache, it is a remedy worthy of trial. But in the cases of piles, it is necessary that all undigestible food, such as animal fats, butter, black apple-sauce, tea and coff'ee, be avoided. Food and medieine are somewhat synonymous terms with Doctor Thomson, and this kind of bread may be stricily regarded as both. If those who are in the hahit of drugging themselves with physics, would but keep a little of this bread by THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 07 them, and would eat one good slice at each meal, they would begin to be relieved of costiveness, and would soon find themselves gaining strength, and becoming every day more healthy and vigorous. It has been queried by some whether this bread do not irritate the bowels, and act as a purgative. But such is not the case ; for the bran is soothing to the bowels, and, unlike physic, does not too much relax them and leave them in a torpid, weak and inactive state. It produces natural' stools, and not the copious flood of watery dis- charges which follow the administration of purgative medicines. It is true, that if there be much disorder in the bowels, the stools may, in some instances, be more frequent than natural; but, by using Composition, or No. 2 and 3, occasionally, that wrong will be soon over- come. This bread, if made rightly, is light and wholesome, and retains the peculiar rich taste of the wheat in its nat- ural or whole state, and is fit for the table of our President or any State Governor; and, besides being easy of diges- tion and nourishing in a very high degree, is one of the best medicines in the world. As above-mentioned, per- sons with the dyspepsia should eat of it at every meal. It excites the secretion of pure and limpid saliva, and leaves the mouth moist and sweet; while, to the contrary, the fine wheat bread often dries the mouth, and can scarcely be swallowed, without frequent draughts of tea, coffee, or other drink. It is delicious to the taste, and with new milk boiled and thickened with fine flour, it makes supe- rior toast, which is excellent for persons recovering from sickness. The unbolted bread cut in thin slices and toasted till it be quite brown and crisp, may, when cold, be bruised, and boiled with sugar, and cream or milk, like coffee, and it will make an excellent substitute for that article. There is, probably, no beverage more delicious and nourishing; and it is used by some families instead of the ordinary tea and coffee, who find it much better for their health. Some Directions.—Take good sound wheat, cleansed from all dirt and impurity, and ground with clean, sharp stones, to cut the bran fine; then pass it through a coarse 68 thomsonian PRACTICE. sieve that will merely take out the largest hulls of the bran, and after cooling, as ordinary flour, it is prepared for packing, or use. . Making the Bread—Take of the meal, any desirable quantitv, and, with good yeast, make it into a stiff dough with milk, or with sour milk which has been previously sweetened by the addition of a small quantity of salsera- tus, and hake it so as to be light and sweet. It is better to dissolve the sulseratus in warm water before it be used, taking care to use no more than will give it a sweet taste. If sourness remain in the milk, the bread maybe heavy. As soon as the bread be put in the pan, preparatory to baking, run a case-knife quite through the loaf to the bot- tom, cutting across two-thirds of the loaf. This will pre- vent the loaf from becoming solid in the middle. The bread will be still more light by allowing it a quarter or half hour to rise before putting it in the oven. House- keepers who prefer other modes of making the bread, can still follow their own inclination or means, and improve by the best of all teachers,—experience. BOILED GRAIN, AND VEGETABLE FOOD. Having given my reader several chapters on the sub- ject of bread and bread-making, and of preparing it in various ways, both for the sick, the convalescent, the valetudinarian, and the well man, I will also remind the reader that nearly all of the kinds of bread-grain raised in this country would make the most nourishing and least expensive food, by boiling. Wheat, rice, corn, bar- ley, rye and even buckwheat, when properly hulled, like the rice, may be boiled and otherwise prepared in vari- ous ways, and seasoned to suit the appetite, and served up for the table. It is unnecessary to lay down any pre- cise rules for such cooking, as every good housewife can do that according to her own best judgment, or fancy, or that of the family who partakes thereof. In like manner, peas, beans, potatoes, and other farinaceous substances, may be raised and brought into more general use, and with little or no expense, and are far more conducive to health than our present mode of living. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 69 Cabbage, turnips, carrots, beets, &c, with bread, rice, or other grain, boiled, mush and milk, &c, form the very best and least expensive food, and the most suited to our condition and habits. By such a wholesome diet as above recommended, and pure water as a drink, we may enjoy the highest degree of health, and be less liable, when exposed, to lake the ordinary forms of disease. The farmer, mechanic, or other laborer, who thinks such diet too weak, and not sufficient to sustain him in his active employments, labors under a serious error. He would do well to make a fair and impartial trial, and then decide. I would ask him to look at the hardy Irishman, with his spade, in the bogs of his native land, whose best living consists of potatoes and salt, oatmeal, and occasionally some buttermilk and a herring; and to the hardy Russian, whose diet mostly consists of rye bread, and cabbage broth, thickened with oatmeal. These men are capable of performing a prodigious amount of labor, and of enduring fatigues almost incredible. Most cases recorded of persons performing a large amount of mental or physical labor, and most of the cases of extra- ordinary longevity, will be found to have been such per- sons as abstained, more or less, from flesh meats, ardent spirits, coffee, tea, tobacco, &c. Let all who wish to live long, and be possessed of a calm and even temperament, sound mind and judgment, undepraved appetites, and composed nerves, refrain as much as possible from strong fatty dishes and animal food, and the foreign teas and coffee, and as often as may be needful, give the stomach two or three lively ac- tions with No. 1. The following sentiment and queries, which I find in the work of a highly professing Thomsonian, coincides so well with my own views, that I will quote it here for the consideration of the lovers of fowl and animal barbacues : "Indeed, we think the time not far distant when ani- mal food, together with its disease-engendering accom- paniments, will be regarded as ardent spirits are among the most enlightened of our farmers and mechanics. jHow long has it been since strong drink was regarded as essen- 70 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. tial, in the harvest field, as the cradle and the rake? $ And may not animal food share the same fate?" DIET DRINKS. The habit of drinking hot, strong tea and coffee, which has been acquired by the people of this country, experi- ence hath abundantly shown to be an evil which calls loudly for a reform. They may be denominated slow narcotic poisons, acting upon the stomach and nervous system, in a way that ultimately produces a tremor in the hands, a complaint that so many are troubled with; and also in the brain, which, though not seen, produces dis- tressing dreams, frights, sudden passions and frets. The stomach, in the meantime, by this habit, becomes, as it were, like a second nature, inured to these pernicious drills. Then, as the use of them is continued, the natu- ral and wholesome products of our own beloved country become more and more neglected and forgotten, until they go quite out of use. Hence it follows that tyrant Fashion steps forward and bears rule in so many families, at the expense of health and happiness. Thus it is, that the votaries of Fashion and Prejudice lay the foundation for costiveness, heartburn, cramp, pal- sy, epilepsy, apoplexy, dyspepsia, and their accompanying host of evils. If the community were but convinced that their back-aches, their tooth-aches, their head aches, their pains in the sides, the heart, the stomach, the bowels, the eyes, limbs, &c, have their origin in the U9e of these health-destroying drugs, they would indignantly abandon their use for ever. There is a cause for the ill health and delicacy of the people of the present day. Let us but compare our present effeminate and sickly condition with that hale, stout, hardy condition of our forefathers, who made but little or no use of these articles, and then ask ourselves what is the most prominent cause of our de- clension ; and I am sure the answer will be in favor of this dietary system of living. What has been said in regard to tea and coffee, applies with tenfold more force against the use of ardent, intoxi- THOMSONIAN practice. n eating drinks. To those who profess to be Thomsonians, and who continue to use intoxicating drinks, I must say, ye are abandoning the very first principle of this valuable system. No agent that is a poison, can at the same time, be a medicine. In a state of perfect health, there is nothing better than pure soft water to drink. Rain water, no doubt, is the purest and softest. For the sick, who need or desire diet drinks, there is a profusion of sweet aromatic plants, herbs and roots, which possess wholesome and enlivening pro- perties, the virtues of which have been effectually tried and found to be good. They are pleasant to the taste, agreeable to the palate, congenial with the stomach, and in harmony with the food we eat; and beside all these, they grow all around us, in our own climate, and sur- rounding atmosphere which we breathe; consequently, they are better adapted to our access, our application, and bodies. Among the many valuable herb3, roots and shrubs here alluded to, mav be enumerated the mountain Dittany, garden Sage, Thyme, Summer Savory, Winter Savory, red Rasberry Leaves, Pennyroyal, a variety of Mints, Sassafras Root, Buds and Blossoms, and our American Spice-Bush, &c. Most or all of these, made in a strong decoction, sweetened and drank, in cases of sickness, are valuable for promoting perspiration, and clearing the per- spiring vessels of their excremental obstructions. Any of these, or a combination of any of them, which may be preferred, made into a weak tea, for table use, sweetened and creamed for the purpose, forms a beverage not to be scoffed at. Then, let not the quantity taken be too great, nor the warmth much above that of blood-heat. What has been said on the subject of food and drinks, has exceeded the space designed for that purpose in this work. My intention was merely to lay before the rea- der a few hints in order to turn his attention thereto, so as to call forth the exercise of his best judgment and soundest reason in these matters. But as it is now, with the aid of this book, and a good judgment, some may be better able to prescribe food as well as medicine for each particular case. 72 thomsonian PRACTICE. MASTICATION. This may appear to some a novel title for a chapter in a medical book. By the word mastication, I would have understood that I mean not only the mere chewing of our food, but the mixing of it well and intimately with the saliva, or limpid fluid which arises through the sali- val glands, as nature wills it, to prepare the food for the next operation, that of digestion. The proper mastica- tion of our food in this way, with a sufficiency of pure saliva, is almost as necessary, preparatory to the work of digestion, as the chewing is, preparatory to swallow- ing the same, if not more so. This pure limpid saliva, is in general nearly all the fluid necessary in the mastica- tion of our food, at meals,—unless the whole of the food be absolutely too dry to eat without the addition of some fluid ; in this case, or in case of obstruction or inactivity of the salival glands, if this prove insufficient, we may substitute pure water, milk, milk and water, milk whey, toast prepared as coffee, toast-water, or any of the diet- drinks, made weak; for it is a great error many labor under, supposing as they do, that very strong food and strong fluids are the basis ef bodily strength. They may appear to stimulate the animal spirits for a short time; but, being too strong for the constitutionality of our va- riously organized bodies, they become, under its action, like a delicate engine that is over-worked or surcharged, which, in a short time, loses its wonted energy to coun- terbalance the surplus—and soon ceases to move. For the purposes alluded to, we should always guard against any disease or obstruction in the salivary glands; and among the limpid fluids which may be called forth when masticating our food, we should not suffer any thing to be present of an unhealthy nature. Sometimes a thick flegm, or tough watery humor, arises in the throat and mouth; sometimes a collection of carious matter form about the teeth and gums. Such matter or humors as these, should never be masticated with the food, nor be suffered to enter the stomach, whether eating or not. This expectoration is an effort of Nature to rid herself of disease, by throwing off that mucky mucus, which is THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 73 the effect of cold, obstructions, unwholesome or undiges- tible food, or the like. Then, ^what can be more un- wholesome than to masticate that nasty flegm, which has already been a burden to the parts whence it came? The stomach, which is the generator, mill or manufac- tory of heat and life, Dr. Thomson very justly compares to the fire-place of the body. jThen how unwise, how un- prudent to thwart Nature in her efforts to throw off disease, by forcing the corrupted mass into the stomach, to pass through the alimentary canal, where it must un- evitably engender disease in a more malignant form! Thus some have, for want of proper medicine and care, continued, until the vitality of the injured organs became greatly diminished, and a formidable disease attained power. When disease, in this form, arrives at the stage here alluded to, with the bowels, stomach and lungs coated over with almost an immovable coating of can- ker, itis then what Doctor Thomson calls a seated con- sumption. GARLIC OINTMENT. Beat Garlic roots very fine in a mortar; then add ho»'s lard, sufficient to make an ointment, and beat again, un- til they be thoroughly blended together. This is to be rubbed on the soles of the feet and wrists, up and down the spine, and worn on the feet and wrists in form of a plaster. It is useful in snuffles, coughs, and spasmodic affections of children, It may be rubbed over the breast, stomach and abdomen, in worm complaints, when going through other treatment for that purpose. SUBSTITUTE FOR EGGS. Take whatever quantity of wheat flour or corn meal that may be wanted, or both of them mixed together, any desired quantity; then take of finely pulverized slippery elm bark, just one teaspoon full for each egg desired for that quantity of flour or meal. Mix: the flour and fine 7 74 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. elm together while dry. Then add as much milk or water, and salt, as will make it of a proper consistency for bak- ing : then bake it as any other batter cake. PEPPER-SAUCE. This, like the Mustard .and Horse-Raddish Sauce, is very good for table use, and, for some purposes, is better than either of them. It is prepared in two ways, as may be desired to have it. One Way, and that in which it is imported into this country from where it grows, is by fill- ing glass bottles, &c, with the small green Cayenne Pep- pers, and a reasonable portion of salt therein, and filling up the bottle with good vinegar. These peppers are used at table like other pickles, and the vinegar put on meat, cabbage or greens, as vinegar alone. The other prepara- tion is made in the same manner, except that the peppers are dried and ground into a fine powder before putting in the vinegar and salt. A gill or so of either of these preparations added to a quart of poor vinegar, will like the Vinegar Lotion or No. 2 Tincture, improve its strength and quality. The vinegar from the Pepper-Sauce, may be used for most purposes for which either the Vinegar Lotion or No. 2 Tincture is recommended. MUSTARD SEED. This is a well known and common article for table use, when ground fine and mixed with vinegar and a little salt It is said to be a counter poison,—to resist venom of scorpions, or other venomous creatures; but the Third Preparation of No. 1 is far more to be relied upon for that purpose. It is good for obstructed menses, &.c. It is good for over-drowsiness or lethargy. It is good old men and women, and such as be troubled with cold dis- eases, and those whose stomachs be weak and cannot di- gest their food. And though it quicken the appetite and helpeth digestion, yet it cannot be depended upon THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 75 where dispepsy or any disease has dominion in the body; for then the proper remedies must be resorted to, and ap- plied efficiently. As a gargle it has been used for the fallen palate of the»mouth ; and also to dissolve swellings about the throat, outwardly applied. A small portion of the seed finely pulverised and added to a poultice, is good for discussing and rarifyin<" deep and deadened sores, and drawing out splinters of bones where any such exist, to be discharged. A decoction of the bruised seed steeped or boiled in wine and drank, pro- voketh urine. Flour mixed with vinegar and made into a plaster, and sprinkled over with fine mustard seed and applied to the pit of the stomach, will often relieve exces- sive vomiting; for which purpose the Stimulating Vine- gar Lotion or the Pepper Sauce, may be taken inwardly in small doses at the same time. HORSE RADDISH. This is made much use of in the spring season, grated while fresh from the ground, and saturated with vinegar and salt. In this way it is very good and wholesome, to eat on food, especially strong meats. It is very good to quicken the appetite and blood. It is also a good stimu- lating, anti-scorbutic medicine, being very good for those troubled with scurvy. It is, however, of too volatile a nature to be much depended upon as a curative of disease. MANGO* This is a very valuable and wholesome kind of hot pickle for the table ; good to quicken the appetite and assist digestion ;—made as follows : Take the largest, round kind of red peppers; cut half- in-two; takeout the inside, and stuff them with finely sliced cabbage and grated horse raddish root, well sea- soned with salt, and mustard seed ground fine, and tie a thread around, to keep the stuffing in ; then pickle in cold vinegar as other pickles. If the peppers be gathered before quite ripe, and properly prepared, they are not inferior to the real Java mango. 76 THOMSONIAN , PRACTICE. CATALOGUE OF THE VEGETABLES USED IN THE THOMSONIAN*PRACTICE. The following catalogue comprises the whole of the Trees, Shrubs and Plants used by the Friendly Botanic Society of the United States; or, so far as is yet known to be generally adopted by the strictest Thomsonians. A number of these plants are not to be found in Doctor Thomson's original work; but he informs us that there are many other plants that are good, and that he gave a description of those only, which he considered the very best, so as not to encumber his system with a long train of unefficient remedies. This is a true principle in the sys- tem, and acknowledged by the best Thomsonians;—to have our medicines good and pure, but not too numerous. Those piants in this catalogue which are not in Dr. Thomson's original work, are marked with an asterisk, thus.* Those that are not approved, are pointed out. As a number of the plants are known by several very different names, in different places, I have given all of them that are considered necessary, and have put the name by which each one is most generally known, in Italics; so that those in plain Roman letters are only other names for the same plants, accordingly as they are numbered. 1. Jiggrimony ; the herb is used. Ague Weed ; Cr&swort, Boneset. Alehoof; see Grvund Ivy. Alloe Root; same as True Unicorn Root. 2. Alloe Socotra;* inspissated juice or gum; (not generally approved.) 3. Arrow Wood, or Indian Arrow Wood; same as Wahoo;* the bark. 4. Arse-smart;* (a valuable medicine;) the herb, 5. Assafetidy,* or Laserwort; (not much used;) the gum. Asthma Plant; Lobelia Inflata. 6. Avens; same as White Avens; the root. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 77 .ASHES. Pot-ashy an extract from wood ashes. Pearlash, refined Potash. Hickory-ashes; tea or ley of. Sugar-tree-ashes; tea or ley of. Bed-oak bark ashes; ley or extract of. Sponge, and Woollen rags, calcined. Cayenne Pepper ashes; for a test. 7. Balm* (common garden Balm ; very good ;■) the herb. 8. Balm of Gilead Poplar ; buds, twigs and inside bark. . 9. Balmony; the leaves and blossoms. , 10. Balsam Fir ; the gum or balsam. 11. Balsam Poplar ; the inside bark, twigs and balsam. 12. Barberry; bark of root'and top. 13. Bayberry ; root bark. 14. Beech Drops ; the whole plant. Bennet, Avens; the root. 15. Bethwort, or Birthwort; the root. 16. Big Cammomile; the herb. Bitter Root, Wandering Milk Weed; the herb. \7. Bitter Almond; the fruit. 18. Bitter Sweet; the root bark, berries and leaves. Bitter Grass, Unicorn; the thick root. 19. Bitter Thistle; the herb. Bitterwort; same as Wandering Milk Weed. 20. Black Alder ; the bark, buds and berries. 21. Blackberry; the root bark, fruit and leaves. 22* Black Birch; the inside bark. 23. Black Pepper ; the grains. 24. Black Rattlesnake, Rattle Weed; the root. Blazing Star, Unicorn Root; the thick root. 25. Blessed TJiistle; the herb. Bloom Shell Flower, Balmony; leaves and blossoms. Blue Vervain, or Pervain ; the herb. Bog Myrtle, or Dutch Myrtle, Meadow Fern ; bark, twigs and burs. Boneset, Crosswort; the leaves and blossoms. Bugle, Green Archangel; the herb. Bugle, Red Archangel; .the herb. 26. Burdock; root, seed and leaves. 78 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 27. Butternut; inside bark and buds. 28. Callamus;* Sweet Flag; root and oil. 29. Cammomile, (garden;) the herb. 30. Camphor-tree; the gum or inspissated juice. Candle Berry, Tallow-tree, Bayberry ; the root bark. 31. Carrot ; the root. Catch-fly, Wandering Milk Weed; the root bark. 32. Catmint; the herb. 33. Cayenne Pepper; the pods and seeds. 34. Centuary ;* (said to be good ;) the herb. Chocolate, Cure-all, Avens; the root. Cholic Grass-root, Drooping Starwort, False Uni- corn; the thick root. 35. Cinnamon ; inside bark, essence and oil. 36. Cleavers, (improperly called Clivers ;) the herb: Clabber Grass ; the same. 37. Clove-tree; the fruit or seed, and oil. 38. Cocash, Scabishj the herb and root. 39. Columbo ; the root. Cohosh, Black Rattlesnake ; the root. Collard, Meadow Cabbage; the root. Consumption Weed or Herb, Wild Lettuce; the plant. 40. Coil's Foot* Wild Ginger; the root. 41. Copaiva, or Copaiba, or Copaifera-tree; the resin: Capivi-tree; the same. Cow Cabbage, Meadow Cabbage, Shunk Cabbage, the root. (Cow Lily is improper;) Cow Cabbage, or Meadow Cabbage; the root. 42. Coriander;* the seeds in medicine, and the leaves in the kitchen. Cow, or Yellow Water Dock, Fellow Water Lily ;* the root and blossoms. Cow, or White Water Lily, White Water Lily; root and blossoms. 43. Crosswort, Thoroughwort; leaves and blossoms. 44. Crowfoot, Spotted Geranium, Crane-bill; the root. 45. Cumfry ; the root. Cumfry, Wild ;* the root. 46. Dandelion ;* the root and herb. Devil's Bit, Unicorn, Root; the root. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 79 Dill weed or Dilly, Big Camomile; the herb. . Dittany;* (a valuable herb;) the herb. Dogwood;* (not much used;) inside bark and flowers. Draggon Root, Indian Turnip; the root. Dutch Myrtle, Bog Myrtle, Meadow Fern; bark, buds or burs, and twigs. Dog's Fennel, Big Camomile; the herb. Elder;* the flowers in medicine; the fruit in the kitchen, &c^. Ellckampane; the root. Emetic Plant, Lobelia Inflata ; the plant, herb and seed, and oil: Eye-Bright; the same. Eye-Balm, Tumerick; the root. Essences; made from the mints,&c, &c. See Oils. False Unicorn ; the thick root. Featherfeiv, or Feverfew ; the herb. Fennel; the seed and oil. Fevertwig, Bittersweet; bark of root and vine, the leaves and berries. Feverwort, Crosswort, Boneset; the herb. Fir Pine; resin or balsam. Gamboge;* (not generally approved;) the yellow 8ura' Garlic;* the large, cultivated in gardens, is best; the root. Gentain; the root. Ginseng; the root. Ginger; the root and oil. Golden Seal, Yellow Gentain ; the root. Golden Rod, (the sweet;) the leaves and blossoms. Gold Thread; the root. Gipsy, Archangel; the herb. Goose Grass, Gravel Grass, Cleavers; the herb. Gravel Plant, Queen of the Meadow; the root. Green Archangel; the herb. Ground Rasberry, Turmeric; the root. Ground Ivy; the herb. Gums, Resins and Balsams. Arabic Gum; Mimic tree, or Mimosa Nitotiea tree ; a species of the sensitive plant. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. Assafetida Gum;* (not much used;) Assafcetida tree, or the Lascrwort plant. Camfor Gum ;* Camphor-tree. Gamboge Gum ; (not much approved,) Gamboge tree. Myrrh Gum; (very valuable;) Myrrh tree. Scammony Gum;* Scammony plant; (not much approved or used.) Rosin Resin ; Pine trees, various. Sandarach Gum-Resin ; Juniper tree. Tragacanth Gum ; TragWanth shrub. Copaiva Balsam ;* Copaiva or Copaiba tree. Tolu Balsam;* Tolu Balsam tree. Storax Balsam ;* Storax or Styrax Officinale. Tar Balsam ;* Balsam Pine, Pitch Pine. Burgundy Pitch; Burgundy Pine. Poplar Balsam ; Balsam Poplar. Fir Balsam; Fir Pine. Hemlock Spruce; inside bark. Hollyhock, Rose Mallow; flowers. Honey Bloom, Wandering Milk Weed; root bark. Hops* the fruit or tags. Horehoun; the herb. Horse-raddish; the root and leaves. Hyssop ;* the herb. Indian Lettuce, Golden Seal; the root. Indian Hemp,* Wild Cotton; the root. Indian Physic, Wandering Milk Weed; root bark.. Ink Root, Marsh Rosem.ary; the root. Indian Turnipt Wake-Robbin; the root and seed. Indian Sage, Crosswort; leaves and blossoms. Indian Shoe, Moccasin Flower, Valerian; the root. Itch Weed, Meadow Cabbage; the root. Johnswort ;* (sometimes used in ointment for poison, but not generally approved ;) the blossoms. Jocpye, Crosswort, Boneset; the leaves and blos- soms. Juniper ; berries, top, resin or gum, and oil. Kercuma, Golden Seal; the root. Kernels of peach stones. Ditto of wild black cherry stones. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 81 Lady's Slipper, Valerian; root and oil. Laserwort; see Assafetida. 73. Lavender;* herb and oil. 74. Lettuce* Garden Salad ; the plant. Lettuce, Wild, round leaf, (which see;) the plant. " 75. Life-Everlasting;* the herb. 76. Lilly,* garden, white; root and flowers. 77. Lilly, White Water, or Pond ; root and blossoms. 78. Lilly* Yellow Water; root and b[Ossoms. 79. Liverwort;* the herb. 80. Liquorice ;* the root. Also, Wild, which see. 81. Lobelia Inflata; the herb, seed and oil. 82. Lovely Thistle ; the herb. 83. Lungwort;* the plant. Mace; see Nutmeg tree. 84. Maiden Hair;* the herb. 85. Marsh Mallows; the herb and blossom. 86. Marigold;* leaves and flowers. 87. Marsh Rosemary; the root. Mayweed ; same as Big Camomile. 88. Meadow Fern; the buds and bark. Meadow Pride, Golden Seal; the root. 89. Mimic Arabic, or Mimic Acacia, the same as ,Mi- mosa Nilotica, Nile Mimic tree ; the gum. Moccasin Flower, Valerian; the root. 90. Motherwort;* the herb. Mouth Root, Gold Thread; the root. 91. Myrrh tree; thegum. 92. Mullen; leaves and blossoms. 93. Mustard; the seed, leaves and blossoms. Myrtleberry, Bayberry ; root bark. 94. Mountain Mint;* the herb. 95. Nettle or White-leafed Vervain; the herb. 96. Nettles; the root and herb. Noah's Ark, Valerian; the root. 97. Nutmeg; the mace, nut and oil. Ohio Kercuma, Golden Seal; the root. 98. Oats ; the meal. 99. Onions ; the bulbous roots. Orange or Turmeric, Turmeric; the root. 100. Ozier, Pigeon-berry; the bark. 82 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. Oils. Oil of Anise, made of the seed ; color - White. " Bees; an oily, resinous gum, collected from the leaves of various kinds of trees by bees, unchanged by them. - Yellow. " Cayenne Pepper; the fruit. - Yellow. " Cloves ; capsules. - - ' Yellow. " Callamus; root. - - Yellow. '* Ellecampane; root. - - White. " Hemlock; gum. " Ginger; root. - - Yellow. " Horse, (Sea-Horse, &c.) - Yellow. " Hog, or Lard. - Livid White. " Juniper; seeds. - - Green. " Lavender; flowers. - - Yellow. " Lobelia; seed. - - Brown. " Neat; the feet, &c. - Red-yellow. " Pennyroyal; flowers and herb. - Yellow. " Peppermint; flowers and herb. - Yellow. " Rosemary; the plant. - Colorless. " Sassafras; the root. - - Yellow. " Summer Savory ; flowers and herb. Yellow. " Sweet Olive; the fruit. Red-yellotv. " Snapping-Tortle. - - Yellow. " Turpentine Pine; turpentine. Colorless. " Thyme ;* leaves and flowers: - Yellow. " Wormwood;* leaves. - - Green. " Rue ;* leaves. - - Yellow. " Tanzy; leaves. - - Green. 101. Parsley ; the leaves. Paul's Betony; the same as Red Archangel; herb. 102. Peach tree; bark, leaves and kernels. Peachwort, Arse-smart; the herb. Pearl-ash; see Ashes. 103. Pennyroyal; the herb and oil. 104. Pepper Mint; the herb. Pepper Turnip Indian Turnip; Ihe root and seed^. 105. Pepperwort ;* the herb. 106. Piony ;* the root and seed. 107. Pipsissaway; the root and top. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 83 108. Pitch Pine;-(various ;) Turpentine, Rosin, Tar, Oil. 109. Plantain* (broad leafed ;) the plant. 110. Ditto.* (narrow leafed ;) the plant. Pine Spruce, Hemlock Spruce; inside bark. Poor Robbin's Plantain; the same as Cleavers. Poplar Aspen, Quaking Asp; inside bark. Poplar Yellow, (Tulip;) inside bark. Puccoon, Turmeric; root. 111. Prickly Ash; bark of root and top, and berries. Pyramid, Golden Seal; the root. 112. Queen of the Meadow, Gravel Root; the root. 113. Quaking Asp; inside bark. 114. Red Archangel; the herb. 115. Red Alder;* bark, buds and tags or berries. 116. Rhubarb;* the root in medicine, but not much approved; the stalks are good for pies. 117. Red Root, Red Shank; bark, leaves and blossoms. 118. Red Rasberry, (wild;) the leaves. 119. Red Clover; the blossoms. 120. Rosemary, (garden;) the herb. Rosin ; see Gum, Resin, &c. Round-leafed Consumption Weed; Wild Lettuce. 121. Rupturewort ;* the herb. 122. Rue;* the herb and oil. 123. Rock Fern,* the herb. 124. Sage;* the leaves and blossoms. Saltpetre ;* deadly poison; (never used.) See Index. 125. Saffron;* the blossoms. 126. Savin;* the leaves and twigs. 127. Sarsapparrilla ;* the root. 128. Scamony;* (not approved ;) the gum. 129. Scabish, Shevish, Squaw-weed ; top and root Sea-side Thrift; see Marsh Rosemary: Sea Lavender; the same. 130. Sorrel, (three-leafed Wood Sorrel;) the herb. 131. Slippery Elm; inside bark. 132. Spice Bush, (common;) bark, twigs and buds. 133. Smooth Shumack; bark of root, leaves and berries. Shoka, Meadow Cabbage; the root. Skunk Cabbage; the same. Snagrel, Birthwort; the root. Spotted Geranium : same as Crowfoot or Cranebill. 84 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. Snake-head, Balmony; the herb. 134. Spear Mint; the herb. Spirits. Spirits of Turpentine; Pine gum. " Wine; highly rectified Spirits. " Wild Cherries; the fruit. " Molasses-; the Sugar-cane. " Brandy, Vintage, &c. Staff Vine, Bitter Sweet; the root bark. Star Grass, Unicorn, which see; the root. Suterberry, Prickly Ash; bark and berries. Sweating Plant, Crosswort, Boneset; herb. Sweet Birch, Black Birch; inside bark. 135. Sweet Fern; the bark, leaves and buds. Sweet Flag, Calhmus, root and oil. Sweet Gale, Meadow Fern; Bog Myrtle. Sweet Golden Rod ; same as Golden Rod; the herb. Tackamahack, Balsam Poplar; which see. Tag Alder ;* see Red Alder* 136. Tanzy; the herb and oil. 137. Thyme;* the herb and oiL Throat Root; see Aifens. Tick Weed; see Pennyroyal. Thoroughwort; see Crosswort: Thoroughstem; the same. Turpentine; see Gum, and Spirits of. Tooth-ache Bush; see Prickly Ash. 138. True Unicorn; the Root. Tulip Poplar; see White and Yellow Poplar. 139. Turmeric; the root Umbil; see Valerian. Unicorn.Root; (the True and False;) both good. 140. Valerian, (American, four kinds, all good ,) Vegetable Antimony; see Crosswort. Virginia Snake Root, Bethwort. Virginia Broom Rape ; see Beech Drops. Vervain, Blue and White, or Nettled-leafed, call- ed ajso, Pervain ; the herb. 141. Wake Robbin, Indian Turnip; root and seed. Wax ;.see Oil.. Wax Berry; see Baybcrry; root bark. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 85 Water Dock, or Yellow Water Lilly ; see Lilly. Water Lilly, White Water Lilly; see Lilly. 142. JVandering Milk-wort ; same as Wandering Milk Weed, or Bitter Root; root bark. Water Horehoun; same as Archangel. 143. Wild Chery-tree; inside bark, fruit and spirits, W hite Avens; same as Avens ; the root. White Leaf; same as white leafed Pipsissaway. 1 44. White Poplar ; inside bark. While Lilly ; (garden ;) see Lilly. 145. White Ash ; inside bark, and ashes. 146. Whortle Berry;* leaves, bark and berries. Wild Cammomile ; see Big Cammomile. 147. Wild Cotton;* same as Wild Hemp; the root. Wild Ginger,* CoWsFoot; the root. 148. Wild Lettuce ; the root and herb. 149. Wild Liquorice ;* the root. 150. Wild Potato ;* the root. Wild Turnip, Wake Bobbin ; root and seed. Wild Tobacco, Lobelia lnflata ; herb, seed and oil. 151. Witch Hazel ; bark and leaves. 152. Wormwood; herb and oil. 153. Wild Indigo;* root and herb; but not approvd. 154. Yarrow; the herb. Yellow Bed Straw; see Cleavers. 155. Yellow Dock, (narrow leafed green dock ;) root. Yellow Gentain, Golden Seal; the root. Yellow Mouth Root, Gold Thread; the root, 156. Yellow Poplar; inside bark. Yellow Root, Turmeric Root; the root. Zanthoxylon and Zanthoxylum, both good : see Prickly Ash, two kinds of. From the above catalogue of vegetables, &c, are pre- pared all of the foregoing medicines, the description and uses of which are carefully and substantially given. They possess, most effectually, the grand healing proper- ties, on the true Thomsonian principles , which has been the means of restoringfrom sickness and distress, to good health and happiness, many thousands, who otherwise must have lingered out a miserable existence, or sunk to an untimely grave. 8 86 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. RECAPITULATION. It has frequently been said, and that too by some who profess to be favorable to the Thomsonian system, that they believe the system might be greatly improved, and that they had no doubt but that it would be. But I be- lieve that there are no better remedies known in the world for all the various forms of disease, to which either man or beast is liable. And Doctor Thomson informs us that for many years past his system has remained almost sta- tionary, having become about as perfect as it is possible to make it; so that now those who own a Thomsonian book of practice, have all the useful improvements, therein. Dr. H. Piatt, says he is surprised to hear such declara- tions, as that of attempting to improve a system which is as perfect in all its parts as Dr. Thomson's. He thinks it as rational and consistent to attempt to improve our system of Arithmetic, by making two and two equal to five, when they are no more than four. He affirms that Thomson's theory is true; (which all true Thomsonians know to be a fact;) and that it is a unit, (which its most inveterate enemies cannot deny.) Then, he says, these two points being admitted, namely, truth and unity; i how is it to be improved ? £ By making truth more than true ? ,: and one more than one ? He says " we have a fair solution of these queries in the mongrel productions of a Smith, a Beach, a Howard, a Day, and a host of others, who have pushed their piracies upon the rightful property, and hard-earned fame of the immortal Thom- son, to the full extent of their several abilities." Number one.—This is the only medicine known in the world possessed with powers like it; namely :—to arouse the torpent energies of the animal machine, and cause a natural action of the brain, and to give heat and quick- ness of action to all parts of the body. This is done by cleaning out the fire place of the body, and all of the con- necting flues or ducts, for a new and more abundant in- flux of heat and pure nutriment, and sensitive substance, and the expulsion of all noxious substances, which cor- rupt the organic life, without leaving the organs any way impaired, as the narcotics do. On the contrary, it alwavs acts in harmony with nature, if it act at all. If it act not THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 87 at all, then there is no life,—no spark to kindle; else the life is so nearly extinct, that there is no known agent that can arrest its expiration ; as the patient is a dying. It acts only where there is life; and has not the least power to do any injury to the organs, nor to abstract life from them. It can only help the living organs to per- form their natural functions. Doctor H. Piatt says, a full knowledge of the unvari- able tendency and effects of No. 1, "and the extent of its friendly power, he conceives to be the fulcrum, which now supports that mighty lever that is to overturn the present medical practice." For No. 1, in many dreadful forms of disease, there is scarcely any substitute,—no equal,—nothing that even approaches to an equality,—it Btands alone, without a rival. . The practitioner who knows our No. 1, and its various uses and modes of application in disease, and whose mind is so far freed from the shackles of prejudice, and the ignorance imposed upon it, by the ignorance of the learned doctors, as to enable him to use this medicine with a firm, undoubting reliance on its almost unlimited ex- tent of friendly power, is truly prepared to deal out death- blows to the hydra, disease. The fond mother.who has this medicjne in its various preparations, this knowledge, and this unshackled confidence in her own abilities, will never see her darling babe expiring in the agonizing strug- gles of the suffocating croup. Not only in cases of this kind does she find certain relief; for she finds herself freed from many distressing cares, painful anxieties, and tedious watchings with which she can often observe that some of her less fortunate neighbors are often afflicted. It is no doubt the finest and most penetrating medicine in the world, and always acts in unison with the sustaining principles of life; it therefore must act in opposition to the principles of death, in whatever form it may assail us. It is the quickest and most unfailing counter poison, whether that poison be the vegetable miasm of the marsh, the mineral poison of the DRUG SHOPS, or the animal poison of the viper or the mad dog. No. 1 is emetic, when given in full doses, removing the morbid matter from the stomach; and not from the stomach only; but it exerts every gland to a proper, healthy action; 88 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. it enables the very pores to vomit out their excremental contents, which had become hardened therein, by cold and the shrivelling effects of disease. It is stimulant, di- luent, sialogogue, emmenagogue, expectorant, tonic and alterative. From its subtile and volatile, diluent and stimulating nature.it is very purifying to the blood, throw- ing off, through the medium of the pores, all morbid mat- ter that may exist therein. Number Tjvo.—This is the great generator of the na- tural animal heat in the system, where it has been in a measure lost; its effects are, to arouse the sensitive prin- ciple in the organs by increasing the heat; being a power- ful, diffusive stimulous. It gives energy to all of the other medicines; it pricks the glands and causes the saliva to flfw freely, and prevents the astringent properties of some of the other medieine9, with which it is combined, or with which it may also be necessary to take it, from contracting them to much. In all cases of Dropsy, Fits, Palsy, Rheumatism, and other complaints where the cold has settled in the system, and caused local or general obstructions, No. 2 is of the greatest importance, in raising and maintaining the want- ed heat of the body, and giving energy to No. 1 and gteam, to remove and clear away those obstructions. The Thomsonian Practice is founded on this eternal foundation principle, as held forth, at the onset, by its illustrious and worthy founder, that " HEAT IS LIFE, AND COLD IS DEATH.'" This being the grand principle aimed at, we have here the very article which will (with the aid of No. 1 and steam,) raise the heat the quickest, the highest, and maintain it the longest of any article yet known; consequently it is the best for that purpose. Besides its powerful and stimulating proper- ties. No. 2 is carminative, tonic, diuretic, antispasmo- dic, sudorific, emmenagogue, expectorant, sialogogue, ru- befacient, diluent, and alterative. Number Three.—All of the articlesycomposing Doctor Thompson's No. 3, are, more or less astringent. They bind and contract the fibres of animal bodies. No. 3 pos- sesses powerful antiseptic properties, and has a tendency more than any other medicine, not only to prevent corrup- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 89 tion, but to remove and clear away that which may have accumulated, and to remove any flegm, canker or morbid matter that may be lodged in the folds of the stomach and in the intestines. In many cases where much canker ex- ists, emetics may be given in a tea of No. S, to good ad- vantage. And for injections it is very valuable,—whether the bowels be of a costive or a laxative habit, No. 3, has, proved itself equally good; and in all worm complaints it will assist greatly in scraping away their lodgings. For poultices and washes for all corrupted and vitiated sores, and with the 3rd preparation of No. 1, or No. 6, for the prevention of inflamation, or mortification, sore or inflam- ed eyes, poison, virus, &c, it has no equal. A strong tea of No. 3 sweetened, with or without a little milk, given to children and infants, with a relax, dysentery, or other stomach or bowel complaints, will, in nine cases fftt of ten, relieve them seemingly like majic. Let not the ma- ture female forget the use of this article, with the addition of a little No. 2 and Nerve Powder, in the approaching hour of her greatest affliction ; in this particular case, the simple leaves of the wild Red Rasberry, is said to be a superior article to use with the No. 2 and Nerve Powder, instead of No. 3. No. 2 will raise sufficient heat and action to put the machine in motion, and No. 3 will scrape off the canker and mucus, with which the stomach, lungs, and indeed the whole system, becomes surcharged. No. 1 is the grand force-pump to be introduced, no matter in what way, to force the offending matter from the centre to the surface, in every direction; every outlet and pore, all unite in one general vomiting of the diseased matter. In all cases after being relieved from sickness, and even while going through the treatment, No. 3 should always be used, to remove the canker and prevent a relapse. A tea- cup full of the tea should be drank at night and morning, and a few doses of hot No. 4 through the day. If the bowels be any way costive, use injections often ; or a little of the laxative No. 4, or bitter root. No. 3 is Antiseptic, Antiacid, Alterative, Aromatic, Astringent Carminative, Diuretic, Styptic, Tonic, and Vermifuge. Number Four.—This is probably the purest tonic bitter known in the world. It is diluent and permanently 8* 90 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. strengthening, and acts upon the glands and the liver, giving strength and elasticity to the one, while the fluids therein are thinned and receive a quickness of motion; and to the other it imparts that healthly quality or action, to produce a sufficient quantity of pure bile, which is nature's own physic, the best of all. It is antispasmodic, and tonic, imparting quickness of action to the digestive powers, to stimulate the blood and brace up the nervous system; hence it is a great restorer from inward weakness; and with plenty of No. 1 and 2, it will remove the cold and ob- struction which occasions fits, &c. And as No, 1, 2, and 3, are the most powerful medicines to arrest and drive out a disease, so No. 4 comes in next as the most powerful strengthener and restorer of digestion, and the weak eys- tem vvhieh the disease had prostrated. But it will never do iWperfeet work so well in any other way, as after a through cleansing with No. 1, 2 and 3. Doctor Thomson sayeth in his excellent work, that to take the No. 4, be- fore first evacuating the system, by injections and vomits, with No. 1, 2 and 3, is like locking a flock of sheep in the fold, while the wolf is among them. In all cases of con- sumption,dyspepsia, stranguary, gravel, dropsy,and every other dreadful form of disease, No. 4 should neverbe dis- pensed with, especially after the system has been suffi- ciently cleansed, and even between the courses, while rid- ding the system of any deep-seated disease. Number Five.—This, though nearly the same thing in substance and virtue, as No. 2, 3 and 4, combined, yet it is a very convenient and valuable compound in this sys- tem of practice. It restores the digestive organs, and by some, is termed a supplement to No. 4. It is also very val- uable to restore a healthy action to the intestines, when they have been paralyzed or debilitated by disease, act- ing as a demulcent alterative. In cases of dysentery, relax, and all cases of griping, or other ailments of the bowels or stomach, it may be used to great advantage, and it is peculiarly adapted to children laboring under any similar complaint. In children, dysentery has been cured in less than a day, by allowing them plenty of No. 5 syrup. Most children will take it of their own accord, when they have the privilege. In a general way, the sys- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 91 tern should be cleared as directed for No. 4, before using- unless when it be used as a restorative after sickness' having been already relieved and cleansed in that manner' Number Six.—This completes the sum total of what I call the Primary Medicines. And even this, as Doctor H. Piatt explains it, is only a particularly modified com- bination of the same principles as No. 2, 3 and 4. It alone, or with No. 3, possesses the most active antiseptic pro- perties of any article known, in the world. No. 6, with its antecedents, 1, 2, 3 and 4, aided by steam when re- quired, are medicines worth more than all the rest in the world beside. Let every one therefore who attempts to cure any accute disease whatever, study well the true situation of his patient, and according to the form or nature of the disease, vary and regulate these primary medicines, so as exactly to meet the emergency, and in ninety nine cases in a hundred, a cure will be effected in a very short time. No. 6 is to be applied internally or ex- ternally, or both ways at the same time, as may be need- ful. In all cases of mortification, of inflamation, of pain or of any ailment likely to produce pain, No. 6 is almost a sovereign remedy, and should never be omitted. And although the most active and powerful antiseptic within the present knowledge of man, it is at the same time, a powerful stimulant, capable of raising and maintaining a sufficient heat in the body, if taken sufficiently often, in proper doses, to ward off cold and disease, when encoun- tering extreme exposure, in storms or wet, or travelling in the damp of night, &c. It is also alterative, astringent, balsamic, carminative, detergent, diuretic, diluent, em- menagogue, expectorant, rubefacient, sudorific, and tonic. The Secondary Medicines.—These, comprised tinder the heads of Nerve Powder, Composition Powder, Cough Powder, Cholera medicines, Diuretics, Clysters, Worm medicines, Syrups, Pills, Snuff's, Lotions, Ointments, Plasters, Salves, &c, are, to be sure, in themselves very valuable preparations and compounds, being thus adapt- ed to their various applications. They are considered the palliatives and restoratives, being well adapted for the less violent attacks of disease, as most of Ihem are either 92 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. aromatic, balsamic, nervine or anodyne, lubricating, laxa- tive, sudorific, antiscorbutic, demulcent, herpetic, pectoral, sudorific, or vermifuge. The most of them are mi d and easily taken; but are at the same time, very valuable me- dicines, and in some cases it would be very difficult to get along without certain of them. The Nerve Powder, for instance, in some peculiar cases, is almost worthy of being ranked among the primary medicines. It, in fact, possesses some of the properties of No. 1. It acts as a sedative and antispasmodic ano- dyne. In cases of fits, spasms, croup, pain, hysterical af- fections, fright, anger, melancholy, hydrophobia,and every other complaint, in which the nerves become greatly af- fected, this is the best article known, and may be taken in any other medicine while going through "the regular treat- ment for all complaints like these. The Composition, also, in the first attacks of disease, is an article of itself, worth more to the human family in the preventive and curative way, than all of the con- tents of the calomel and opium drug shops, put together. Even in many of the most acute, and worst of chronic cases, the Composition is the very best thing to begin with, as it is mild and aromatic, and may be sweetened and creamed at pleasure, and in many cases may be made strong or weak to suit the fancy of. the patient. It is therefore well calculated for the youngest infants. It may, in cases of necessity, be gradually increased in strength and frequency, till it will entirely throw off a violent dis- ease, if applied to in its first stages. And to keep up the heat between the courses, when it be necessary to repeat them, Composition with No. 4, or these alternately, has no equal: It is a peculiar, aromatic compound of No. 2 and S. It is antisceptic, antispasmodic, aromatic, astrin- gent, carminitive, detergent, diluent, emmenagogue, ex- pectorant, stimulant, sudorific, and vermifuge. Indeed I may say, for a common, every day family medicine, among children, &c, in cases of colds, squeamish stomach, and the like, this medicine has no equal. And in all cases where there be pain, no matter from what cause, the addi- tion of a dose of No. 6, to each drink of the Composition, it is almost a sovereign remedy. These two articles, with a little No. 1, 3 and 4, should be constantly in every one's cupboard. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 93 Coygh Powder and Drops, are antispasmodic, aromatic, carminative, detergent, diuretic, expectorant, stimulant, sudorific, tonic and vermifuge. But their greatest use is, to act upon the stomach, breast, lungs, &c. In all settled colds, hoarseness, stoppage in the breast and lungs, cough from a cold, whooping cough, phthisic, and consumption, they may be used freely, alone, or at intermediate times, while going through the regular treatment. TABLE OF DOSES. The quantity of medicine which is directed to be given for a dose, under the different heads, is that allowed for adults, or persons of ordinary strength,—say from six- teen years Of age, and upwards. Accordingly, to a personof From twelve to sixteen, give three fourths of a dose; From eight to twelve, two thirds of a dose J From four to eight, one half of a dose; From two to four, one quarter of a dose; From one to two, one sixth of a dose ; From the birth to One year, give from a twelfth to a sixth, according to size, age and urgency of the case. Women, generally, and very weakly men, take a little less than men of ordinary strength and stature ; but where the patient has an athletic constitution, possessing a great degree of animal spirits, the dose may be increased one eighth, over the ordinary dose. And in some cases where the patient be possessed of an obstinate, hardy, rugged constitution, or obstinate savage temperament, the dose may be increased from one fourth to a half, or more if found necessary. I attended and cured a lad, of about twelve or thirteen years of age, at two or three different times, of sickness, and he required from double to treble the quantity di- rected to be given to adults. Less quantities seemed to produce no sensible effect in him; but when ever 1 dou- bled, and trebled the power and frequency of the practice, the desired effect was always produced. Again, I have been informed of two cases of new-born 94 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. infants, not six hours old, that had three teaspoon fulls of the third preparation of No. 1, given to each of them, and they recovered from spasms, which had nigh overcome them, lived and did well;—that too, when there was but very little hope that they could survive, till after the me- dicine was administered. N. B.—In all cases wh re the dose is directed to be a teaspoon full, let it be understood to be a teaspoon of or- dinary or middle size ; for there is so great a variety of sizes : Then, as a general rule, the above Table of Dow will be quite sufficient. STEAM BOX AND TENT. Steaming, in the easiest, mostagreeable and expedi- tious manner, is in a Steam Box, so built and adapted, that the steam can be conveyed into the bottom of it from the spout of a boiling tea-kettle, or any other kind of steam generator or boiler : or it may be constructed with a Bhelf or false bottom, a foot or so above the floor of the box, with a small door or opening from the outside, to admit a small tub or basin of hot water; for the purpose of raising or generating the steam. A Steam Box, might be made of white pine or ash boards, and jointed together in a plain, cheap manner, or framed together by auy kind of pannel work, to suit the taste of the artificer, or the choice of the proprietor. It might be made from two, to two and a half feet wide, and from five to six feet high,—or from two and a half to three feet wide, and from six to seven feet high ; or to any other size desired. A door must be made in one side, large and high enough to go in and out. The box must be made tight, to retain the steam ; and in the door, a lit- tle more than half way up, there must be a small opening, about eight inches wide, and ten or fifeen high, to admit fresh air to the face of the patient, during the operation of Bteaming, and through which to hand in fresh water, teas, sponges or any thing else desired. This opening should have moveable curtains, so that the patient can close him- self in, except an opening just sufficient for breathing, &c; or so he can put his head out entirely, and close the cur- tain close around the chin; or enclose himself in alto- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 95 gether, for a few seconds at a time, if desired. These curtains should be attached inside, by buttons or some other means, that would admit of removing them, to be washed, when done steaming. The floor or bottom of the steam box may be placed about one or two inches above the bottom ends of the boards or feet upon whichit stands ; then about ten or twelve or more inches above the floor, may be placed any kind of a false floor or plat- form for the patient to stand upon. A seat should also be placed therein so that the patient can sit at his ease or stand up, as desired. This seat should be made of open splint or rush-work so as to admit the steam through it, and it will be the better. In the top, which may be of a flatish form, there may be a round hole cut, from four to six inches diameter, and have a tin sprinkler, made like that on a watering pot, of a convex form, and fastened in the hole, in such a manner that when water be poured therein, it will sprinkle every direction in the box, form- ing a complete shower-bath. It might be so constructed, that by pulling a cord, the water would be turned into the sprinkler; that when the operation of steaming be over, the cold dash could be given instantaneously. Many other plans may be contrived for steaming, by which it may be done with very little trouble to the phy- sician, and be easy and agreeable to the patients, espe- cially where they be very weak and unable to stand over the steam. A small box might be made, sufficiently high for a man to sit down in, upon an open-worked seat, that would ad- mit the steam through it, in which sick and weak patients might sit at their ease and be steamed very conveniently. This box might be made much in the form of a large chair, boarded all around, having a suitable door, &c, as the large steam box ; or an open-worked chair might be made, in which they might sit and be shielded from the external air, by one or two blankets or other suitable cloth to keep the steam in. A kind of settee might be made, in a similar manner, with an open-worked bottom or seat, upon which the pa- tient could lie down, and be covered over with a blanket, and have the steam generator, underneath. In this way any part of the body could be steamed at pleasure ; afoot, 96 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. leg, arm, shoulder, breast, chest, &c. For a permanent apparatus of this kind, it might be boarded up, and over, bol fashion ; and have in the side or top, a door or lid, to open for the convenient reception and egress of the pa- tient, with one or more apertures for the face, and access of fresh air, sponges, water, &c, which should be cur- tained like the opening in the door of the first mentioned steam box. The steam may be communicated into the under part of this kind of a steam box, or the chair-box, open chair, or open settee, by means of a steam pipe from a boiler, or by means of the steaming stones, as may beat suit the convenience or circumstances of the operators. From the above directious, any ingenious mechanic in wood, may construct a steam box, chair or settee, to suit his own views, that may answer the purpose admirably well; and for which purpose the curious may have access to similarly constructed ones, now in use in many Thomson- ian families. These steam boxes may be made or set upon such strong frame work, as to allow suitable small wheels un- derneath, to move them from place to place, and from one apartment into another at pleasure, which in some houses would be a very great convenience. The box might be painted on the out-side, and would be a very becoming, convenient and useful article of furniture, and .worthy of a place in the President's House. Steam Tents, may be made with a sort of bows or very light frame work, without boards, bearing some resemblance to a tent, or the top bows or covered part of a wagon. It should be made sufficiently permanent, to support a can- vass or blanket covering, or curtains, however the pro- prietor may wish to have it; and a seat also if desired. It may be made to stand up in, or merely for setting or lying down in as any of the above ; and must be supplied with an opening for the face, like them. The steam tent could be made with joints and hinges to fold up, having a move- able canvass or blanket, (as they allways should,) for the purpose of washing them and keeping them clean and wholesome. This could be folded up and set aside out of the way when not needed ; and would be much more con- venient to carry from house to house, than the large steam box, as has been done, in some instances. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 97 Under a Blanket, steaming may be performed with but very little trouble, if the patient be able to stand, twenty or thirty minutes, over a small pail or basin-of hot water. If the patient be a small person, one large blanket will make the tent, and the patient will form the tent frame. The blanket must be drawn over the head and shoulders, and brought down the sides of the face and pinned under the chin, and be brought round to lap over before, like a cloak, all the way down to the floor, and around the pail or basin of hot water. If the blanket used be sufficiently large for this purpose, then proceed with steaming; but if it be not, then take another blanket, and place around the patient and vessel of water, before; the upper part of which must be brought up over the breast, under the chin, and be spread over around the shoulders, and be pinned behind; then all will be in readiness; provided the hot stones, brisk fire, and plenty of hot teas, sponges, cold water, &c, &c, be at hand. In like manner, the patient may sit upon a bottomless chair, having several thin bits of "lath or the like, laid on to form an open seat, to admit the steam through the same. Then to befitted out, the hot water must be put in a tub, large enough to allow the chair to stand upon it, by placing across the top, two pieces of broad lath, for the chair-feet to rest upon. The patient, then having the two blankets placed around him, as above directed, must sit upon the chair, over the tub of hot water, and have the blanket drawn all around, both chair and tub, and down to the floor ; then the practitioner, having previously given the patient two or three doses of composition or other hot medicine, and having ail other requisites in readiness, may raise the blanket at one side, and with a hot stone, commence steaming according to the direc- tions. Steaming in Bed, may be performed thus : Take three hot open-grain sand stones about the size of large cucumbers, or bricks, and pour hot water on them until they quit hissing ; then wrap them in three or four thick- nesses of damp cloths, and place one of them at the feet, and one at each side of the patient, after having first given him two or three good draughts of compo- 9 98 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. sition, or No. 2 and 3. If it be desired to continue the process of steaming longer than the stones will retain their heat, then their place must be supplied with fresh stones, as at first. HOW TO STEAM. The first thing, when about to steam a person in the or- dinary way, is to be provided with a clean sweet room, with a brisk, blazing fire in it, whether the weather be warm or cold. The fire is to answer three important pur- poses, therefore it must never be dispensed with, while steaming. First for the purpose of heating water and stones, for steaming with. Second for rarifyingand puri- fying the air in the room, and carrying off by the chim- ney and other currents, the noxious effluvia which always escapes with the perspiration when steaming the sick, and renders the surrounding air, more or less impure, and unwholesome, so much so, that it would be very in- jurious to the sick, and not good for the well, to breathe therein during the process of steaming without the puri- fying properties of the fire. For this purpose a window or door, or both should always be open while steaming, to let off the foul, and supply its place with fresh air. Third; for the purpose of making ready such teas and other medicines as may be wanted, and keeping them warm and ready for use at any moment that they may be needed, while administering the course of medicine. The next things necessary, are to have six or eight, open-grain sand stones, of about a pound or a pound and a half weight, each, heated to redness; then take a small tub, kettle or basin, two thirds filled with hot water; set it on the floor, and having the patient un- dressed, and the blanket or tent properly placed over him—so that the steam cannot escape, and having pre- viously given him two or three doses of composition, or No. 2, make him stand over the vessel of hot water, let- ting the blanket reach down to the floor all around ; then commence steaming. Take, one of the smallest stones first, in a pair of good tongs, or an iron ladle, and put it in the water, immersing it gradually as it cools. This THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 99 causes a very gentle steam or vapor, to rise out of the hot water, and ascend upward under the confined blanket, so as to surround the body of the patient. As soon as the stone becomes so cool as to quit hissing, lay it aside and take the next smallest stone, and proceed as at first, so as to keep up a lively steam, in this manner for about fifteen or twenty minutes, or even a shorter time if the patient be too weak to stand so long. In all cases, begin with a very gentle and moderate steam at the first, and increase the power thereof, gradually and with as much regularity as possible; and give the patient several more warm drinks while over the steam, keeping the inward heat always greater than the outward, and all will goon safely. If the patient be nervous, add to each drink, half a teaspoon full of Nerve Powder or Nerve Drops. If faintness be apprehended, throw a little cold water in his face, or wet the face, temples and breast, with a sponge dipped in cold water, or water which had a little vine- gar dropped in it. This will let down the outward heat and restore the strength of the patient. A dose or two of the Bitter Nerve Drops, described at page 21 and 22, or a dose of the Spiced Bitters, or any preparation of No. 4, is very good, to give a dose or two of, while steaming, and also before going on the steam ; being diluent, tonic and anodyne, it seems to prepare the hu- mors for passing off readily by perspiration, and at the same time, strengthens the stomach and nerves, and imparts much cheerfulness and elasticity to the patient. In this way I have steamed numbers, and never had the most weekly patient to become faint; but on the con- trary, their universal testimony was, that the operation of steaming was to them not only very pleasant, but that it generally gave much more agreeable sensations while under the operation of the steam than they were able to procure to themselves before; and that they in every in- stance were much relieved, and lastingly benefited there- by. If however, at any time during the operation of steaming the patient complain of it being too warm, the practioner must raise the stone out of the water a little, or take it out altogether, for a minute or so ; else raise the blanket a little, as occasion may require, scrupu- lously observing the feelings of the patient; at the same 100 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. time, the patient must be firm, and not whimsical. Give the patient cold water to sup, if desired ; and if he be hard to.sweat give him more No. 2 and 3, or composition made strong and sweetened, to drink plentifully of, while steaming. If ye cannot determine with what degree of heat or force, to raise the steam, it may be ascertained precisely and regulated admirably well, by giving the patient a thermometer to hold in his hand, under the blanket; and having the temperature of the room, say from 75 to 85, when beginning to steam, then as nearly as possible raise the steam gradually, about one degree per minute, which can be easily noted by observing the thermometer, —until it rises to 110, 115 or 120 degrees, just as may be agreeable to the patient, or as may be thought neces- sary. In most cases 120 will be high enough ; yet there may be some dreadful or acute cases, or cases of long standing, in which it may be necessary, in subsequent steamings to raise the heat gradually to 130 or 135 de- grees, and continue an hour or more. Some of these are dropsies, white swellings, gravel, rheumatisms, gout, hy- drophobia, and other obstinate forms of disease. When done steaming, always remember that the pa- tient must be washed (with a sponge, or cloth,) all over with cold water, and then wiped quite dry, with a quick motion, so that the friction or rubbing will bring on a glow of warmth, and it will leave the patient entirely out of any danger of taking cold. When steamed in a well fitted up steam box, if there be fixed in the top of it, a sprinkler as explained, under the head of "Steam Box," the cold bath may be administered in the completest man- ner possible. Those who do not prefer the cold bath so suddenly, may use a sponge or cloth, and a basin of water, or water with a little vinegar or spirits, No. 6 or Vinegar Lotion added ; or, instead of either of these, the pa- tient may bathe all over with the whiskey lotion, men- tioned at page 46. If the whiskey lotion be used, it should be diluted with an equal quantity of water, and even then touched lightly over the most tender parts. The whisky lotion is very valuable for this purpose, es- pecially when steaming in chronic cases. When this be all done, the patient may put on his clothes and go about THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 101 his business, or go to bed, accordingly as the state of his health or the nature of the case may seem to require. Having given a pretty general outline of a very simple and common method of steaming, I shall just remark, that there are also a variety of ways, of generating the steam and conveying it to the body of the patient, be- sides that of hot stones, &c. A kind of kettle might be made, the size of a small tea kettle, to hang over the fire, having a tight lid, with a small tube in the top, to put the water in, and to which a long, movable pipe may be fitted, that will reach to the patient, under a Blanket, Tent, or Box, as the case may be. In this pipe, else in the boiler, or in each of them, there should be a small turn cock, by which the practitioner can let off or regu- late the quantity of steam, desired to be thrown around his patient. By such an aparatus, properly constructed, and plenty of pipe, with suitable, movable joints, the practitioner, may also steam any particular part of the body of his patient, that may be desired ; as in cases #f white-swellings, gout, rheumatism, bruises, sprains &c. For cheapness and simplicity, the above methods of steaming surpass all others known, except that adopted by the Russians ; as we are informed, they throw water upon red hot stones, in a close room, until they raise a powerful steam, where they lie naked on a bench, in a pro- fuse perspiration, sometimes for two hours. It is said that in this way they raise the heat till the thermometer rises from 140 to upwards of 160 degrees, and occasion- ally while in the bath, pour hot water over their bodies, and at length plunge over head, into a large tub of water; and that many rush out almost melted in sweat, and plunge into an adjoining river, or roll themselves in snow, during the most piercing cold weather, without suffering any inconvenience, and probably with advantage; for we understand that rheumatisms are scarcely known in Russia, and there is great reason to attribute this exem- tion to the vapor bath. STEAMING SMALL CHILDREN. Very young children may be steamed by placing them in the lap of a person, and covering them over with a blanket, and having an assistant to aPp>ply the steam. 9* 102 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. The nurse who holds the child, should have a blanket spread crosswise, over her lap, in such a manner that the lower half of it will spread out upon the floor, in front of her feet, and also in such a manner that more than half of the length of the blanket will hang over her left knee. Then sit the child on her lap upon the blanket, with its clothes off; then bring up first, the short end of the blanket which hangs over her right knee, around the child's shoulders and body; then also the long end of the blanket, which hangs over her left knee, must in like manner, be brought around the child, lapping over the short end, and be pinned under its chin. The front edge which rests upon the floor, must be stretched out before the nurse, in the form of a petticoat, forming a kind of funnel, in the neck of which the child sits. The blanket being thus adjusted, and the child having previously ta- ken two or three drinks of composition or other warming medicine, the practitioner then places a piggin or basin of hot water in the lower end of the blanket-funnel, which forms a complete Steam Tent, and commences steaming, by holding a small, hot stone in the surface of the water, and lowering it gradually, until the steam rises, sufficiently to produce a free perspiration. If the child's head be affected, as is sometimes the case, with scald-head, gatherings, sores in oraboutthe ears, tooth ach, or swellings or the like, and it be desired to sweat it too, the nurse has only to draw the blanket higher up behind the child, so as to cover its head all over except the face, and pin it under the chin, and proceed. The nurse as well as the practitioner should exercise her best judgment respecting the heat of the steam ; and if they be at any loss to determine, let the nurse intro- duce a small thermometer under the blanket, near the child's body, and in a minute or two, notice how high it rises. Let the mercury rise gradually, about one degree per minute, or up to about from 100 to 105 or 110 de- grees. In this way the child may be steamed, ten or fifteen minutes, at a time, and repeated once or twice in a week, or daily if necessity require it. Doctor Thom- son recommends in his New Guide, the plan of steaming the nurse or person who holds the child, along with it; as affording the best opportunity of determining the proper THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 103 degree of heat. By either of these methods, almost any one with a small degree of experience, and a little more knowledge than a monkey, can easily perform the opera- tion of Thomsonian steaming, without any hazard of burning, roasting, boiling, or cooking alive, any patient, either infant or adult, as some of the calomel fraternity and their minions have endeavored to frighten the igno- rant, by attempting to make them believe such were the facts. If the child should appear faint, during the operation, give it a dose or two of Infant Drops or Bitter Nerve Drops, or some other nervine or bitter medicine, together with plenty of composition, or No. 2 and 3 mixed, to keep up the inward heat, above the outward, the fountain above the stream, and all will be right. When the steaming be over, dip a cloth or sponge in cold water and wash the child all over, and then wipe it perfectly dry and rub it gently all over with dry flannel; then put on dry garments, and let it run, or put it to bed and give it an emetic, as circumstances, and the state of its health may dictate. BATHING THE FEET. There are two ways of bathing the feet for the pur- poses of, returning a due circulation to them ; for throw- ing off a cold, or to prevent taking cold, and consequent sickness. One of them is in warm toater, and the other in the vapor steam bath. I will here give a description of both. The warm water, bathing is the most common for the feet. It is also the simplest and most easily performed, requiring but little more than a bucket of warm water and a dose of composition, or No. 2 and 3, mixed, to be drank warm, and the feet immersed in the bucket of warm water, fifteen or twenty minutes. But it is much better to be done in a more effectual and careful manner. My plan of soaking the feet in warm water, to prevent sick- ness when greatly apprehended, or for throwing off a vio- lent cold or the like, is, first, to give one or two good 104 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. doses of composition, No. 2 and 3, ginger or some other stimulating medicine; then spread a large blanket over a chair and sit the patient thereon ; then put his teet in the bucket of warm water, of about blood heat. Next, 1 draw the blanket all over the patient, except his head, (and the head too, if it need a sweat,) and over the bucket of warm water also. I then take quite hot water and pour into the bucket or tub at one side, gradually raising the heat about one degree per minute, for about twenty or thirty minutes, or until it rises to 120 degrees by a thermometer. During all of this time the patient sits be- fore a warm fire, and remains under the blanket to shield off'the external air, and promote perspiration. If there be much cold in the system, the patient repeats the doses Of composition, with the addition of a teaspoon full of No. 6 to each dose, and continues the feet in the water, thirty or forty minutes. When they be soaked suffi- ciently, 1 take them out, wipe them quite dry, before a warm fire, and rub all over them, effectually, No. 6, Vine- gar Lotion, Pepper Sauce, Whiskey Lotion or Stimula- ting Liniment. Then I draw on a pair of dry stockings and shoes and let him run, or put him in bed, as the case may require. The Vapor Bath, is prepared by putting a little hot water in a tub, placing across the top of it, two or three bits of lath or narrow boards, and laying the feet and legs across these, and covering, feet, legs and tub all over with a blanket. The blanket should at the same time be drawn closely around the tub to prevent the steam from escaping. Against this be done the patient should have the inward fountain of heat well raised, as above direct' ed; then the operator should raise up one edge of the blanket so as to admit a small red hot stone or a small brick-bat, several of which should be in readiness. The blanket should then be kept drawn down again to retain the steam in the tub as much as possible. The hot stones must be immersed gradually, using the smallest first, so as to increase the heat about one degree per minute, aa by any other mode of steaming, and, about the same length of time. After ihe steaming be over, wipe the feet and legs quite dry, using a reasonable degree of fric- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 105 tion, before a warm fire ; then as directed after the warm water bathing, rub something quite stimulating on them. Bathing the feet in warm water, or over a steaming tub, covered under a blanket before the fire; or lying in bed, with the feet in a bath-tub, covered over to shield them from the external air, and drinking warm teas as above directed, with Nerve Powder, or the bitter or sweet nerve drops, and small portions of the 2nd preparation of No. 1, (either the sweet or sour,) will sooner ease a cramp, take of spasms, and restore prespiration, than all the su- dorifics of the calomel doctors in the world. And not- withstanding all this, in all extreme cases, the patient should loose no time, (as the Thomsonian treatment is thorough going,) but go through, either a full or a short course of the medicine, as the necessity of the case may require. In all cases where any wish to apply the warm bath to the feet, or any other part of the body, or even the body all over, and have nothing stimulating to rub over after- wards, then in this case, they must wash the part steam- ed, with cold water, with a little vinegar dropped therein, or in its purity; then wipe dry, and rub well over with a dry flannel until a glow of warmth come on, then no danger from cold need be apprehended. But contrary- wise, cold will be prevented or cured ; sickness and the doctor will be kept away; good health and strength will be maintained ; cheerfulness and a better flow of spirits will be promoted ; humors, which engender perplexity, in the brain and grief in the heart, will be driven off, or drawn down to their proper level, leaving the head se- rene and the heart cheerful, imparting a degree of alac- rity to the whole frame ; and happiness in these enjoy- ments will be the ultimate consequence. For further information on the subject of bathing the feet and steaming, see the "Courses of Medicine." MEDICATED BATH. The modes of bathing, steaming, &c, heretofore men- tioned in this work, are principally the Simple Vapor, and Warm Water Bath. The Medicated Bath, is the same 106 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. thing as either of these, with merely the addition of med- icine to the water or steam, used in bathing. The med- icated bath is-of the utmost importance in some peculiar forms of disease; In diseases of the skin, where steam- ing or bathing be required, herbs or medicines, made in a decoction or merely infused in the hot water during the operation of bathing or steaming, may do much good. Where there be hard or dry swelling to reduce, No. 1, 2 and 4, or such herbs (generally bitter,) as have a hot dilu- ent, softening property. Vinegar is a good diluent and, by pouring it upon a red hot sand stone, in a steam box, tent, or under a blanket, forms at once a medicated va- pour bath, very good for swellings and obstructions in the skin. Burdock leaves; mullen leaves; lobelia, sassarfias bush, leaves and root; spice bush,leaves and twigs; elder flowers and bushes ; hops ; wormwood ; tanzy ; wild cam- momile, and many other things may be infused in the hot water, at pleasure, when desired to administer a medica- ted bath. And when it be desired to medicate the bath for scrofulous or ulcerous sores, or any other acrid or pu- trid sore, which is already somewhat relaxed and foul, use anti-septic rough bitter and astringent herbs ; No. 3} bittersweet? cocash ; pipsissaway y red alder; black-rat- tle snake root or herb; wormwood ; witch hazel; smooth shumack jbayberry ; myrrh ; quaking asp; balm of gilead ; hemlock and many other like articles are good. In some cases of very fetid corrupted sores, it may, be necessary to bathe them in a weak ley bath ; then a weak vinegar bath or lotion, and then apply a No. 3 wash, bath, or poul- tice, or all of these, as the case may require. My set- tled opinion is, that many lingering bodily complaints, might be treated with properly adapted Medicated Baths, often to a more effectual advantage, and a quicker cure, than with the simple aquas bath. Likewise, many obsti- nate chronic ailments in the flesh and skin, might be greatly relieved, or cured, and cured even more perma- nently and speedily, with the aid of a medicated bath, if properly adapted to the occasion. At all times when .bathing or steaming, let it never be forgotten, that the pa- tient should take plenty of stimulating medicine to keep up the fountain of heat; and if the bath be applied for disease, use also such other medicines as may be suit- able for the occasion. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 107 TEPID WATER BATH. The tepid or warm water bath, is of no trifling impor- tance. It is not only purifying, and softening to the body and skin, but it is cleansing to the body, by producing a termination to the surface. Hence much of the thick- ened cloggy matter which always lodges more or less in the pores, will be assisted in making its escape ; and the surface of the skin will also, by it, be freed from that scaly matter, which always collects, more or less, on the healthiest of persons. The pores of the skin, thus being freed from all offending and obstructing matter, the natu- ral, insensible perspiration will be promoted; the limbs will be rendered suple, and any stiffness which may have been produced by exercise, fatigue or cold, will be remov- ed. The tepid bath has been found to allay thirst; a proof that a quantity of water enters the body, through the pores of the skin by absorption. Happy are they whose pleasure is their duty.—Hence those who are pleased with cleanliness, and healthy ex- ercise, should take a delight in the tepid bath, the vapor bath, or both of them; for they are, when properly ad- ministered, very reviving and strengthening, to the body, and also impart a serenety to the mind. To delicate females, and young children it is of great importance; and is much better for washing the bodies of children, especially weakly ones, than cold water, as is sometimes done, under the idea of bracing the constitution. Tepid water is not only the most agreeable, but the most proper fluid to excite the energies of the system. There is, nevertheless some cases in which the cold water bath or shower bath, or sponge bath, is not only proper but very useful. These are treated of under their proper heads. The heat of the tepid bath, should, in a general way, range from 85 to 95 degrees; then no striking sensation, either of heat or cold will be felt. But a person much chilled, will, when entering the tepid bath, feel the water warm; while another who had been heated by exercise, will feel it sensibly, cold. A proper time for the tepid water bathing, is in the evening before retiring to bed; it will then promote re- freshing sleep, 108 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. It is very good, always, just before or after this way of bathing, to take a dose or two of composition or other stimulant? with a little Nervine. USES OF STEAMING. Steam is good for the prevention as well as the cure of disease. Persons who have suffered much exposure to wet or cold, and is threatened with disease, may prevent an attack, and long sickness, and much hinderance in business may be prevented and expense saved, by a very little trouble. Standing over a steaming basin or piggin fifteen or twenty minutes, according to the directions be- fore given, till the cold be thoroughly thrown off, and a lively perspiration ensue, then going to bed, and putting some of the hot stones from the basin, wraped in wet cloths, to the feet, will in nine cases in ten, effect a per- fect cure in sudden attacks of cold, and many acute at- tacks of disease. The process of steaming should not be neglected, even where the medicine cannot be had. But incases where no prepared medicine be at hand, there should be gotten if possible some ginger, black or red pep- per, cloves, or any kind of medical or garden herbs, and make a tea and drink thereof, or even some warm water, rather than nothing. This advice is for those who maybe overtaken or threatened with sickness, unawares, and those who have not yet obtained a knowledge, nor gotten a supply of the medicines. In all cases of cold and morbid obstructions in the body, where the warming medicines seem not to have their us- ual good effects, by bringing on perspiration; in all cases of this kind where the heat of the patient be so far ex- hausted, as not to be rekindled in a short time after us- ing the proper medicine, and being at the same time shielded from the external air by blankets or in bed ; in all cases of a tight contracted, and sensibly cold skin; where the sytem with its lively energies begin to lan- guish, and the sufferer begins to have less pleasure in any thing, or life itself; in all cases of fever, when perspira- tion be particularly desirable; in many cases where sleep and rest are desirable and much required, but cannot be THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 109 procured, on account of the disturbed state of the nervous system ; in all rheumatisms, gout, dropsies, gravel, strang- uary, strictures, white swellings, edemmatos or dough like swellings, stiff, or contracted joints, st. vitus' dance, scald- head, scabs and itch ; in all cases of dysentery, and most- ly in cases of piles, and the like weaknesses ; in all dis- eases of the breast, or lungs, inward hurts or bruises, con- sumption and shortness of breath ; in all cases of drown- ing; in all cases of hydrophobia, or the bite of a mad dog; in all cases of poison from serpents or the fangs or tusks of any beast or reptile; in all bad cases of stings by insects, after using of the 3rd preparation of No. 1; in all cases of collapse in yellow fever, cold plague or cholera, after first giving a plenty of the hot medicines to keep the inward heat greater than the outward,—and in cases of this sort where there be extreme weakness, and the patient be too weak to stand over the steam, he should be placed in bed and have hot stones or bricks dipped in hot water or vinegar, (till done hissing,) all hot and steaming, placed to the feet, hands, back, stomach and bowels, at discretion; in cases where an emetic be given, and the patient becomes sick and cannot vomit, and the No. 2, pearlash, and injections, do not start it4 then place him over the steam, which will open the pores, ex- tract the cold and set the medicine into operation. In all such cases as the above, steam is a no less powerful moving warrant against disease, than it is in engines for propelling machinery. Women in a state of pregnancy, should have several steamings, or regular courses of the medicine, especially when near the time of delivery ; as they will tend greatly to clear the system of morbid humor, and prevent any alarming complaints, common about the time of confine- ment. Be careful always, and not raise the outward heat too suddenly, so as to balance the inward, or ye will fail in your object; but in all cases, give hot medicine inward- ly at the first, middle and last, keeping the fountain above the stream, and all will be safe. It is also necessary in all cases to avoid too many clothes, or too much fire ; for these may produce too great a heat at the surface, to which the inward heat will also flv ; for inward circulation will then in a measure cease, 10 110 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. and the patient will become distressed. If this occor, give the patient more hot medicine and throw cold water on the face and stomach, which will raise the inward heat and letdown the outward, and thus bring all right again. It has been thought by some, that the constant use of the warm vapor bath had a tendency to relax and debili- tate the body ; but this i9 now admitted to be a mistake. It is an error to suppose that persons who have been im- mersed in the warm vapor bath, are more liable to take cold, than previously; for the body is then better able to resist cold, than it was before bathing. The vapor baths in this country are simple in construction and effectual in application. In a general way, the steam of boiling water, either simple or medicated, may be conveyed through pipes from almost any kind of boiler, into a steam box or under a blanket. In this manner the stimulating power of heat is tempered and modified by the moisture diffus- ed through the air; and its salutary effects are also fur- ther enhanced by the copious prespiration which ensues; so that, on every account, the vapor bath is safer, in most cases than the dry warmed air, or the dry vapor bath, formed by burning spirits, as practised by some of the old school faculty, which, no doubt was taken from, or in imitation of Doctor Thomson's plan of steaming, when there ignorance and prejudices hindered them from a cor- dial admittance of his theory. The vapor is also more ef- fectual and less oppressive than even the warm water bath, which I have so much recommended, and which is excellent in the practice of cleanliness, foot-bathing, &c. It may be employed with greater success, and attended with less danger, when in some cases, the warm water bath would be too oppressive and rather retard perspiration by pressing into the pores. With the advantages just men- tioned, and the facility with which the steam is conveyed into a steam box, a wagon-roof frame, under a blanket, or in a bed, to any part, or the body all over, as desired, and which may be raised in temperature gradually, (in- stead of being diminished,) until it arrive to the proper degree, renders it the most applicable of all the baths known in the world, to be used as an aux liary, to the bo- tanic medicines, in the removal of a great many forms of disease. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. Ill There is however one condition of the body which may at times be exhibited, in which it would be improper to commence steaming, immediately; that is, where a fever is very high, with a dry burning and apparently parched skin. In such cases, it is only necessary to give a plenty of hot medicine and drinks, and sponge the hot dry parts over with cold water, or vinegar and water, to let down the outward heat, and raise the inward, until the skin begin to retain.the moisture and feel more cool, and soft, then the steam may be applied, very moderately at the first, and raised gradually, to 110, 115 or 120 degrees ; provid- ed the patient continue to drink a plenty of the hot stim- ulants to keep the inward heat or fountain above the out- ward, when all will be safe, and the cold speedily thrown off*; the heat equalized through the body, and the patient well. The vapor bath is therefore used in all cases of fever, when perspiration be desirable. It promotes a calm and sound sleep, and regulates the discharge of the skin ; the fever symptoms are lessened, if not prevented ; the head will be preserved from delirium, and the symptoms mo- derated till the disease terminates. Steaming is also beneficial in complaints of the liver; water in the head ; gladular swellings of the neck; leprosy, strangulated her- nia; affections of the skin, and has also been found to be beneficial in inflammations of the bowels. Now let us read what'the celebrated J. Hancock, M. D., England, sayeth in his observations respecting the Vapor Bath; extracted from the Thomsonian Recorder vol.4, p. 197. " Aqueous vapor, as a remedial agent, is preferable to the warm water on the surface of the body, as being more powerfully sudorific and resolvent, while it relaxes the habit less. A greater degree of heat, can be borne by the patient, and with less fatigue or oppression. It excites the skin with more intensity, dilating the ex- treme vessels and driving the blood from the overcharged vicera, into the general system and its wanted channels ; with the use of frictions, it becomes one °f the most po- tent and effective means of revulsion and* balance of the circulation. Few people, unfortunately, in London or elsewhere, have any idea of the case with which thej may at any time obtain a vapor bath,—an article perhaps 112 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. little inferior in importance and real utility, to the drugs of the apothecaries' shops taken collectively. Nothing more is required in this case, but for the patient to sit up- on some sticks or laths over a small washing tub, (this an- swers very well;) but the oval bathing tub would be still better, having a frame of lath work for the patient to sit on, to be taken oft' or used when required, [and the tub filled] about half full of water near the boiling heat, with a blanket or two thrown over his head and shoulders, and extending to the floor all around the tub. This will re- tain the steam about the patient's body, and soon produce a universal sweat. This simple method available by the poorest families, is, in every respect, equal to the most complex and costly apparatus for obtaining a vapor bath. From ignorance of this, and the exorbitant price demand- ed for the vapor baths, the poorer classes in London are totally debarred the enjoyment of this species of luxury. They are made believe by interested individuals, that no- thing less than six or eight shillings can afford them a sin- gle bathing ; or as many pounds, for the purchase of a ma- chine. On [when] passing down Museum street, in 1828, I heard a poor woman relating to another, that her hus- band was confined to his bed and quite crippled with rheumatism, and that they were not able to afford him a trial of the vapor bath. I took the liberty of informing her how she could prepare it .herself, and repeat it as of- ten as required, without expense. On [when] passing that way and meeting her again, about a fortnight after- ward, she informed me, with expressions of gratitude, that by following my directions, together with the use of some herb tea, her husband was quite recovered, and some days previously had gone to his work. The power of the vapor bath appears to be increased by the addition of aromatic substances to the water, as by throwing in leaves of the lime tree, guava, wild sage, or other aromatic herbs, as mint, rue, rosemary, &c. The patient may remain [in the bath] a quarter of an hour more or less, according to circumstances, and should then be rubbed over with a coarse towel, lie in bed and be covered with a blanket or two, to keep up the perspiration for some time. The bath may be repeated once or twice a day if required, according to the urgency of the case. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 113 For my own part, I think there is no better method for the successful treatment ef fevers in general, than that which is followed by certain tribes of Guiana, which con- sists of very little besides the use of aromatic vapor baths and frictions. They take for this purpose, the leaves of the guava, lime tree, &c, or any aromatic herbs at hand, braise and throw them into the bath. A similar practice is pursued by the Creoles of Martanique, in yellow fever, with greater success than attends the European practice. The simple method here detailed is not only adapted to the watery vapor of steam, but answers, equally well with any other, for fumigation. Fumigations are among the most powerful auxiliaries in the cure of chronic rheumatism, and in glandular obstruc- tions, liver complaints and enlargements of the spleen; and they have extraordinary efficacy, along with proper internal remedies, in the removal of leprosy, scorbutic and various cutaneous disorders. Coughs and catarrhs are relieved by aqueous vapors received with the breath ; ex- pectoration is thus assisted in humoral asthmas, and the same is conducive to the healing of ulcers of various kinds. In fever and inflammatory states of the liver, spleen and bowels, in dysenterry and dry belly ache, the advantages derived from the vapor bath are uncalculable. The uses of the vapor bath are almost too numerous to be detailed here, being constantly requisite in every fami- ly. It is indeed among the most effectual sources of health and cleanliness, removing the sordes of filth from the skin, so as to open the pores and give freedom to transpiration; at the same time, as a tonic and bracer of the habit, a moderate use of the cold bath, or sponging, should not be disregarded. We may therefore, consider it of much importance to procure a remedy of this kind (the vapor bath) for domestic use, which may be done at a small expense and with the greatest facility." For the satisfaction of some respectable and intelligent individuals who have become prejudiced against the Va- por Bath, commonly called "Steaming," I here lay before them the opinions of Doctor Holmes, of Montpelier, of Vt, one among the number of "Regulars," who became converted to the Thomsonian practice. 10* 114 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. "A strong but wholly unfounded prejudice exists in the opinions of°many highly respected persons in the com- munity, and even among many repectable physicians, against the vapor bath. I would ask ^ why vapor bathing is so much neglected by physicians in this country ? They very generally acknow- ledge its efficacy as a remedy, and its great power as a preservative of health—Still it is, I may almost say, crimi- nally neglected. If there ever was a time when the use of the bath was indispensable, it cannot be less so at pre- sent, when so great a number of various diseases are deem- ed by the regular faculty incurable; such as scrofula, can- cer, leprosy and consumption, with a long catalogue of chronic complaints. Yet these lamentable results might have been prevented, if the sufferers had been timely brought under the influence of this system of practice. Vapor bathing is more beneficial than bathing in warm water, in diseases connected with obstructed perspiration, inasmuch as it restores and promotes that salutary dis- charge, while the weight of warm water closes the pores and confines the perspiration. Heat and moisture united have long been known to intelligent physcians, to be a- mong the most valuable means of cure in certain cases ; and in no way can they be so effectually administered as by vapor baths. As a proof of their powerful influence, we would observe that, if a person was to drink half a pint of brandy, and then go into a bath, no intoxicating effects would arise by it, but the towel that he used would be strongly impregnated with the spirit. The idea so commonly entertained, that one is more lia- ble to take cold after vapor bathing is uncorrect. In prov- ing the correctness of our assertion, we will therefore ap- peal to the results of experience, that «the use of the va- por bath is in reality a tonic, and fortifies the system against cold.' Facts are of more consequence than de- ductions from established, false principles. In Captain Parry's expedition to the North Pole, the bath was con- stantly used by the men, previous to taking their post on deck, and it was invariably found that the man who ne- glected to use it, could not remain on deck half so Ion* as he who availed himself of its aid. The Russian in- stantly plunges at once from the vapor bath into the cold THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 115 bath, or exposes his body to the rigorous frost; this sud- den transition hardens him to all the severity of climate, and to every vicissitude of weather. And we are told by Lady Mary Wortley Montague, that the Turkish ladies, who do not yield in point of delicacy to those of this country, bear this sudden alternation of temperature equ- ally well with the Russian peasant. Sur Arthur Clark says, " there is no danger whatever from cold ; the truth is, we are less liable to cold after vapor bathing than at any other time, for the increased circulation on the sur- face of the body keeps up a greater degree of heat, which the non-conducting state of the skin long preserves in the medium of even a cold atmosphere;' consequently, the fear of taking cold, expressed on such occasions, i-s both groundless and injurious. Could these facts be generally known, much of the ap- prehension now existing, in regard to the steam or vapor bath, and the Botanic practice, would be done away, and the cause of reform much advanced. We would urge our friends not to be backward in disseminating light on this subject. Our cause does not shun, but courts inquiry. Sir Arthur Clark says ' improvement or discovery in any art or science, at first is generally opposed, either from motives of prejudice, which it affends, or ignorance which it mortifies.' One of the greatest physicians that ever lived, acknowledges the truth of this observation, as ap- plied to the medical profession in particular : 'There is scarcely an improvement,' says he, * in our art, however obvious, that did not experience at first the almost unan- imous opposition of the faculty.'—Holmes." The vapor bath is a thing without which no Russian boor exists. The soldiers and sailors use it twice, and the pesants at least once a week. Baths abound in the capitol; and in every village where there are twenty houses, there is one devoted to a bath. People of all ages use them. And the heat generated in various ways, soon throws the person into a profuse perspiration. Vapor is produced by throwing water on hot stones. The bather generally lies upon a plank in the hottest part of the bath, and is fladjellated with soft rods, or is scraped down with a kind of hoop, or rubbed with shavings or hairbrushes. The effect produced, is a profuse perspiration from every 116 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. pore. When this has been continued a certain time, warm water is dashed all over him, and then water a little cooler, and, finally at a very low temperature, ihis is succeeded by dry rubbing, which produces a genial glow; and as the operation is generally performed in the even- ing, he retires from the bath to the couch or bed, and perspires moderately during the remainder of the night. —Dr. Lefever. From what has been said, we may see that the use of steaming is to apply heat to the body where it is deficient, and clear out obstructions caused, by cold, where the op- eration of the medicine will not raise heat enough to do it; for as the cold thickened the fluids of the body, into stagnant masses, and tough ropy flegm, steam is required, to warm, moisten and bring away such obstructions. For as the natural heat of the body had become lower than the natural state of health, it must be raised by art, as much above, as it was below ; and thus maintained by repeated applications of medicine and steam, until the digestive powers be restored, sufficiently, to hold the heat by digest- ing the food ; then the health of the patient will be re- stored and become permanent, by eating and drinking such things as the appetite shall require. In this way medi- cine and a properly adapted vapor bath, remove disease, and food by being properly digested, supports nature and continues that heat on which life depends. COLD WATER BATH. The Cold Bath may be administered in such a variety of ways, and in many of these ways with so little trouble and no expense, that it appears unnecessary to say much by way of directions. Any one having a Steam Box, (see page 94 and 95,) may very conveniently take the cold bath, at pleasure, in their own houses, without any ex- pense or trouble, by sitting or standing therein and hav- ing a person to pour water into the sprinkler, beginning gradually and continuing about a quarter or half minute, and the patient standing direotly under the spriukler to receive the benefit of the shower. A rough dry towel should then be used briskly all over, until the surface re- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 117 gain a glow of warmth, when the patient should put on his clothes again and go forth. The Shower Bath, may be administered by sitting un- dressed upon a chair or stool which might be placed in a large tub or trough ; and if the patient have long-hair, let it be spread over the shoulders, as loosely as possible, and having an assistant, supplied with an ordinary sprinkling pot of water, who must commence sprinkling gently over the head and shoulders, and so on all the way down over his body to the feet. For want of a common watering pot, we may often supply its place wjth an old leaky coff'ee pot or any other such vessel, by taking an awl or small punch, and making the bottom thereof full of small holes, and holding it over the patient, and pouring the water into it from another vessel, so as to sprinkle the patient all over, as above directed. Sponge Bathing, may if desired be performed with- out an assistant, as often as desired. Take a large sponge and a basin of cold water; fill the sponge about half full, and first wetting the face and hands, continue all the way down over the shoulders, back, breast, chest, and loins to the feet; then apply a dry rough towel all over, briskly, till the surface be dry,—when the clothes should be put on immediately. In a Tub or Trough, large enough for the patient to sit all over in, and filled nearly full of water, the patient may bathe by immersion, simply, by jumping in and setting down, and rising up again and springing out. The towel must also be applied here as in the above methods. This cold wather bathing may be performed in a pool, creek or river, accordingly as the patient may have access to the like. But when bathing in natural streams, pools or lakes, the patient should gmard against rocks, sands, mud or weeds in the bottom, in which he might become en- tangled or stick fast. And in all case3 where sickly, per- sons wish to take the cold bath by immersion in any of these ways, it is best to be accompanied by a friend, as cramps some-times come on very suddenly and might be attended with danger, if no assistance be nigh. 118 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. There are also various kinds of baths erected for pub- lic accommodation, bat they are all, more expensive than those just mentioned. USES OF THE COLD WATER BATH. The coldbath,by its sudden shock, is peculiarly fitted to invigorate the system, and to reanimate its circulations and secretions. Hence its acknowledged reputation in all cases of weak and relaxed habits, "particularly those of the studious and sedentary. It ought, however, to be remembered, that, like every other remedy, it belongs but to one set of diseases. In affections of the viscera, obstructions and inflamations.it is hurtful. If after leaving the bath the patient do not feel a kindly glow on the surface, he has good cause to fear that the angel of health was not there before him " to move the waters." On going into the plunging bath, as it is called, it were better to dash it at once head formost. The shock in this way is more'instantaneous, and the distributions of the blood more salutary than when it is driven, as by wetting the feet first, from the extremities to the head. It is on this principle that the shower bath possesses advantages superior to the plunging. Imme- diately when coming out of the bath the body should be rubbed dry with flannel or coarse cloths, and moderate exercise taken. Besides the advantages of frequent cold bathing, its partial use is no less salutary in all cases of local action. In periodical headach, and, indeed, in most complaints of the head, the affusion of cold water, though simple, is a very effectual remedy. If persons subject to the quinsy and sore throat, in- stead of muffling their necks, would bathe them two or three times a day in cold water, they would find their ac- count in it.—When the healthy resort to the cold bath, on account of its purifying and pleasant effects, they may continue in it for some time: but to strengthen and give elasticity to the solids, everything depends upon the sud- den shock.—The time of day for bathing is a matter of indifference, provided it be not immediately after a full THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 119 meal, or when the body be warm and in a state of free perspiration. The warm bath, about the temperature of the blood, has nearly all the advantages of the cold bath, without being liable to so many objections. Some, indeed, tell us that it weakens the body ; but so far from doing so, it may justly be considered as one of the most powerful and universal restoratives with which we are acquainted. In- stead of heating, it cools the body, diminishes the pulse, and takes off its unnatural quickness, according to the length of time the bath is continued. Hence tepid baths are of great service when the body has been overheated. from whatever cause, whether by severe bodily or mental exercise. In all these cases, its happily composing and recuperative virtues seem to be owing to its tendency to promote perspiration, and to relax spasms. Warm bathing can hardly be sufficiently commended, for its sovereign effects in promoting cleanliness, and, con- sequently, for curing all diseases of obstructed perspira- tion from foul skin. It is much to be lamented that so many poor children should become the victims of their parent's laziness, and neglect of the most sweet and healthful virtue, cleanli- ness. For, would they devote a little of their mis-spent time and money to the more decent clothing and frequent washing of their children, there could be no doubt that the litte innocents would enjoy ten thousand times more comfort than they can possibly have, while covered with filth, and tortured with scald heads, blotches, itchi and ver- min.—In fine, having seen the fatal termination of so many diseases, in my opinion, easily curable by the bath, I cannot dismiss this important subject without earnestly recommending it to every gentleman to provide for his family, the convenience of bathing, as not only one of the greatest luxuries, but, the best preservative of health. To persons who have gone through a number of courses of medicine in warm weather, and find the outward heat of the body run too high, a cold bath, ad ministered in the morning, followed with dry rubbing, will be very bracing and salutary. This may be done with the sponge or shower bath, immediately after rising out of bed, as has 120 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. been described. It wjll let dowu the excess of outward heat, and brace up the'body and limbs. Cold bathing is recommended as being peculiarly bene- ficial to the inhabitants of populous cities, who indulge in idleness, and lead sedentary lives. In persons of this description the action of the solids is always too weak, which induces a languid circulation. The cold bath, by its gravity and its tonic power, is calculated either to ob- viate or to remove these symptoms. It accelerates the motion of the blood, promotes the different secretions, and gives permanent vigor to the solids. Doctor Buchan says that salt water ought to be prefered an account of its superior gravity, and for its greater power of stimulating the skin, which promotes perspiration, and prevents the patient from catching cold. Any of the Thomsonian stimulating lotions or liniments, or even the fine, dry cay- enne pepper rubbed over the wet surface of the body im- mediately after coming out of the bath, will effectually prevent all danger of cold. To young people and children, the cold bath is of much importance. Their lax fibers render its tonic powers pe- culiarly proper. It promotes their growth, increases their strength, and sometimes may prevent disease. Where in- fants and children in general, be early accustomed to the cold or tepid bathing, it would seldom disagree with them, and we should find fewer instances of scrofula, ricket3 and other diseases which kill so many, and render others miserable for life. The most proper time in the day for cold bathing is in the morning, or fore part of the day Sea Bathing, when the water is between 60 and 80 de- grees of heat, is in many cases beneficial, when a colder temperature would be decidedly injurions. Artificial Sea Water, may be made by dissolviug 8 pounds of salt in a barrel of fresh, soft water; or any other quantities in the same proportion. Precautions in Cold Bathing. Never venture in the cold water, when the body be THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 121 much heated ; except in cases where the vapor bath has been administered, and the inward heat sufficiently raised by our warming medicine; then a plunge, or shower bath is good, and will prevent taking cold, by closing the pores a very little, at the surface, to prevent cold from entering too fast, and at the same time, not so much as to prevent a gentle perspiration. Doctor Benjamin Franklin relates an instance, of four young men, who having, worked at harvesting in the heat of the day, became very warm, and then, with a view of refreshing themselves, plunged into a spring of cold water. 1 wo of them died upon the spot, the third one, next morn- ing, and the fourth recovered with great difficulty If their inward heat had been raised by stimulating draughts of composition, No. 2, or No. 6, till it were greater Than the outward heat, then a plunge could have had no such effects; provided they had wiped dry, and dressed imme- diately. The cold bath should never be long continued at one time, for when too long continue*, it occasions too great a now of blood toward the head, and might cramp the mus- cles, and wholly defeat the object of bathing. Expert swimmers often hurt themselves, and sometimes loose their lives for want of attention to these cautions. in all cases of dysentery, or any weakness of the bow- e s, breast or lungs, the cold water bath is improper, and should not at all be indulged in, not even after steamin- ; tor after steaming, persons of great inward weakness had SnH«h.a{?J f° °Tr U-Se a gentle shower or sPonSe bath. and the Whisky Lotion, or other stimulant. Likewise, if any person find that the cold bath occasion pain in the breast or bowels, a prostration of strength, loss of ap- petite, or headaches, it ought to be left off; for in general these are indications of an unsound state of health: then the warm vapor bath, emetics, injections, No. 3 and 4, ItorTS™tedVt(\d/ive ™*7 threatening disease, and re- store the patient to perfect health. Nervos persons often have weak bowels, and not very good digestion; these-had better begin with the vapor bath, which is not only perfectly safe but beneficial, if the directions, laid down in this book, be duly followed. Some people imagine that the simple element, water 122 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. can do no harm, and that they may plunge into it, at any time, with impunity. But apoplexies have been brought on, for want of a moderate and judicious use ot the cold bath; fevers have been excited by staying too long in, it; and other maladies have been so aggravated by indiscre- tion, that they could never be wholy eradicated. EMETICS OR VOMITS. In the fore part of this book, from page 8 to 13, and at page 86 and 87, the reader will find sufficient directions, respecting the uses of the Thomsonian emetics, and the modes of administering them.—Still, the utility and im- portance of this method of preventing and throwing off disease, is so great, that I cannot pass it by, without some further explanations and remarks; and more especially on account that there are so many, who do not believe in a revocation of that which has decended into the stomach. They seem to think ift>a reversal of the laws of nature. But if that were the case, d-why is the stomach supplied with such wonderful powers, of sending thence, back again, any unpalatable and nauseous substance, which may have been taken therein? No, truly, the powers of the stomach and other organs, in this particular, though wond- erful, are no less just and proper. By the natural sensa- tion and sympathy of those organs, vomiting is, many a time excited, and deleterious substances ejected; which might have proved fatal, had not our inward sensations, like true life guards, discovered, and repelled the enemy, that had been lurking there. Doctor Thompson likens our different senses to so many Sentinels around a Camp, stationed to keep guard, for the safety of the Army. And when any thing approaches which the watchful eye or the listening ear, be dissatisfied with, they are rejected and repelled. If however some- thing should, in disguise or by any means pass the eye, and not offend the ear, then the nose as a prominent and remarkably acute sentinel, placed exactly over the mouth, to guard it, that nothing improper shall enter there, will at once forbid it. So if the hand in obedience to the wishes of the eye, has brought any thing to the mouth, and the THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 123 nose discover by smell, that it is improper, it tells the commander in chief, the brain, who then bids the hand to cast it a way, which is immediately obeyed. But if the nose cannot determine, then the substance, which is seek- ing admittance, is brought within the lips, and tried by the tongue, with tasting; and if even this active little sentinel be at a loss to determine, it will introduce the stranger to its assistant, the palate, and if the palate find it to be disagreeable or something unknown, then it and the tongue unite, with a strong respiration, by oiking or hoiking it out again. If the eye, ear, .nose, lips, tongue and palate, or in other words, the seeing, hearing, feel- ing, and tasting senses or sentinels, should unhappily, as is sometimes the case, be all deceived, and an enemy be introduced in the stomach, or cramp, it there undergoes a very particular examination, and discussion ; the common biliary duct, like a true physician is called upon, with his bile or gastric juice, and chemical apparatus to try it, when its dangerous properties will be soon discovered ; theitjhe stomach, which is the great crucible or fire place in which this chemical test is put in operation,—or, like a faithful general who had been imposed upon by the senti- nels and guards, immediately summonses the whole host of the army that be within the camp, to sieze upon the sly enemy, and hurl him forth, head-long, regardless of the opinion of all the guards and sentinels. Now we may see from this similie, that were it not for these sentinels, guards, generals and aids, the whole body politic, might be speedily destroyed by the introduction of a subtile enemy, who might, were it not for these faith- ful life guards, introduce its poisoned fangs into the vi- tals, to the 6erious injury, or distruction of human life. Hence we may clearly see that vomiting is, not only, not unnatural, but is in fact, a proper and natural effort of the organs to throw off offending matter in the quickest pos- sible way. For want of these guards and sensations, there would undoubtedly, often be injurious substances taken into the stomach, which in their passage through the allimentary canal, in a liquified state, would be taken up by the absorbents, and utterly ruin the constitution. Again, seeing that poisons taken into the stomach, often produce vomiting, some at once conclude, that all 124 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. emetics must necessarially be poison. But that is not the case; though poison has been, and is still given by many members of the mineral faculty to cause vomiting. The Thomsonian emetic acts upon principles diametrically oposite from any thing poisonous, being itself one of the most active and powerful antidotes against poison, known in the world. The principle article in forming our emetic is No. 1, and from the description given of it, at page 7, to 13, and the recommendations given it, at page 86 and 87, any one might be induced to try it, when any thing oc- curs which might require a medicine possessing the power and virtues ascribed to it; and ascertain whether or no, it will perform as there recommended. When in one in- stance they find it to fail in performing its work, after scrupulously following the directions, then will be the time to cry it down; then will be the time to doubt its friendly power; then will be the time to say unto its ad- vocates, "here is a practical contradiction, of your vain assertions." Sceptics to the Thomsonian system, may remember that we do boldly assert, that there is no medicine known in the world, equal to the No. 1, in emetics, and sometimea in injections, &c, for preventing sickness as well as cur- ing it. By taking a few good doses, when first attacked wrth any complaint, it will throw it off, and may prevent long sickness. A thorough emetic will not only throw off from the stomach, all offending matter, and that which na- ture does not require to support the system, but it will extend its effects to the very extremeties of the body. It is searching, enlivening, quickening, and is powerful in removing obstructions ; but it soon exhausts itself, and must be followed up, in every instance with other medi- cine, to continue the vital heat which it raises, till'the patient, recover so far as to support the heat of the body, by digesting food. To effect this important purpose, No. 2 should always be given as the best and only medicine, to hold the heat in the stomach, and not evaporate ; then by giving No. 3 to remove the canker, and following up with No. 4, to correct the bile and restore the digestion and strengthen the system, and No. 5 restore the healthy, action of the bowels, there will be very little trouble in effecting a cure. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 125 Some persons seem to manifest a fear of using a medi- cine so quick and so powerful in its operations, as the No. 1; but Doctor Thomson himself, after a steady practice of many years, assures the public, that there is not the least danger in using it. He says he has given it to children of one day old, and to persons of eighty years, and has uni- formly found it powerful in removing disease; but per- fectly innocent in itseffects upon the system. Its operation on different persons, he states, is accord- ing to their different tempers, moving with the natural current of the animal spirits. This, I myself have found to be the case , some individuals, almost invariably re- quiring from two to four times the quantity to operate in them, that others do. The quantity to be given at a dose, Doctor Thomson informs us, is of less consequence than is generally imma- gined ; that the most important part, is to give if,—and to give it in sufficient quantities to produce the desired ef- fect. For if too little be given, it will worry the patient and do but little good ; and if too much be given, the sur- plus will be thrown off, and be wasted. The directions respecting the quantity, &c, to be given, is an average dose ; the practitioner must still exercise his own judg- ment, and regulate it according to the case. My plan has uniformly been, to begin with rather a small dose, not only of the No. 1, but every other medicine; for then it is easier taken, and can afterwards be increased with less dislike to the patient, until it have sufficient power to answer my purpose. This is in full accordance with the good old Doctor's rules. In all cases where the stomach be in a very morbid, cold state, the operation of No. 1, will be rather slow and uncertain; and I have known some cases, and heard of others, in which it did not produce an action in the stom- ach, but worked its way downward, and did much good in that way. In such cases, an emetic given the following day, Seldom ever fails in producing a lively action of the stomach. In all such cases No. 2, or No. 2 and 3, should be given, which will assist it in doing its work. Directions.—When about to take an emetic, of the best kind, and in the best possible manner for a safe, easy 11* 126 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. and sure operation, the patient should proceed as follows, namely;— Take a tablespoon full of composition, scald in a pint or more of boiling water, and take several drinks thereof, ten or fifteen minutes apart. Then be provided with a bowl of porridge or gruel, or any other dietetic regimen that may be prefered, and eat a small portion thereof. Be provided also, with the prepared Thomsonian emetic, and take, in small doses, five or ten minutes apart, and for every small dose of the emetic thus taken, take also a few spoonfuls of the porridge, gruel or composition; or these alternately, as may be preferred. While the pa- tient be watting for the medicine to operate, he might mix a. little of the composition tea, a little of the prepared emetic, (if it be plenty,) a teaspoon half full of Nerve Powder or drops, and a pint of warm water, and take by way of injection in the rectum; and it will warm the bowels, and greatly aid the emetic and prevent pain. If however there be any pain in the bowels, one teaspoon full of No. 6 should be added to the clyster; and if there be pain in the stomach, a teaspoon full of No. 6 must be add- ed to the emetic or to some of the drinks, and repeated, so long as any pain be there. If the medicine should sicken, but not vomit, the pa- tient should know that there may be two causes for it. One is the stomach may be too sour or acid, as is often the case in children and others who eat much fruit and other sour things; in this case, dissolve as much pearlash, orsaleratus, as will lie upon a five cent piece, in half a tea cup of warm water, and drink, and it will start an action. The other, is coldness which keeps the stomach in an un- active state; and to remedy it, we only have to drink more of the composition, or take one or two doses of No. 2. The practitioner may easily ascertain which of these causes be present, to occasion the difficulty, by inquiry, and examining into the state of the body, and cause of the disease of his patient When the patient vomits freely, so as to quite empty the stomach, it is called an "action." When taking eme- tics it is mostly necessary to give the stomach at least two or three brisk actions, and in some cases more. This is done by repeating the above directions, in succos- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 127 sion, when the stomach settles a few minutes. And when through, take a dose of composition or No. 2 and 3, which repeat night and morning, and No. 4 through the day, till health be restored. When the prepared emetics cannot be had, make a tea of No. 3, and if No. 3 cannot be had, take Crosswort, No. 4, or even warm water, and add thereto a dose of any of the preparations of No. 1; except the Sour Tincture, which should not be used for emetics, unless where the patient be so easily vomited, that none of the other pre- parations will lie long enough in the stomach to do there- quired service ; in which case, the sour tincture of No. 1, may be given as an emetic. Repeat the dose as above directed till it operate freely. Take porridge, gruel or the like, with some of the No. 1, for a succeeding action; and the injections, as often as desired. If the head be feverish or full, as if there were a termi- nation of fluids thereto, bathe the feet, and rub them well* with vinegar lotion, liniment or No. 6; as directed at page 103,104 and 105, and take several injections, and bathe the head with vinegar lotion, or cold water with some- thing stimulating therein. At the same time, take plenty of No. 2, or composition, till those symptoms abate ; then give the emetic, and it will have a happy effect. Always remember when about to take an emetic, that if the bowels be costive, the patient should remove that difficulty before taking the emetic, and the operation of the medicine will be much more free and easy: and in- deed in all cases where taking emetics, injections, given immediately before and after, will do much good. CLYSTERS OR INJECTIONS. Simple clysters or injections never do harm.—They are as innocent as the same substance would be, if taken in mouth, and presently spit out again ; nor is their use con- fined to medicines, alone. Alliment may be conveyed into the intestines, in fluids, in this way. Sick persons who were unable to swallow, have been for a considerable time, supported by clysters. They are therefore of more importance than is generally imagined. They serve 128 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. not only to evacuate the belly, in the most speedy and in- nocent way possible, but also to convey very active and wholesome7 medicines, into the body, and often to that part where the disease be seated. Mrve Powder, or Srops, No. 6, No. 2 and 3, Golden Seal, &c, may in ah- quid state, be thrown into the bowels, in cases of cramp, cholics and the like, and will do double the good, in half the time, that they would, in some cases, by only taking them in the stomach. Emolient Clysters, may be taken of slippery elm tea, flaxseed tea, red rasberry leaves, or new milk, or any of these together; comfrey root, spikenard root, or smooth shumack root bark or Rasberry leaves, made into a tea. Laxative Clysters, may be taken, by adding to any of the above, a little bitterroot, butternut, or butternut syrup, .. laxative No. 4, or Crosswort; or a tea of any of these, warm. Carminitive Clysters, may be taken of almost any hot or bitter herbs, No..3, or No. 4, composition or the like. Antiseptic Clysters, may be taken of No. 3 and No. 6. Where these cannot be had, mix a little vinegar in half a pint of thin gruel, and use. Antidyspeptic Clysters, may be taken of No. 4, or any hot and bitter herbs. In diseases of the liver spleen, worms, and such like complaints, these are good. The Common Injection, for general use, is a peculiar one prepared by Doctor Thomson and his agents, such as is described at page 36. No. fl may be made into a tea and used as a substitute. But in all cases where injec- tions seem to be needful, let none defer the use of them for want of the proper article; for warm water alone, will often do much good. A teaspoon full of salt may be add- ed to warm water and taken in this way. But in all cases it is much better to be supplied with a stock proper medicines of the best quality, and then use that which is the best adapted to whatever form of disease may exist. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 129 A half a int or more of No. 3 tea, strained, with half a teaspoonfull of No. 1, a quarter or a half of a teaspoon full of No. 2, and half a teaspoon full of Nervine, forms a very valuable clyster, and may be used in all common cases. But when this clyster be given to remove costive- ness, the No. I may be left out. When taken to aid a vomit, it may be added to the clyster. A COURSE OF MEDICINE. When about to administer a full course of medicine» every thing necessary for the purpose must be got in rea- diness, before beginning, so that there may be no delay occasioned by having to stop, and hunt up or prepare that which the patient would suffer for want of, during the delay. A thorough Thomsonian course of medicine, is very different from what is meant by a course, under the calomel treatment, which requires, often several days, and I be- lieve in some instances several weeks; and then, in not a few instances, have the patient coursed to death, or sali- vated, a sore mouth and gums, loose teeth, and rotten or aching bones, and often, the stings of dreadful diseases left behind; such as dyspepsia, consumption, rheumatic, sciatic, dropsy, glandular swellings, ulcers and other mer- curial sores, which they are never able to get rid of, till death comes and closes the scene. And these dreadful effects are not all of the consequences which follow a course of mercurial treatment, for in many instances, the effects thereof, are entailed upon the progeny of those de- luded parents,, who have become a prey to such a mon- strous, bone rotting, tooth destroying, pain engendering, bile vitiating, skin blistering, blood and life destroying system. On the contrary a full Thomsonian course re- quires, generally, but from one to four hours;—the old calomel system bears no comparison with it,—no resem- blance. The superiority of the Thomsonian courses over the mineral practice has been amply tested, and found to be preserving to the teeth and gums, purifying the bile, strengthening to the liver, intestines, and nervous sys- em, breast and lungs; cleansing and healthful to the skin, 130 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. as well as purifying to the blood; removing costiveness, and dyspepsy; rooting out the foundations of disease and death ;—restoring health and increasing life and vigor to all suffering and drooping patients, who have wisdom and independence enough to try it. A thorough course of medicine will if properly admin- istered, always throw off' a disease in its first attacks, and often prevent long sickness and distress, as well as much expense and hinderance, as often occurs. When a person has been exposed to cold,—in storms, night air, compelled to work in damp and unwholesome places, and be threatened with disease, it may be prevented by a course of our medicine and steaming. The most violent attacks of disease, no matter by what name, may be cured by repeating the courses; also chronic cases of the^most obstinate forms have been made yield by persevering with the regular Thomsonian courses, and tonics. Directions.—For a full Course, the patient must be steamed, and then have the cold, or stimulating bath; be puked, and have injections, and a plenty of dietetic drinks and food ; therefore, as above directed, the requi- sites for these, as directed under the proper heads, must be in readiness, before beginingto put a person through a Course; and then it will be very little trouble. 1st. When every thing be ready, then steam the pa- tient, as directed at page 98 to 101, taking care in the first place as there directed, to raise well, the inward heat of the patient, with a plenty of No. 2 and 3, or com- position, and a little No. 6, nervine, &c. 2nd. When the patient be sufficiently steamed accord- ing to the directions, and rubbed down, put on his shirt, &c, and put him in bad, and one or two of the warm stones out of the water, which had been used in steaming, to his feet. Then give an emetic; and before the emetic operates, it is very good to give an injection, especially if the bowels be any way costive. After the emetic operates, it may be repeated, once or twice, or until the stomach feel entirely relieved. When the vomiting be all over, take another injection, of the best common kind, say the prepared clyster, or No. 3. During all of the THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 1S1 time, let the patient eat as much gruel, porridge or pa- nado, as desired, whenever he can take it; not consider- ing it a waste to spue out one or two quarts; for the great advantage in the recovery of the patient, will amply com- pensate all the waste. Give the patient cold water to drink as often as desired, during the whole operation. 3rd. If the patient be weak, and faintness be appre- hended during any part of the operation, give the Bitter Nerve Drops, or Nerve Powder, in repeated small doses, along with any of the medicines or drinks, and keep him over the steam a shorter time; beginning very moderate- ly, and raising it gradually, and there will be no danger. 4th. If the patient have much pain in the stomach, bowels, or other part, or mortification be apprehended, give No. 3 and 6 as a drink, and in clysters, and also as a bath- ing lotion after the vinegar lotion, on the part, externally ; and these must be repeated until those symptoms be en- tirely removed. 5th. If the mouth be very dry, give No. 2, in repeated doses, and it will prick the glands and cause the saliva to flow freely, and will moisten the mouth. In this case No. 3 must be omitted until the dry state of the mouth be changed. After the mouth become moist, No. 3 may be taken, with plenty of No, 2 in it.—Still, if the No. 3, he needed at the first, it may be taken with safety, made weak, with half a teaspoon full No. 2, and the same quan- tity of Bitter Root, added to each drink. 6th. If the vomiting be too slow and tedious the pa- tient may be rubbed all over well, with a dry flannel, soft brush, or the bare hand, and it will accelerate the vomit- ing. If the patient be not in bed, he may walk about in the room, and that will set the medicine into action. If the stomach be too cold, take a few doses of No. 2, or composition ; and if it be too sour, take as much pearl ash disolved in a teacup full of warm water, as will lie on a five cent piece, and the difficulty will be quickly removed. If however, these should not produce vomiting, in from 15 to 30 minutes afterward, then apply the steam again, 132 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. and it will warm the patient and will seldom fail in set- ting the medicine into action ; yet if even this should not cause vomiting, the consequencewill not be dangerous. 7th. If the vomiting continue too long or excessive, give the patient plenty of composition, peppermint, or spearemint tea, or a little pepper sauce, or vinegar lotion ; and it will stop it, and sit pleasantly on the stomach; un- less the patient from one cause or other, be greatly dis- posed to vomiting, which seldom ever happens after hav- ing the stomach well cleansed by two or three lively ac- tions with the No. 1, and then, a few doses of composition, mint or the like. But if from any cause, vomiting should continue an hour or two after taking some composition, mint tea, pepper sauce or vinegar lotion, then take two or three spoon fulls of flour and mix it in vinegar lotion or pepper sauce, and sprinkle it over with fine mustard seed and apply it, like a plaster, to the pit of the stomach, as directed, at page 75; and continue to take small doss of some of the anti-emetics, as above directed. There is probably, not a case in a thousand where all of these will be necessary. 8th. To complete a full and thorough course of med- icine, and the patient be able to bear it, especially in ob- stinate and chronic cases, as sometimes in dropsies, white- swellings, rheumatisms, or in hydrophobia, whooping and other very violent coughs, and such like complaints, the patient should be steamed, both before and after vomiting, and the body well stimulated inwardly with No. 2,3 and 4, and outwardly with the vinegar lotion, whiskey lotion, or stimulating liniment, or even all of them, as occasion may require. A thorough course of medicine given and often repeated in this way, and No. 3 at nights and morn- ings, and No. 4 frequently through the day, between the courses will jcure almost any disease in the world; pro- vided there be l,fe enough in the patient to build on; or in other words, if there be life enough to sustain nature and give the medicine its proper action. But in all cases where the patient be very weak, we must begin with very small doses and increase the quantity as the system gains warmth, and strength; like when the element of fife be nearly out, we begin to recruit it with very light fuel first; THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 133 and as it gains heat and strength, we may put on larger billets, until heavy logs would not put it out. 9th. The action of the emetic is very much facilitated by t.king wi h it, plenty of No. 3, or composition; or No 3 and composition together. No. 3 with a little No. 2, will completely loosen the morbific matter that may ad- here to the inner coat of the stomach, and intestines. Then this cankerous matter when loosened by No. 3, is easily ejected from the stomach by No. 1, or carried down- ward by the operation of an enema or clyster. Since this vitiated lymph or canker is always discoverable in the stomach and intestines, in some degree, and No. 3 be- ing its antidote, there is no form of disease in which that article should be neglected or abandoned. 10th. Keep it always in mind to let the patient have fresh air while steaming; and also have in the apartment, a quick fire of light wood or shavings, to purify the sur- rounding air, by rarrifying it and carrying off that which be foul, as it will always become more or less so, when s'eaming the si k. 11th. Steaming is not always essential in hot weather, except when the patient be going through a full course of the medicine, as above directed. 12th. Care should-be taken in the selection of stones, when the steam be generated by immersing red hot stone9 in a vessel of water. Get those of a course, open grain, if possible. Never use limestone, nor those containing coal or sulphur; for they give out less steam, and cause the patient to sicken, and become faint. 13th. In all cases when steaming, it is very good to have some mild No. 4 bitters either to take with the emet- ic, with the Nerve Powder or drops, otherwise to use the bitter Nerve Drops, in small doses; these things great- ly strengthen the patient: The effects are felt instantly, and are of lasting benefit. A little No. 2 should be added to the bitters, and almost every thing else taken while go- ing through a course; and also to the food which may be taken at the time and at several meals afterwards, Fat- ing a little porridge, gruel or the like, often, with pepper 134 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. on it, will keep up the heat and strengthen the patient, until he become convalesent. If the patient be cos- tive or have a fever, give him the laxative No. 4; but if he be laxative, the common No.4, or No. 5 may be used; in which case the emetics might be given in a tea of No. 3. 14th. If on account of the morbid and delicate state of the stomach, the patient should puke and throw up the medicine given as an emetic, too soon, it must be re- peated, and might be taken in very small portions, and a little porridge or light food eaten immediately after each portion of the emetic; and in this way cheat the stomach, until a sufficiency remain therein, as desired, to do its perfect work. 15th. When administering a course of medicine in violent cases, and where immediate relief be greatly de- sired, the No. 1, 2, 3 and 6, may all be given together, or the 3rd preparation of No. 1, in No. 3 tea, made strong: or, the emetic may be made of No. 1, and the No. 3 and 6 compound, mentioned at page 56. 16th. Persons who have been long under mercurial treatment, are liable to swell in the face, when going through a Thomsonian course of steaming, in consequence of the poison vapor rising and being condensed by the air, the face being open to it. To relieve this, put the pa- tient in bed, and take a hot stone wrapped in several thicknesses of cloths wet with water, and pour on also a little vinegar, so as to make a lively steam: put it in the bed, before him, and cover his head all over with the clothes, and let him breathe the steam as hot as can be borne, until the sweat covers the swelled part. This will throw off the poison and reduce the swelling. When this be done, bathe his face in a strong tea of witch hazel bark or leaves, mixed with one third of its bulk of the 3rd pre- paration of No. 1. Give at the same time, or before steaming the face, No. 2 and 3 to drink, or No. 2 and the tea of the witch hazel. If the face should swell a- gain, then pursue the same course. 17th. The No. 1 used in emetics is a powerful medi- THOMSOXIAiT PRACTICE. 135 cine as we may see by reading the descriptions of it at page 7 to 13, and page 86 and 87 of this book. Many have become alarmed at its wonderful eff'ects, and have expressed fears respecting it; but Doctor Thomson as- sures the public that there is not the least danger in us- ing it. It clears out obstructions to the extremeties with- out regard to names of disease, until it produce an equi- librium throughout the system, and will be felt in the fingers and toes, producing a prickling feeling, like that caused by a knock on the elbow. This symptom, though alarming to some who are unacqainted with the operation of the medicine, is always favorable, being a certain in- dication of the turn of the disorder, and patients gener- ally grow better from that moment. 18th. The quantity of No. 1 to be given, must be re- gulated according to the judgment of the practitioner, after reading the directions for that article at page 7 to 13, and at page 93. The above is what Thomsonians call a full or regular Course of Medicine. It is for one day, only, and gen- erally occupies from two to six hours, according to cir- cumstances. A person may be put through a course of this kind every other day, or even daily, for a week, or month if required, and improve daily, in health, strength and weight. Doctor William Johnson sayeth that he hath given two such courses in a day, for five days in succession. Another Thomsonian physician informs us that he administered four such courses to a patient, la- boring under a dreadful attack of disease, in twenty four hours, to a manifest advantage. In most complaints one course in a day, or every other day, will be sufficient, if well followed up with No. 2, 3, and 4. When the pa- tient be convalesent he may take the tonics and other restoratives, as directed in the Lon°: Course. ALARM. There is an effect sometimes produced in some patients who have been in a decline, or have labored under a dis- ease a long time, or have taken much of the calomel doc- tors' poisonous drugs, which is somewhat alarming to 136 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. persons unacquainted with the like. And the lower the patient was when commencing this practice, the more a- larming those symptoms will be. In patients who have been laboring under a disease of long standing, these symptoms will not often take place, before they have been put through from three to eight courses of the medicine; but in patients who have taken much opium, for instance, similar effects may take place when going through the first or second course of our medicine. The opium which having lain dorment, is roused into action by the enliv- ening properties of this medicine, and the patient may be brought into a senseless state, and will exhibit similar symptoms to those produced by opium when first given. Doctor Thomson informs us that he has seen some while the alarm was on them, lie and sob for two hours, like a child that had been punished, and during that time, scarcely able to speak or raise their hands to their heads; and the next day be up, go about, and soon be well. Others he has seen thrown into a senseless state; the whole system in confusion, tumbling in every direction, and requiring two or three to hold one in bed. Some would grow cold as though dying, and remain in that situation, from two to eight hours; then awake, like one from sleep, after a good nights rest, and be entirely calm and sensible, as though nothing had happened. They sel- dom ever have more than one of these alarms, because it is the last struggfe of the disease, and from that hour, with proper care and management, the patients nearly always begin to recover. Doctor Thomson "says there ia no danger to be apprehended," from these fits, although they "indicate a crisis^" And as a sense of death, is gen- erally a symptom of life, so here we find the vitality of the organs becoming aroused, and making a mighty effort to throw off the. cob', poison, disease and death,—the en- ergies of the system having hitherto been so much op- pressed, borne down and deadened with disease, that the patient was in a measure insensible of his near approach unto death. So if the disease which has been creeping in. u- sensibly, for months or years, be not arrested an3 brought to a favorable crisis, the patient must and will continue to sink, until death closes the scene. Then i why should any one be alarmed at the operation of No. THOMSONIAN PBACT1CE. 137 1? seeing its friendly power is exerted in our favor; that it is only at war with disease and death; that it at once raises the natural heat and life, and consequently restores our sensibility, giving us a knowledge of our true situa- tion, and enlivening our whole bodies, that every effort thereof becomes exerted to repel the enemy. The Editor of the Thomsonian Recorder explains the alarm fits, thus:—"The stomach being composed of mus- cular coats, which, when cold, are much contracted. An effort to expand them suddenly, by the use of strong me- dicines in very little fluid, is powerfully resisted. The body is a slow conductor of heat; therefore the outer parts (like those of a thick glass bottle) resist for some time the expensive efforts of the inner; each alternately gives way, (and like the bottle, would break, were not the body elastic,) producing the spasmodic action, commonly called the 'alarming symptoms.'" "The alarm is a de- gree of relaxation beyond the power of the system, for the time, to regain its accustomed condition. The vio- lent efforts when any are*** made, are * efforts of the system to recover its tone." Doctor Fonderdon states that he has administered the No. 1, in some cases, to the amount of six large teaspoons full of the first preparation; and has himself taken, dur- ing an attack of billious fever so called, five teaspoons full of brown No. 1, being the most active and strongest, of the first preparations, and with the most undubitable benefit. He says that the supervention of what have been termed "alarming symptoms," "so far from produc- ing alarm, should be considered as affording the most tri- umphant proof of its beneficial effects. Operating as a diffusive stimulant, it is opposed to the inorganic contrac- tility resulting from the reduction of the vital heat, and by increasing this principle of life, it exerts an expansive influence on the muscular fiber, thereby producing a tingl- ing sensation, throughout the whole system." In 1836, I cured a lady of a dreadful attack of disease, who become somewhat similarly affected, all over, to the very extremities. This sensation alarmed my patient and the family very much, and although despair began to set upon all countenances, and the patient shrieking with agony and terror, yet, whenever 1 observed these symp- 12* 138 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. toms making their appearance, hope, that comforting an- gel, if I may so call it, so filled my breast, as to draw a smile. I then explained the matter, and calmed all anx- iety, and in two hours my patient had complete ease, and the next day was up and going about; and I have been told by some of her children lately, that she has never had any subsequent attack of the complaint. g*/s there, danger of death, while under the alarming symptoms? is a question often asked by the timid and those unacquainted with the operation of our medicine9. Doctor A. Curtis Professor of Botanic Medical Science, and Principal of the Medical College, in Columbus, Ohio, sayeth, "The violent efforts, when any are made, are ineffectual efforts of the system to recover its tone. It is possible, therefore, that the lamp of life may go out while the body is in this state of relaxation, though we think this will seldom if ever happen, when the patient is in a curable state. On the other hand, the spasmodic efforts may be so violent as to fatigue and completely overcome the system, and then the patient is as liable to die as he is in a fit, and from the same cause- Still we know that people seldom die in a fit. We have never seen one die in the alarming symptoms, and we think we. should not be justified in attributing death to this cause, were we to- see a patient die under such circumstances." To prevent alarms.—When administering the courses to a person who has taken much of the calomel doctors' poisons, or be run down with long sickness, and the alarm- ing symptoms be apprehended, they may generally be ob- obviated by uniting a little Bitter Root and Nerve Pow- der, or a little laxative No. 4, with the No. 1, and hate more warm water, or sudorific-tea added, than usual; and in this way take smaller portions of the emetic, in larger and more frequent, antispasmodic and sudorific drinks. This method will allow the different muscular coats of the stomach to expand, gradually, and finally the whole sys- tem to become warmed, by thus raising the heat slowly, with warm fluids, until every thing gives way to the free and full operation of the medicine, avoiding altogether any spasmodic action. And when the whole system be- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 139 gins to expand to the surface, and a free, warm perspira- tion comes on, without producing any considerable dis- tress; then the No. 2 or composition may also be increas- ed in power and frequency, with a gradual increase of the portions of the No. 1, (like a glass bottle, when heated gradually with warm fluids, may be filled with boiling water without injurv.) The alarm may al><> be prevented by giving the emetic in sweet milk; the milk having neutralizing and glutinous properties, prevents the No. 1 from giving out its pro- perties any faster than the milk be digested, leaving the system time to expand through sympathy. My general practice is to give a little milk porridge, boiled milk, thickened in the common way or something of that kind, and the No. 1 in small or broken doses, al- ternately; and when given in this way I have never seen any of those tingling sensations. It is also, as I have found by experience, an excellent method of cheating or wheedling the stomach, to take a full emetic, when it be too easily induced to vomit, or cast up as soon as down, as is sometimes the case with persons of very sensitive or weak stomachs. Others use the pure sweet milk, no doubt to good advantage, both to prevent and remove the ulariiy—given either before, with or after the emetic, as occasion may requier. In common cases these alarms are of verv rare occur- rence ; and indeed in any case, if it be properly managed, and the heat raised gradually, with large quantities of fluid, adding No. 2 to the latter drinks, and giving the No. 1 in broken doses, without No. 2, we would seldom ever have any alarming symptoms. The alarms when on, are to be relieved with the same remedies, and much in ths same manner as they are pre- vented. Enough has been said upon the subject, as a word to the wise, is sufficient. LONG COURSE. This Long Course of Medicine is similar to one pro- posed by Doctor Logan, of Sumraerrille Farm, tiear Phila- 140 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. delphia, which has been found to be very convenient and advantageous, especially to laboring people and others who are ailing; but still able to be about, and attend to business, as it may be administered without any de en- tion from their daily employment. It: is an excellent ere for persons who have been long affected with dis- ease and are going through the Regular Courses, to fol- low up between the full courses, with these Long Courses. Directioks.—The first day; take a dose of Laxative No. 4, and an injection, in the morning;—a teaspoon full of Golden Seal and half that quantity of No. 2 and Nerve Powder at noon;—at night composition, or No. 2 and 3 together. Second day; take No. 4 powder, in a tea, or mixed in mollasses, as may be preferred ; and if the bowels he any way not right, take an Ejection, in the morning;—At noon take a teaspoon full of Golden Seal, or a dose of No. 4, either laxative or not, as may be thought neces- sary;—At night composition or No. 3. Third day; give the stomach three brisk actions with No. 1, and relieve the bowels with three clysters, and warm the stomach well with composition or Spiced No. 4, in the morning;—at noon take a dose of Golden Seal, or No. 4;—at night take a good do^e of composition and bathe the feet, then take a dose of No. 3 and go to bed. Fourth day ; take No. 4 in the morning;—Golden Seal at noon;—No. 3 or composition at night. Fifth day; give the stomach two or three actions with No. 1, in a tea of No. 4,—or the prepared emetic, then a dose or two of composition, and an injection;—at noon a dose of Golden Seal mixed with composition ;—at night, soak the feet as before, then take No. 3, and go to bed. Sixth day; take half a teaspoon full of Bitter Root in a dose of composition, ami give the bowels a clyster;—at noon, a dose of the first preparation of No. 4 ;—at night a dose of composition. Seventh day; take No. 4, in the morning;—No. 5 at noon;—No. 3 an J 6, at night. Eighth day, and forwaid, regulate thyself as circum- stances may seem to dictate; and even from the com- mencement, this long couise must be varied to suit th? THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 141 case, whenever it may seem necessary:—for instance, a person having dyspepsy, green sickness, yellow, jaun- dice, eruptions in the skin, giddiness in the head, or any other lingering complaint, that may not prevent him from business, altogether, then this long course, will be of great service; and by being persevered in for a few weeks, will actually cure many complaints, that the cal- omel doctors' cannot even relieve. When the patient goes through a regular Thomsonian course, every two or three days, and follows up between them, with this long course, he may omit the emetics, mentioned in this long course; but if he go through the full courses more sel- dom, he should then take the emetics as often as above directed, and even oftener, if the stomach be in a morbid state. If the patient have a cold, cough or any lingering com- plaint, and will not take the regular courses, he may take a number ot Short and Long Courses or even one of them, may be administered, to a very great advantage, without any great hinderance from one's daily labor, and will many a time, by being resorted to betimes, prevent long sickness, and much expense and hinderance. If the bowels be too laxative, the first or fifth prepara- tion of No. 4, may be taken where the Bitterroot is re- commended; but if they be costive use the Bitterroot or Butternut Syrup, and the Syringe, perseveringlv. In this way the patient must have his treatment modified so as to suit the case, daily, and the gain to his health will amply repay all the attention that he can bestow upon the subject. SHORT COURSE. Directions.—Take a dose of composition, and a com- mon injection; then bathe the feet, as directed at page 103 and 104. When the feet be bathed by following the directions closely, the patient may put on a pair of clean stockings and go to bed; then take two or three doses of the prepared emetic, or in the stead thereof take two or three doses of the First Second or Third preparation of No. 1, which repeat until the stomach be well cleans- 142 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. ed. Then take another injection; and drink a plenty of composition, Spear Mint Pennyroyal or Sage tea. After the operation be all over and the stomach settled, the patient may take a few doses of the First, Second or Third preparation of No. 4; or these alternately if desir- ed,—not omiting the porridge, gruel or panado, or the like, when ever the patient wishes to eat any, through the course. These Short Courses may be repeated daily, every other day or every two or three days as may be found needful; taking care not to leave them off, till perfectly relieved of the complaint. After going through one or more of these Short Courses, the patient might follow up with the Long Course, be- tween whiles, to a great advantage. Nine cases in ten, will cure, by this Short Course of medicine, if effectually administered and repeated, and followed up with the Long Course, in cases that may seem to require it. It will save the patient from a great deal of sickness and expense; and will save the doctor, also, a great deal of travelling, and visiting again and again, for the purpose of keeping him sick. RUNNING DOWN. This is a symptom, which sometimes occurs, with pa- tients who have the consumption and some other forms of disease occasioning much bodily weakness and lan- guor. When a patient who is far spent with consump- tion or the like, begins with the regular courses, they may -seem to grow weaker and weaker, for a week or two, and then make a turn and improve rapidly, and get quite well. Some practitioners as well as patients and friends, have become alarmed, when they found a patient apparently running down, instead of picking up; and in some in- stances felt a disposition to leave off the full Courses, as being improper, and dangerous. But Doctor Thompson informs us that even if the patient do seemingly run down for a fortnight, it is no sign that the Courses are improper. A patient may seem to run down, for one, two or three weeks, and then have an Alarm Fit, and from THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 143 that hour, make a turn for the better and improve rapidly in health, strength and weight, daily. Some practitioners have attended patients who were far spent, and admin- istered to them one full Course every eight, ten or twelve days, when they are almost sure with such treatment, to run down; because the interval between the courses be- ing so long, and the constitution feeble, the disease be- comes reinforced. But if the patients had in such cases, taken several Short Courses and a long one, in the in- terim, and thus, be well fed with No. 2, 3, 4 and 5, and Milk Porridge, Panado, Soups, Mush and Milk, &c, there would be but little danger of Running Down; for the disease would be routed, and the patient receive a re- newal of his strength, before he would have time to run down. I would, however, by no means advise any practitioner to dally and tamper with sickness, after the slow manner just mentioned, to give an opportunity for the interven- tion of the Short and Long Courses. On the contrary, if the patient be very bad, let regular, full Courses be giv- en, more frequently, but in the mildest way possible, and steam but a short time at once; say from ten to twenty minutes, if the patient seem not able to bear it longer, feeding them well at the same time with No. 2, 3, 4, and 5; and almost constantly with the lightest and most wholesome and nourishing diets; and let the diets gener- ally be of the patients own choosing. Even injections in the bowels may be given of clear soup, without fat, or of very thin porridge or gruel, with a half a dose of Vinegar Lotion, or Pepper Sauce added. This will not only com- fort and strengthen the bowels, and often prevent infla- mation in them, but it will give food to the body while in this low condition. While there be life, there should also be hope, therefore the practitioner should, by every means directed in this book of practice, endeavor to add to the strength of his patient, and if possible, alto- gether prevent his patient from running down, from the start. For this purpose, I have in nearly all cases made much use of a little bitters, of the purest kind, from the very start, such as the Tonic Powders, Spiced No. 4, Golden Seal, Balmony, Unicorn Root, No. 6, &c; and in all cases where the breast and lungs be affected, to feed 144 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. op the patient at proper intervals, with Cough Powders, Nerve Powders, Archangel, Hoarhoun, Crosswort, Wake Robbin, Meadow Cabbage, &c, &c.. And firmly be- lieve that in ninety nine cases in every hundred, a cum raio-ht be performed, without even a danger ot the patient dying, or even running down, as is common with the pa- tients of some practitioners, in some peculiar cases. Doctor Curtis, one of our whole, through going Ihom- sonians, a constant practitioner, Editor of the Thomson- ian Recorder, and Principal in the Botanic Medical School in Columbus Ohio, and Professor of the Theory and Practice of Medicine, Lecturer on Anatomy, Phy- siology, Botany, and Chemistry, therein, informs us that he has "in desperate cases, given four full Courses of Medicine, in twenty four hours! and the patients grew stronger and felt better all the time, and in the three dayi were entirely well." There was no waiting for the pa- tients to Run Down, in those cases. He fed them con- stantly with No. 2, 4 and 5, beef tea, chicken soup, milk porridgp, mush and milk, &c; and in fact never let the stomach get empty, excepting the moment that the emetic emptied it; and then as soon as it would become settled by drinking fresh draughts of composition, ppppermint, and other teas, then some toast, porridge or soup, well seasoned with Cayenne Pepper and salt, would be imme- diately given to recruit and keep up the strength of his patient. After the vomiting be over, cream or milk may be added to the composition, as well as sweetening, to good advantage; if the patient can take it so: some per- sons prefer it prepared in this way, at all times. The following, is Doctor Curtis' method of preventing his patients from running down. "1st. Give at least three cups of tea of composition or No. 2 and 3, (made in a large pitcher,) before steam ing. Then place the patient on a chair so high that the feet will be directly over the steam, still giving the tea pretty well seasoned with No. 2. [In this way give the patient a regular steaming.] 2nd. Wash with a little cold water and wipe down; now give plenty of teas, before the emetic, which should never be given when the stomach is empty. Now follow up closely with teas and emetic, *****. \ye uave ncvei THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 145 seen, in a constant practice of nearly three years, a sin- gle patient run down in the manner represented by many Botanic Physicians, and we believe it may generally, if not always be prevented by good management." The same writer further remarks that, " It is too late in the history of the Botanic Practice, to fear that No. 1 will kill. We have seen a pint of the strongest decoction of it given, during a course of medi- cine; but we think that from two to five teaspoons full of the powder will answer equally well. It is not only a safe, but an indispensable medicine, in all long standing and obstinate cases of disease. The patient who refuses it, might as well abandon the last hope of recovery." The following paragraph, I have extracted from the Thomsonian Recorder, vol. 4, page 47. It exhibits a degree of faithful perseverance, worthy the name of a Thomsonian, as well as a proof of a kind and affectionate daughter. It is an extract from a communication,—the name not given. She found-difficulties to encounter, but had no notion of letting her patient run down. She speaks thus; "Mother was brought very low. She said, time and again, that she could not live. I gave her twelve courses of medicine. Most of the emetics operated very hard upon her. She threw up a vast deal of tough canker and dirty bilious matter. She said at the time, that I should kill her; but now she says she believes that I saved her life. I have no idea that if I had listened to her, and not persevered in giving the medicine, she would have lived. But I had to manage every way to get the emetic down. She was pretty good about taking the canker medicine, but the No. 2 burnt her mouth, and the No. 1 distress- ed her so badly, that she could not bear to take them.— Sometimes she would consent to take the emetic, and sometimes I would give it without her consent. jDo vou wonder how I got it down ? Sometimes I put it in her food, porridge, &c, making it sweet, and strong with ginger, sometimes I mixed it with ginger and cider; sometimes sprinkled it on roasted potato with black pep- per, &c. She would find it out when it began to op- erate, and sometimea ask, ,jHow could you give me No. 146 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 1 ? You will kill me.' It was a hard way to get along; but I felt as if there was no other alternative. Nothing would relieve her so quick as the No. 1. It is the king of medicine. She now enjoys good health and fine spirits." The following very just remarks from the pen of the beloved Doctor ^Samuel Thomson, the Father of our sys- tem of medicine, will show how the calomel doctors cause many of their patients to Run Down with sickness and POISON, to death and the gravrt—then take their estates. "This is what is scientifically called the depleting and reductive system. To illustrate this practice, 1 will call the attention of the reader to the first stages of sickness, for, whether the patient be male or female, the same de- pleting practice is introduced, such as bleeding, blister- ing and purging with powerful physic, such as calomel and jalap; then comes the laudanum to check the opera- tion and stupify the patient; and all this is to ease the dis- tress caused by the physic. Then the doctor continues with, small doses of calomel, opium, nitre and camphor, until the patient is fixed out with what is called the run of a fever. To these depleting instruments of death, the patient is compelled to submit—all his natural sentinels (senses) being knocked down by the doctors' death-mawl (depletion,) and the patient's friends who ought to be protectors, become completely stunned, and made ne ail as senseless as the patient by the name of learning, and the learned doctor. Thus mankind are cheated out of their reason, and their senses are often reduced below those of the brute. Instead of driving the doctor out of the house, and throwing his poison physic after him, the friends, in their delirium, will assist him in administering these instru« ments of death, till the patient, the nurse, and perhaps the whole family have fallen victims, one after another; the grave becomes the receptacle of their bodies, and the doctor comes into possession of their whole estate, as his exclusive and legal right; for it must be observed our laws are such that the expenses of the last sickness and the funeral charges, must be paid first to the exclusion of all other debts. In all sweeping sicknesses, such as the cholera for in- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 147 stance, when the people are allowed and recommended to keep the instruments of death in their hands, such as a gill of brandy, two hundred drops or laudanum and sixty grains of calomel, how long will it take for all such dupes to be dead, and those legal speculators in physic, to be in possession of all or at least the greater part of their wealth. What difference does it make what the plague or pestilence is called when the cause is physic, and the object is money. The Doctors want money and must have it. Remember the cry of the cholera. This, is my opinion was a scheme of the Doctors to dupe the people and to give the physic dealers power over them, ground- ed on the authority of the city. Those doctors &c, are styled a Board of Health, (not of death,) notwithstanding their patients nearly all died. Yes, died with cholera (alias physic.) For further proof that the object in a great measure was wrong, recollect that fifty thousand dollars was granted by the city to the Board of Health (so called) to cleanse the city and pro- vide hospitals to give the cholera a decent reception. Another scheme to collect money from the people by those dealers in physio, was to make them believe that the cholera could be prevented, but not cured. By this means they contrived to empty all their old drugs from the apothecaries' shops in the pockets of the people, whereby they filled their own with the precious metals, gleaming a little from every one weak enough to be a dupe to their horrid speculations, and thus was the game played, the blind leading the blind, and all fell into the ditch together, till the grave is full and running over, as at New Orleans, and probably would have been the case in this city had not the cholera gun been discovered and the ammunition with which it was charged (namely, lan- cet, calomel, opium, nitre, camphor, blisters, saline fluid &c.,) togather with Dr. W.'s prescription, as a preventive (of life) until a physic dealer could be obtained, so that, if the preventive did not answer the purpose (of death,) the Doctor would. Now, reader, just take a general survey of the calami- ties of the world; the condition of the great portion of mankind is truly deplorable and has been ever since the healing art was lost, and the plants and herbs of the fields 148 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. and forests ceased to be used as medicines, an since, poison minerals of the rankest die were substituted in their stead, by Paracelsus, who, in consequence, was cal- led a hater of mankind. Doctor Robinson says, Para- celsus gave the tartrate of antimony because it burnt up the stomach and lungs like hell fire. If this expression be true, I think it sufficient to prove the truth of his be- ing a hater of mankind. In addition to this physic dealer and hater of mankind, comes Sydenham, who introduc- ed bleeding to cure disease. These two plagues being joined in matrimony against the life and health of man- kind, 1 think have caused the greatest plagues that have ever infested the earth. That writer, says the future Sydenham, introduced bleeding into the practice of phy- sic. In the space of 100 years more died with the lan- cet alone, than all that perished by war in that time. Stop, reader, and reflect for a moment, and say to thyself, can any being be so destitute of common sense, except a learned fool, as to believe that the same practice that will kill a well hog, will cure a sick man ; or that the practice which will cure a sick man, will kill a well rat? For ex- ample, when the doctor comes to cure a sick man, he bleeds him, and when the butcher comes to kill a well hog, he bleeds him; when a fanner wishes to kill a well rat, he poisons him, when a doctor comes to cure a sick man, he poisons him. Could any one believe that a learned doc- tor ever possessed a human body, when he sees him take the same method to cure a sick man, that the butcher takes to kill a well hog, or that the farmer takes to kill a well rat; and what adds further to our astonishment is, to see this human butcher climb on law legs to take the little property from the orphan children, for butchering their parent! Can any one wonder at their seeing their need of law-legs, when their malpractice is seen in all its naked deformity? Sad dilemma! Has their boasted scientific knowledge of four thousand years come to such a rotten and crumbling condition as to need the prop of the laws to support it in its dying momants! Farewell physic. Thus, by what I have written, the reader will have a faint conception of my views of the practice of physic;__ that it is the beginning of sickness and a train of accu- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 149 mulated evils, ending in poverty, misery and untimely death. In consequence of the prevailing practice of phy- sic, well might we exclaim as did the wise man, 'thou fool, why shouldest thou die before thy time?' Be- cause, like the foolish Galatians, they were bewitched by and run after the new learning and a learned doctor, and he suffered all their natural sentinels to be knocked down, and the poison to be swallowed without being al- lowed to examine or taste for themselves, until they are swept off like rats, and that too before the meridian of life, by the physic of the doctors, who poison according to law. At the same time, it is evident that the doctors believe the botanic practice to be the best in the world, as the following particulars will show: 1. They do not allow that any patients ought to die under the Botanic Practice. This is proof that they be- lieve it far preferable to their mineral practice. 2. When the dealers in physic can get no relief from their own poison practice, they will fly for refuge to the Botanic Practice. These two witnesses are sufficient to establish the fact, viz., that they do believe the Botanic practice to be far preferable to their own. The extraor- dinary cures by the Botanic practice they cannot deny." "HEAT IS LIFE, AND COLD IS DEATH;" Or in other words, Life is Heat, heated, or warmed, (that is, in) organized human or animal bodies, as there is a certain degree, circumstance or condition of heat accom- panied with motion, which constitutes and distinguishes the living state; and Death is Cold, that is, this certain degree of animal heat, becomes reduced or diminished, till it becomes so far below the necessary or proper standard, that Cold preponderates,—Death ensues. Therefore as Doctor Piatt remarks, the Thomsonian Practice is based on this simple, this easily expressed, this eternal foundation principle, namely heat is life, and cold is death. (He trusts that all Thomsonians understand in what sense these terms are applied.) In all attempts to remove disease from our bodies we must keep this foundation principle in view. If we loose 13* 150 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. sight of this, our polar star for a moment, our frail bark, is on the ocean of conjecture, without compass or rudder. Whatever form of disease may appear, be assured that cold is the cause, and that consequently, obstruction and a want of action, either general or local, is the conse- quence. Cold causes the proper, lively action to abate or cease, and Nature being impeded in her course, strug- gles to remove the obstruction. This gives rise to disa- greeable sensations, pain, sickness, fever. There can be no disease where there are no obstruc- tions; consequently there can be no pain, where there are no efforts of nature to remove obstruction. And aa heat and nature, are synonymous terms with us, Thom- sonians, it follows, that the more heat and pain there is in a diseased system the better, in one sense; because the heat is an evidence of the strength of nature, and pain is an evidence that nature is exerting her powers for the re- moval of obstructions. Doctor Thomson expresses all in a few words, namely; *Tne higher the fever runs, the sooner the cold will be subdued.' Doctor Piatt continues with the following remark, and relation of a case of one of his own children. It shows clearly that if heat be not life, the want of it is death, or at least the cause of death. " One peculiar form of disease, which I have seen mani- fested only with infants, has perplexed me more than all others. From the peculiar circumstances and symptoms of those cases, I was formerly led to suppose, that some natural defect, some organic derangement, something be- yond the reach of medicine or art, was at the bottom of the difficulty. I dissected one of my own children, with all that searching anxiety of mind, which a parent only can feel, but gained nothing. I have since treated four attacks of the same form of disease, in three different subjects, with success. And I now feel a pleasure in de- claring that I attribute my success whdy to my unde- viating adherence to our foundation principle. I am sat- isfied, beyond the shadow of a doubt, that the cause of the difficulty was cold. If cold, tht n, is the foundation or proximate cause of all diseases, what should be the first effort of the practitioner? Surely, to expel it by its opposite, heat. Such articles, therefore, as have an in- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 151 variably tendency, from their inherent principles, to stim- ulate nature, or the vital principle, to action, to rouse her nearly dormant energies, and as it were, to replenish the lamp of life with their oil, are the articles always wanted in the commencement of our attacks upon dis- ease. Such articles, possessing such a principle, we have in the different preparations and combinations of No. 1 and 2. ,jHave any other articles yet been discovered, better adapted for this purpose? If so, I freely acknowl- edge myself ignorant of their existence. Indeed, I se- riously doubt whether any such do exist. After raising and equalizing the heat, as far as practica- ble, ,jwhat is next to be done? Use such articles as from their inherent principle, have an invariable tendency to loosen and dislodge all cankery, morbid matter, so that the natural action of the organs, got up by, and in conse- quence of the heat, may expel it by all the natural out- lets of the body. Have you any articles for this purpose, superior, or even equal to those of Dr. Thomson, classed under the head of No. 1 and 3? I have not. j What next? Let this process be repeated, or rather - continued, until the system is so far relieved from the accumulated mass of obstructing and offending matter, that nature can perform her operations, without any se- rious impediment. After raising sufficient heat, and so far clearing the machine of obstructing and offending matter, as that the wheels of life may move with some degree of freedom, our next object should be, to tone, to brace up, to strengthen the muscular fibres. Here is an office for the different articles classed, under the head of No. 4, to perform. And well satisfied am I, that those recommended by Dr. Thomson, are adequate for the purpose, if properly selected, and judiciously applied. The practitioner who is deficient of a thorough knowledge of this class of re- medies, or of judgment in their administration, is defi- cient in that peculiar point, which above all others, is of the greatest importance to his patients. A very little information, or insight into the Thomsonian practice, will enable a person of common strength of mind, to go through with the practical part of what we understand by—a thorough course of medicine. But, to gain vie- 152 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. tory over a disease by a well conducted course of medi- cine, is one thing, and to retain the victory, and reap the full profit of it, is quite another thing. I am well satisfi- ed that practitioners are more generally deficient in this point, that all others. Nature presents but one avenue, through which we may enter to assist her in her endeav- ors to restore the lost energies of the system; and that is, by the digestive organs. You have expelled the cold, vou have cleared the system of obstructions, and now Nature, spent and exhausted, claims your fostering care, and proffered assistance, to restore her consumed ener- gies. By a proper application of the different articles under the heads of No. 4, 5, 6, Nerve Powder, &c, you act specifically upon the digestive organs, stimulating them to a gentle healthy action, by which means the nu- tritious part of the food, when properly pepared, passes directly into the blood, replenishing that vital fluid that carries nourishment to every part, where it deposited, assimilates and becomes flesh. At the same time, and by the same process, the grosser or earthy part is carried along the alimentary canal, and passes off by natural de- jection." Doctor Samuel Thomson, in his Remarks on Fevers, bIiows that even the heat in a. fever, is friendly to nature, being an effort of Nature to throw off cold and obstruc- tion. He says;—"According to the writing of the learn- ed physicians, there are a great variety of fevers, some more, and some less dangerous. But to begin with a de- finition of the name: j What is fever? Heat undoubt- edly, though a disturbed operation of it. jBut is there, in the human frame, more than one kind of heat? Ye S says the physician, (strange as it may appear,) there is the plueretic heat, the slow nervos heat, the putrid heat, the hectic heat, the yellow heat, the spotted or cold heat, the typhus or ignorant heat, and many other heats; and sometimes, (calamitous to tell,) one poor patient has the most, or the whole of these fevers [heats,] and dies at last for want of heat! -• Is fever or heat a disease? Hippocrates, the acknow- ledged father of physicians, maintained that Nature is heat; and he was correct. ,:Is nature a disease? Surely it is not, What is commonly called fever, is the effect, THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 153 and not the cause of disease. It is the struggle of na- tuie to throw oft'disease.—The cold causes obstructions, and fever arrises in consequence of those obstructions, -—to throw them off.—This is universally the case. No person ever yet died of a fever! for as death spproaches, the patient grows cold, until in death, the last spark of heat is extinguished. This the learned doctors cannot deny; and as it is true, they ought, in justice, to ac- knowledge that their whole train of depletive remedies, such as bleeding, blistering, physicing, starving, with all of their refrigeratives; their opium, mercury, arsenic, an- timony, nitre, &c, are so many deadly engines, combined with the disease, against the constitution, [HEAT"] and life of the patient. If cold, which is the commonly re- ceived opinion, (and which is true) is the cause of fever, to repeatedly bleed the patient, and administer mercury; opium, nitre, and other refrigerents, to restore him to health, is, as though a man should, to increase a fire in his room, throw a part of it out of his house, and to in- crease the remainder, put on water, snow, and ice!" "When the patient is bled, it lessons the heat and gives double power to the cold; like taking out one side of a scale, and putting in the other, which doubles the weight, and turns the scale in favor of the disease. Giv- ing opium, deadens the sense of feeling. Small doses of nitre, calomel and opium, have a tendency to destroy what heat remains, and plant new crops of canker, which will stand in different stages, in the body, the same as corn planted in the field every week, will keep some, in all stages [of growth;] so is the different degrees in canker. This is the reason why there are so many dif- ferent fevers as are named; when one fever turns, an- other sets in, and so continues, one after another, until the harvest is fully ripe, if the season is long enough; if not, the cold and frost takes them off;—then it is said they died of a fever. It might with as much propriety, be said that the corn [which was] killed with frost, died with the heat. The question whether the heat or cold killed the patient, is easily decided; for that power which bears rule in the body after death, is what killed the pa- tient, which is cold,—as much as that which bears rule, when he is alive, is heat. When a person is taken sick 154 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. it is common to say, I have got a cold, and am afraid am going to have a fever; but no fears, are expressed of the cold he has taken; neither is it mentioned when the eold left him. The fashionable practice is to fight the remains of heat till the patient die, by giving cold the victory; in which case ,jis it not a fact, that the doctor assisted the cold to kill the patient?" The following quotation from Doctor Thomson's re- marks in a chapter on Cholera, is quite explanatory. "The peculiar mortality of some seasons, seems to be gmented by sudden and excessive transitions or fluc- tuations from heat to cold, and from cold to heat. It will be readily recollected that winter commenced early in the fall of 1831. The air was cold and chilly, until late the following summer. The cold and chilly weather being protracted beyond the usual period—all nature appeared to feel the impression. The heat of animal bodies were subject to the peculiar influences, circumstances were calculated to produce; the natural or vital heat was diminished some degrees be- low the healthy point, considering the time of the year, when the wintery, cold and chilly blasts were intruding on the warmth of summer. The heat of summer came on suddenly, and the weather became rapidly and intensely hot. The inward heat of men's bodies could not rise in proportion to the external heat; they had not lime to take in, take up, and absorb the caloric or heating principle from the atmospheric air they used for respiration. It resembles a stream rising too fast for the fountain. It makes back water as it were on the wheels of animal life and motion, and they wallow and labor hard. When the streams rise almost level with the fountains, this must always be the case. The stream was too low, it fell nearly to a level with the external heat. The prevalence of disease was the con- sequence. Equalization inwardly and outwardly, would have in any case, produced dissolution. This was the state of all who died!—this was death!!!—It is, and will be death wherever it occurs. This is the physical condition of the animal body of man, when the inward heat be diminished, below the zero THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 155 of that scale by which health is graduated, and the heat of the day or atmospheric air, about equal to that of the body; then the body suffers the inconvenience of cold, in proportion to the loss of inward heat, and when those be- come equal the body dies. A patient approaching this condition, will commonly turn yellow on the skin, and his complaint will get the name of yellow fever. The liver loses the power to per- form its functions, and the powers of life run down : out- ward heat being risen too high for the inward. When the heat of the body be diminished inside, and the heat of the air be about equal to that of the body, the person suffers the consequence of cold, in proportion to the loss of inward heat; and when they become equal or to a level, they die. At this balance of heat inward and outward, spots will often appear on the skin; the standard or scale of life is correct in itself; but the balance of the powers of life which are graduated by it, suffer derangement from their natural and regular order. In conclusion, I would remark that the cause of animal and vegetable life are the same, namely;—one common principle produces similar effects: Nutritive life in ani- mals and vegetables, bear a striking resemblance to each other. Vegetables like animals, are constituted of four great cardinal elements,—all vegetable life is under the control, influence and operation of similar principles as that of an animal. Without earth, water, fire and air, nothing like vegetation could exist. The winter season is a state of death to vegetation: just in proportion to the lose of heat, is the degree of the suspension of life,— we mean a loss of heat in that particular modification or elementary combination thereof that constitutes the liv- ing sstate; this is a degree of death, or a degree of the suspension of vegetable life. In many instances the sus- pension is total. In cold countries, after the winter has passed away and the spring returns, suspended vegetation and sus- pended animation are again restored. The torpid reptile again inhales the breath of life. Heat in this case is not only an agent in the restoration to life and vigor, but is so adapted to the condition of the being on which its in- fluence is exerted as to contribute a living principle;— 156 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. so on the other hand, cold is not only an approximation to death, but that degree of cold which is inconsistent with and contrary to the living state is death itself. Heat does not act alone, and independent of its fra- ternal elements, but in harmony and accordance with the whole family. But without their elder brother, there is no life in the material universe. The elements would rest in everlasting silence and unactivity, if destitute of this generative father of life and motion. Abstract the element of fire from all the other elements,—stillness and Bilence would be universal,—the life of all that breathes and moves, would be swallowed up in the stillness of eternal death. Earth and sea would be and remain a solid unmoving and unmovable mass;—the fluid air would be consolidated to the flinty hardness of the diamond on its native rock." EXPECTORATION. By the term Expectoration, is implied the act of eject- ing from the breast certain, tough, clammy flegm or cor- ruption, as is often discharged therefrom by many per- sons when coughing; and where ever there be an exces- sive portion of flegm or mucus, or the existence of cor- ruption [or pus,] there is disease. This expectoration, then is an effort or action of those organs to throw off and rid themselves of canker, cold and death. When cold, obstructions, and canker takes hold of the bowels, stomach and lungs, even in a sleight degree, it often causes great accumulations of flegm or canker which of- ten rises as stated, to relieve the parts. This flegm is diseased or vitiated mucus, which neither possesses vital- ity, nor is it necessary to the operations of nature. It is, in fact, cold. It also engenders coldness and canker, to the parts where it abides. Hence will at once be seen the necessity of keeping up at all times the heat, and a sound, healthy action of the system, that it may be able at all times to free itself of all offensive matter and hu- mors. Hence the necessity of taking occasionally, when exposed to cold, and damp, or the sleightest intimations of disease or canker, be exhibited, some expectorative and astringent medicine, which will at once obviate any THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 157 difficulty, or bad consequence that otherwise, by neglect, might arise. For this purpose, as is abundantly explained in this work, we have the No. 1, 2, 3, and 4. The No. 1, 2 and 4, are expectorants. They stimulate enliven, and impart to the system a degree of warmth and elasti- city, to rid itself of the cankery mucus. The No. 3, being of so powerful an antiseptic, astringent nature, to animal substances, that it will prevent putrifaction, and so harden the parts, as to prevent the reaccumulation, or excess of this mucus. And where much seeming cold- ness or pain exists, the addition of No. 6 is always re- quisite. There is one thing that I wish particularly to mention, and believe this a proper place, and I wish it may be particularly remembered by all; that is, the circumstance of many persons being in the habit of swallowing all of the muckey flegm and snot that they can collect, even with some efforts, from the breast or nose. Thus they add poison and death to the stomach which is already in a state, more or less morbid, and actually in great need of an effectual cleansing by emetics, rather than to made the depraved receptacle of such filth. Persons who are in the habit here aluded to, never fail to find their un- wise course, to be the fruitful parent of greater accumu- lations of canker, and sometimes, and indeed frequently accompanied by acute forms of disease, which they are ready to attribute to any thing rather than the true cause. This subject is hinted at in the article on Mastication, at page 72, where the danger of increasing the disease by sucking down that noxious vitiated mucus, or masti- cating it like a precious morsel, along with the food, and knocking down all of the sentinels or senses until the operator makes sure of it, by lodging it safely in the stomach. To say nothing of the unwholesomeness of planting, daily, new and successive crops of canker, dis- ease and death, in the very vitals, of them that are guilty of this unbecoming practice, it bespeaks them to be ele- vated (in their appetite, for aliments,) but a very little way in proportion to their scale of being, above the hog which gorges itself until vomiting be produced, and then eats it up again. I am induced thus to speak out more plainly than I otherwise would, on account that there are 14 158 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. so many people to be met with, who seem to be so unsen- sible of some things, concerning their own welfare; Imp- ing sincerely, that it may be of use to them, j Is not the blood, and every new increase of additional substance of our corporal bodies made and formed from that which is masticated, swallowed into the stomach and there di- gested, in such a manner as to supply all of the absor- bents, ducts or vessels that take up, more or less sub- stance from substances which are taken into the stomach? And again; if we eat that which is in itself, directly un- wholesome, ors, a stranger to proper ezercise and oper air, who screws herself up in corsets, lives on coffee, tea and other slops, takes pill* and other hurtful drugs, may bring a child into the world, THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 189 but it will hardly be fit to live. The first blast of cold wind will be likely tonipitlikea fender plant, in the bud: Or, should it struggle through a few years' miserable exis- tence, its feeble frame, shaken with convulsions from eve- ry trifling cause, will be unable to perform the ordinary functions of life, and come to be a burden on society. If, to the delicacy and want of good health in some mothers, we add the unregular and untemperate lives of many fathers, we should be able to see, in the strongest light, a reason for the injured and sickly constitution of their children. Sickness and ill health may be induced by hardships and extreme exposures to the weather; but they are oftenner brought on by intemperance, neglect, poisonous drugs, &c„ Persons who followa course of vice and are prodigal of their health and strength, will assur- edly spoil their constitutions: and, did the evil always terminate here, it would be but a just punishment for their folly; but when disease be contracted, and the whole frame tinctured or tainted therewith, it will be entailed on posterity! ; What a dreadful inheritance is the gout, the scurvy, the king's evil, the consumption, or the vene- rial taint, to transmit to our offspring!! How happy would many an heir to a great estate have been, had he been born a beggar, rather than an heir to a great estate with such hereditary diseases entailed upon him, along with his fortune! All persons who wish to marry should certainly look to the healthiness of the constitution of their intended partners. A wise choice in this, as well as in other re- spects, is very laudable. Some eminent physicians go so far as to say that "no person who labors under any in- curable malady ought to marry;" for thereby they trans- mit misery to others. When both parents be deeply tainted with scrofula, scurvy or any other morbid disease, the effects must be still worse. If such raise up children at all, they must be miserable, indeed. It is recorded of the Lacedaemonians, that they condemned their king Arch- idamus.for marrying a weak, puny woman; because, said they, instead of raising up a race of heroes, he would fill the throne with a progeny of changelings. We likewise read that the Jews were forbidden by their laws, in cer- tain cases, to have any manner of commerce with the dis- 190 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. eased; and, in some countries, it is said, that diseased persons have actually been forbidden to marry at all; it being considered political mischief, requiring public re- straint. Whether such restraints as these be proper or otherwise, we must admit that a want of attention to these things, in forming connexions for life, has rooted out many families and names from the face of the earth: and as long as such connexions be formed from mercen- ary views, the evil will be continued. Some diseased parents may prove fertile, it is true; but should this be the case, the family must become an infirmity. The pros- pect of happiness that a father of such a family must have, I ihink, would be very small. Children that be born of such parents, require to be nursed with greater care titan others. But extra care and attention is the only way to make amends for the de- fects of constitution. With this care, a healthy nurse, wholesome air, and sufficient exercise, and when need- ful, some of our medicines, wonders may be performed, in lengthening the life and adding to the ease and coin- fprtof such children. If, however, these things be ne- glected, little is to be expected from any other quarter. Those who have the misfortune to inherit any family disease, should be always very circumspect in their man- ner of living. They should consider well the nature of such disease, and guard well against it by wholesome diet, and proper botanic medicine. In thi9 way a family dis- ease may be kept off almost entirely for one generation; then, if, in forming connexions for life, and progressing along with the same degree of circumspection, such dis- ease might, in a few succeeding ages become entirely eradicated. Family constitutions are as capable of im- provement as family estates; and the wicked, thoughtless wretch, who impairs willfully the one, does greater in- jury to his posterity, than the prodigal, who squanders away the other. It has, indeed, often, from observation, appeared to me that many persons are less careful about the breed of peo- ple they marry, than our farmers and herdsmen are about the stock or strain from which they increase their flocks. There is, indeed, a very laudable spirit of enterprise abro id in regard to the improvement of the breed of beasts, &.cj THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 191 but how often do many young persons let a fit of fool- ish, petty love, or some mercenary view, over rule their better judgment. "Ah!" some will say, "love rules all, and when in love, no blemish can be seen." This may be the case with brainless fools, who let their passions get ahead of their reason; but wise men and women, who exercise their reason aright, will neverbe caught in this snare. They look for something reasonable, be- cause they exercise that faculty,—the faculty of com- paring things. Hence they look around with circum- spection, until an object suitable to their reason be pre- sented ; then the reasoning powers will be pleased, and the affections here centred, will likewise be lasting. The Miseries of a Nervous Temperament—often ths result of a defective education.—; What can be more afflict- ing to the victim himself, or those around him, who are rendered uncomfortable by his peculiarities, than this un- fortunate temperament? Some are born with this ex- treme sensitiveness; with too many nerves in fact—too little apathy—too much feeling—a morbidly acute per- ception of every impression, however trivial—like the timid fiwn that startles at the rustling of a leaf—thrown into hysterics by a breath of air, a cloud in the heaven, a word, a look—the slightest harsh expression, even though meant in jest—rendering them thus the pity, the laugh- ing-stock, the contempt of those whose stoical phlegm and frigid constitutions are of a coarse marble texture* We have known whole families, from hereditary predis- position, constant intermarriages, perhaps, or other causes, thus unhappily afflicted, so as to become a subject of com- mon remark, and frequently of unjust censure, for what they are not blameable in reality, but to their unfortunate pedigree. But there are others again, parents especially, who are reprehensible for not having adopted, where they have seen this temperament manifest itself in their off- spring in early life, a system of discipline which would counteract and repress it. Instead of subjecting their children to a rigorous, rough regimen, from the cradle, athletic and manly exercises, exposure to hardships and the open air, they kill them by kindness—by an excess of nursing and tenderness, like sickly hot house plants; and thus render still more keen and acute, sensibilities 192 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE; that ought to be seared and case hardened, as it were, in- to iron and adament, to meet the rough storms and tem- pests which they are but so illy calculated to encounter. How many thorns does the poor, affectionate and unsus- pecting mother thus unconsciously plant in the bosom of the child, who is soon to be cast upon the world without the protecting arm of this devoted parent to shield it from harm! 'Tis when this rude shock is first felt that the child looks back with shuddering horror at the over- weaning kindness with which its infant years had been caressed. When the loud idiot laugh of vulgar brutality assaults him, or the cold, heartless sneer of sordid pride looks down upon him or passes him scornfully by, in mis- fortune or sickness; 'tis then the sting of anguish em- bitters his existence! 'Tis then he recalls with agoniz- ing regrets the smile of a mother's love that watched over his couch—that guided, cheered and indulged him in every want, and whim, and caprice—that multiplied and anticipated, by a thousand nameless attentions, every thought, and wish, and desire! The absence of which, makes him in manhood a child, helpless, miserable and unfit for the struggles, changes and vexations, which all must surmount over the rugged path of life. 'Tis then he feels the want of that which no other's place can sup- ply, not even a brother's or a sister's love; much less that mockery of friendship, which the world calls sym- pathy. How many thus, for the want of a correct mas- culine discipline in their early education, have become soured and disgusted with the world—even revolting against their existence, and step by step been driven to vagabondage, drunkenness, insanity, or suicide!—N. ¥. Evening Star. THE PASSIONS. The passions, accordingly as they be well or illy gov- erned, have a wonderful influence, both in the cause and cure of diseases. Reason and science are doing much to enlighten mankind;—and if superstition were but out of the way, would soon do much more, in showing how the mind eff'ects the body, and the nature and certainty THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 193 of the reciprocal influence between the mind and corpo- real parts, and what ever injures the one, disorders the other. The length and happiness of human life, depend much upon the proper government and regulation of the passions. Every individual should always keep a guard over the passions. One never knows before-hand, the mo- ment something may occur to excite one or other of the passions; hence the necessity of always exercising our reason, our patience, and our firmness. Anger. Violent anger always ruffles the mind, distorts the countenance, hurries the circulation of the blood, weakens the nerves and brings them into a state of convulsive quivering, and indeed, disorders the whole of the vital and animal functions. It often produces obstruction in the inward operations of the animal machine so as to oc- casion fevers, and other acute forms of disease; and sometimes even sudden death! I have seen persons give Buch loose reign to violent and dreadful anger, that they appeared for some time to be quite deranged. One in- dividual acknowledged to me after one of his fits of an- ger had cooled off, that the influence thereof upon the corporeal parts were so violent, and overcome him so much, that"it would have been no surprise if he had died from the effects! Anger is peculiarly hurtful to deli- cate and sensitive persons, or those of weak nerves. There has been frequent instances of such persons loosing their lives, by violent fits of anger. Let all per- sons be ndvised to guard against any excess of this pas- sion, with the utmost care. It may not always be in our power to prevent being moved in some degree by anger; but we may surely avoid harboring resentment. Resent- ment injures both the mind and the body, and may oc- casion the most obstinate disorders. "King George the 2nd, died as suddenly as if he had been shot through the heart, without any previous illness, at the age of 77. On examining Ihe body, the left ven- tricle w°as found ruptured. The hole in it admitted, with some difficulty, the end of the finger. He was a healthy man, and temperate in his habits of living,'but very passionate: sometimes his iracibility went farther 17 194 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. than words. His countrymen, the Germans, are perhaps the most passionate people on the globe, and the rupture of the ventricles of the heart, probably arises from the violent psssion impeded in it. The Irish are very pas- sionate, and they never hesitate to express it in words or deeds; whereas the Germans are a remarkably ceremon- ious race, the upper ranks especially, bound down by rules of decorum. There are more instances of sudden violent fevers, and sudden deaths from gusts of passion to be found in German writers than in the medical books of any other people. Very few kings were more per- plexed, crossed and aggravated than the monarch in ques- tion. He was even compelled, after being without a ministry ten weeks, to accept for a prime minister, the great man who he always hated. And it is highly probable that his efforts, from time to time, to suppress his feel- ings, operated on the left ventricle principally, injuring and weakening a particular spot in the prime organ of life, which being weaker from great age, than formerly, at last giving away, the brave old king died, literally of a broken heart. May it not be well to enquire whether those in whom a rupture of the heart is found, post mor- tem, had been constitutionally and habitually liable to violent gusts of passion. A gentleman of our country, now no more, was remarkably passionate, and never fail- ted having a violent paryoxism, whenever his new clothes were brought home from the tailor's. As some articles were expected on "thanksgiving" morning, his wife begged and entreated of him not to get in a passion as usual; and, before they came, obtained a promise that he would curb his feelings, let his clothes be what thev might. They were brought, and by no means suited. His face was flushed, his eyes fiery, his breathing short, the veins of his neck and temples swelled, and he seemed ready to burst, when he fell on the floor senseless.—By speedyand copious bleedings, [relaxing the system by lobelia would have been much better,] he recovered, but his family never after attempted to arrest the free expression of his choleric feelings. ,sWas this apoplexy ? or a heart ready to burst ?" The Newport Spectator says, there is a young man in a town in Vermont, who can not speak to his father. Previous to his birth, some difference arose between his THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 195 mother and her husband, and for a considerable time, she refused to speak to him. The difficulty was subsequently healed;—the child was born, and in due time began 10 talk; but when sitting with his father, was invariably si- lent. It continued so until it was five years old, when the father having exhausted his powers of persuasion, threat- ened it with punishment for its stubbornness. When the punishment was inflicted, it elicited nothing but sighs and groans, which told but too plainly that the little suf- ferer was vainly endeavoring to speak. All who were present, united in the opinion that it was impossible for the child to speak to his father—and time proved their opinion to be correct. At a maturer age, its efforts to converse with its parent, could only produce the most bitter sighs and groans. Such as value good health, should always avoid violent gusts of anger, as they would the most deadly poison. They ought never to indulge a spirit of resentment; but, at all times and occasions, to keep their minds calm and serene. This promotes the peace of society more than any thing else, and likewise conduces to our own ease, health and felicjty more than any other thing. One of the most impressive admonitions ever given to a mother, is found in the advice of her physician, never to nourish her infant when in a passion, as the pure foun- tain, from whence it derives support, is for a time poi- soned by the ebullitions of rage, and convulsions and death too frequently follow. ;How dreadful, therefore, is the consequence of passion, when it may even endanger the life of the innocent being at the very moment when it receives the nourishment so necessary for its existence ! —arid ;how frequently is every enjoyment through life poisoneil by giving way to the force of a crabbed, petu- lant, wayward temper! Something may be charged to Dame Nature in the formation of our tempers, but more to early impressions,—to proper corrections, to severe ad- monitions in repressing and checking the gusts of pas- sion :n a child. A cheerful temper, joined with innocence, will make even beauty more attractive, knowledge delightful, and wit natural. It will prolong health, lighten sickness, poverty, and affliction, convert ignorance into an amiable simplicity, ana render deformity itself agreeable. 196 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. A bad temper, therefore, in a woman, poisons all hap- piness, and "turns her milk into gall'—blights her youth, and brings on premature, fretful old age—palls all .ier enjoyments—banishes her friends, and renders her home comfortless and barren. Far different is the ripe, rich harvest of a home made bright and happy by the sweet temper and mild deportment of an amiable wife, if afflic- tions cross her husband abroad, he finds comfort and con- solation in his domicile,—is happy in a companion whose temper like the silver surface of a lake, is serene and un- ruffled. If he be rich, his admiring friends rejoice in his prosperity, and delight in his hospitality, because all around is light, airy, and sunshine; if he is poor, he breaks his crust in peace and thankfulness, for it is not steeped in the waters of bitterness. An amiable temper is a jewel of inestimable value in the sum of earthly happiness, be- cause with that alone, the whims of a cross husband may be subdued,—many vices may be overcome—the boister- ous may be tamed,—the unruly conquered,—the fretful tranquilized, and the hurricane softened and hushed, as the mild zephyr that sweeps o'er the honeysuckle under the casement.—N. Y. Evening Star. Fear and Fright. Fear and frights, have a very great influence, both in causing and aggravating disease. No man ought to be censured for having a proper degree of necessary caution about the preservation of his body and life; but some- times the very fear of loosing life, has been the means of causing death. Fear and anxiety, by depressing the spirits, not only dispose us more to disease, but render such disease far more fatal, which an undaunted mind would overcome. Sudden fear has often violent effects. Epileptic fits and other convulsive disorders have been occasioned by it. On this account there is iminent danger by that prac- tice, among children and young people of frightening one another. Many have lost their lives and others have been rendered miserable for life, by frolics of this kind. It is dangerous to tamper with the human passions. The mind may easily be thrown into such disorder as never to act with regularity again. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 197 A child three years old was frightened to death, in Yorkshire England, by a terific figure dressed up by a servent, in the absence of the mother, and placed at the foot of the bed, to frighten the child to sleep. An English paper furnishes another illustration of the fatal effects of terrifyng children, as a punishment for, or, preventive of misconduct. A little child of six or seven years of age, was put into a dark cellar at some distance from the house, and suffered to remain there dur- ing the night; and when the door was opened in the morning, she was bereaved of her senses. Her reason was pronounced extremely doubtful. "The following horrid tale is found in some of the Maine papers, said to be taksn from the Frankfort Jour- nal." "In a school at Turin, the children having made a dis- turbance by .uttering crie9, the sisters threatened them with the apparition of the devil, if they continued to make a noise. Soon after, on a signal given, there ap- peared a chimney sweep dressed in a frightful garb, with homes and firery mouth.—The children were so much frightened that some of them fainted. At the noise caused, the house and street were soon filled with a crowd. At length the rector of the parish came and prut and end to the shameful exhibition, but not till several of the children had died of terror." The Kent (Eng.) Herald states that a woman went in- to the shop of S. Simmons, and requested him to allow her to weigh some eels. Mistress Simmons told the wo- man that she could not allow her to weigh them there, a3 the aversion she had against eels, was so great, that evpri the sight of them would cause her to be ill. It appears, however, that the woman paid no attention to her, but immediately took some of the eels from her basket, and threw them into the scale. The sight of the eels, an I the nearness of them to Mistress Simmons' person, had, as she had predicted, such an effect upon her as to cause her to be taken to bed, where she remained in a most dreadful state near two months, when death put an end to her sufferings." The constant fear or dread of some future evil, by dwelling upon the mind, has often occasioned that very 17* J 198 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. evil itself. It has also come to pass that many persons have died of the very diseases which they long had dread- ed, or had been impressed on their minds by some inci- dent or foolish prediction. This, it is said, is often the case with women in child-bed. Many who have died in this situation were impressed with a foolish notion (through groundless fear,) that they would not survive the time of their confinement; and there is reason to be- lieve this impression has often been the cause of their death; for when the time arrives they let this foolish whim prey upon the nervous system till it overcomes them, and causes the vital motions of the organs of life to cease. A custom prevails with some physicians of concealing, from the patients, their views of the issue of the disease, until it be too late;—the nervous system becomes too weak to bear the frightful tidings. A sensible patient had better hear the doctor's opinion at first, and under- stand his own situation, well as possible, if he be ignorant of it. This will be better than for the patient to find out the opinion of his physician, by the disconsolate looks, the watery eyes, and the broken whispers of those about him. And it seldom happens that an unfavorable opinion can be concealed from the patient. The very embarrassment of the friends and attendants, betray the secret. Force of Imagination. A few years ago a celebrated physician, an author of an excellent work on imagination, being desirous to add experimental to his theoretical knowledge, made applica- tion to the Minister of Justice, to be allowed an oppor- tunity of proving what he asserted, by an experiment on a criminal condemed to death. The Minister complied with his request, and delivered over to him an assassin, a man who had been born of distinguished parents. The physician told him that several persons who had taken an interest in his family, had obtained leave of the Min- ister of Justice that he should suffer death in some other way than on the scaffold, to avoid the disgrace of a public execution, and that the easiest death he could die would be by blood-letting. The criminal agreed to THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 199 the proposal, and counted himself happy in being freed from the painful exhibition which he would otherwise have been made of, and rejoiced at his thus being able to spare his friends and family. At the time appointed, the physician repaired to the prison, and the patient having been extended on a table, his eyes bound, and every thing ready, he was slightly pricked near the principle veins of the legs and arms with the point of a pen. At the four corners of the table were four fountains, filled with water, from which issued small streams, falling into basins placed there to receive them. The patient, thinking it was his blood trinkled into the basins, became weaker and weaker by degrees, and the remarks of the medical men in attendance in re- ference to .the quality and appearance of the biood, (made with that intention,) increased the delusion, and he spoke more and more faintly until his voice was scarce audible. The profound silence which reigned in the apartment, and the constant dropping of the fountain, had so extra- ordinary effect on the brain of the poor patient, that all his vital energies were soon gone, although before a strong man; and he died without having lost a single drop of blood. [Za Camelion. Grief. Grief when improperly indulged in or given way to, often proves to be the most destructive of all the assions. Anger and fear, being of more violent a nature, seldom last long; but grief often changes into a fixed melancholy, which preys upon the vitals of the body, reducing the animal spirits, and when it sinks deep into the mind, it wastes the constitution, and generally proves fatal. This passion may always be overcome, or prevented altogether, if reason be allowed to act with full sway, at the begin- ning; but if indulged in, by giving way to it, and dwelling unnecessarily upon troubles, till it has gained tne ascen- dency over the mind, attempts to remove it are often abortive. The most precient cannot prevent misfortunes in life; but it manifests true greatness of mind to bear them man- fully. Some persons are so humane and honest in their principles and intentions that they cannot but grieve at 200 THOMSONIAN PRACTltift. very act of oppression or injustice presented to them j and at the same time, they are so rational, like the patriarch Joseph, when his guilty brethei'en stood before him, in Egypt, "he turned himself about from them, and wept; and returned to them again."* Others, make a merit of indulging grief, and when misfortunes occur, obstinately refuse consolation, till the mind become overwhelmed with melancholy, and sink under it. This foo'ish and effeminate disposition is not only inconsistent with rea- son and common sense, but it is destructive to health, by preying upon the organs of life. Hence it is utterly im- possible for a person of a very dejected mind to enjoy good health. It is true, life may be dragged out during a few miserable years; but all who would live to a good old age, must be good humored and cheerful; for rely upon it, evil passions do prey cruely upon the nerves, and break the body down the quickest of any thing.—Some as stated have died upon the spot; some have turned gray almost at once; and many other wonderful changes have been wrought upon the body, for want of reason and for- titude. As the body cannot be healthy unless it be exercised, bo, neither can the mind. Indolence nourishes grief; because when the mind has nothing else to think of but calamities, no wonder it broods over them. On the con- trary, we find very few people who pursue business with attention, ever hurt by grief. Even innocent amuse- ments, where one has no other employment, willlead the mind insensibly to the contemplation of agreeable ob- jects, and help greatly to dispell the gloom which misfor- tunes may have cast over if. This leads to activity and exercise, and in many instances, may prevent a resort to that abominable, and hurtful practice of drinking the in- toxicating draught. Love and Marriage. Love is, perhaps the strongest of all the passions, at least, when it become violent or degenerate into lust, it is less subject to the control, either of the understanding or will, than any of the rest. Fear, anger, &c, are pas- *Gen. cap. 42, v. 24; & chap. 43, v. 30, 31. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 201 sions necessary for self preservation; but love for the continuation of the species; this passion is therefore deep- ly rooted, in the human mind. Though love be a strong passion, it is seldom so rapid in its progress as several of the others; but when the af- fections be let out after any object, whether worthy or unworthy, they generally grow so strong that the victim is seldom atile or willing to retract. Hence the danger of improperly tampering with this passion, as it may biunt the reason, and lead its possessor into a labyrinth of inconsistencies, difficulties and troubles, that may ul- timately destroy his health, peace and serenity of mind. Hence the necessity of keeping our affections as well as exery other emotion of the mind, in due subjection to the dictates of reason; then indeed nothing will be abstract- ed from our joys, but they will be greatly enhanced, when reason bids, move forward. It would also be advisable to consider well the probability of being able to obtain the object of one's love, before indulging this passion to far; then fewer young fools would pine away of disappoint- ment, or die of a broken heart. There is no passion with which people are more ready to tamper, than love, though in some instances there be none more dangerous. Some men make love for amuse- ment, others from vanity, or to show their consequence with the fair sex. This is perhaps the greatest piece of cruelty, which any one can be guilty of. Many young women are betrayed into a situation which is truly de- plorable, (on account of wiiich or for which the present organization of society may be much in the fault,) before they be able to discover that the pretended lover was only in jest. But there is no jesting with this passion; for when it come to a certain degree, it admits of no cure but the possession of its object. Some parents act very wrongfully, and cruelly in the disposal of their children in marriage, contrary to the settled choice of such children. If parents always had a due regard for this, there would be fewer unhappy couples, and parents then would not so often have to re- pent their conduct, after a ruined constitution, or a dis- tracted mind. A great number of young girls between the age of fif- 802 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. teen and eighteen, and of young men between eighteen and twenty four, fall victims to what they call love, than to any otherparticular class ofdisease; and more particu- larly in England and Ireland, than in any other coun- try \>n earth.' This is from the force of early impressions peculiar to these countries, and of comparatively recent growth—the effect produced by a certain class of romance writers, at the head of which stands the names, Lewis and Radcliffe, and in the minor ranks of the sickly blue stockings of Newman's. These writers give an obliquity to the young mind, which leads to destruction. Scarcely has a young girl laid down her 'Reading made Easy,' than she becomes a subscriber to some trashy library, and the hours which, in the country, or in a land where education is unknown, they would employ in jumping about in tie open air, are now consumed with intensity of thought upon the maudling miseries of some hapless heroine of romance, the abortion of a diseased biain. Her l'unita- tiveness,' as Spurzheim would phrenolngically observe uecomes developed, and she fixes on her favorite heroine whom she apes in everything.-sighing for her sorrow, and moaning to be as miserable. She fixes immediately upon some figure of a man,—some Edwin, or Edgar, or Ethel- bert—which she thinks will harmonize with the horrois of the picture, and she then enjoys her tears and her tor- tures to her heart's satisfaction. Langour, inaction, late hours, late rising, and incessant sighing, derange her di- gestion;—paleness, loss of appetite—and general debility follow;—the cause continues, the effects increase, and hectic fever puts an end to romance. We have known a young Irish lady who read herself into this situation. She was, at the age of thirteen, as lively, as healthy, and as beautiful a little promise of womanhood as that coun- try ever produced. When the Leadenhall street troop of romancers crossed her way, an officer of a very differ- ent sort of troop became her hero. She would 'sit in her bower,' (the second floor window) and gaze—and gaze —and gaze upon his steed, his heinlet, and its streaming black-haired crest, as he passed to mount guard, until she sobbed aloud in estacy of melancholy. She never spoke to this 'knight,' nor did she seek to have his ac- quaintance.—A year passed over—'she pined in thought, THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 203 and with a green and yellow melancholy,' entered a con- vent, (for that is the climax of romance) where she died in a few months!—Portfolio. I What is love? ,jan idle passion? Sage advisers call it so; ^Can I treat it, in their fashion? Honest Nature, answers No, Wise ones, cease; in vain your preaching; ,;Has age turned your hearts to snow? ^Can I profit by your teaching? All our nature answers No. On Marriage. Let moping monks and rambling rakes, The joys of wedded love deride; Their manners rise from gross mistakes, Unbridled lust or gloomy pride. Thy sacred sweets connubial love, Flow fiom affections more refin'd; Affections sacred to the dove, Heroic, constant, warm and kind. Hail, holy flame! hail sacred tie! That binds two gentle souls in one; On equal wings their troubles fly, In equal streams their pleasures run. Their duties still their pleasures bring; Hence joys in swift succession come; A queen is she, and he's a king, And their dominion is their home. Happy the youth who finds a bride In sprightly days of health and ease; Whose temper to his own's ally'd, No knowledge seeks but how to please. A thousand sweets their days attend, A thousand comforts rise around.; Here husband, parent, wife and friend, In every dearest sense is found; Yet, think not man, mid'st scenes so gay That clouds and storms will never rise; A cloud may dim the clearest day, And storms deform the brightest skies. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. But still their bliss shall stand its ground, Nor shall their comforts hence remove; Bitters are oft salubrious found, And lovers quarrels heighten love. The lights and shades and good and ills, Thus finely blended in their fate ; To sweet submission bow their wills, And make them happy in their state. Investigator. Matrimony.—In the course of his inquiries, Dr. Rush never met with one person beyond 80 years of age who had never been married. Doctor Casper also, considered that married people are much longer lived than the single. He asserts that, in the case of females, the mean duration of life for the married woman of twenty five, is above thirty six and a half. At thirtv, there is a difference of four years in favor of the married ; at thirty five, two years, and so on. With re- spect to men, he'asserts from Deparcieux's and the Am- sterdam Tables, that the mortality of those from thirty to forty five years of age, is twenty seven per cent, for the unmarried, while it is but eighteen for the married; and that for forty-one bachelors who attain the age of forty, there are seventy-eight married men. In advanced life, the difference is still more striking. At the age of sixty, there are but twenty-two unmarried alive, for forty eight married; at seventy, eleven bachlors for twenty-seven married men; and at eighty, for three batchclors who mav by chance be alive, there are nine married men. Nearly the same proportion holds good, with respect to the female sex, seventy married women, attain the age of forty five, while only fifty two unmarried reach the same number of years. Melancholy. Some Dersons are more of a melancholy temperament than others. They dwell too much upon adverse inci- dents, and suffer a continual gloom in the mintl, which may be seen hang over their countenances. The ef- fect of this is, a press upon the nerves and other organs of life, in such a manner as to prevent their proper and THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 205 healthy operations. Often the brain becomes badly af fected, the reason disturbed, and the fairest prospects vanish, and those very objects which ought to give de- light, afford nothing but disgust. Life itself becomes a burden, and many of these unhappy wretches, persuade that no evil can equal what they feel, put an end to their own existence. The best way to prevent or dispel this passion, is to keep the mind closely engaged in some useful pursuit. Exercise of the body and the mind, are strengthening and healthful to both. Many persons of a religious turn of mind, behave as if they thought it a crime to be cheerful. They imagine religion consists in certain mortifications, and denying themselves of proper and healthful indulgences, and ev the most innocent amusements. Some will scarcely walk in a garden, orchard or lawn, or even converse cheerfully with a friend, at certain times and days. Persons who undertake to recommend religion or ex- pound religious topics to others, should beware of dwelling too much upon gloomy and terrific subjects. Many per- sons have been unnecessarily alarmed, insomuch that they have given way to dreadful discouragements, and finally sunk under the gloom and terror, into what is called re- ligious melancholy; numbers have become quite derang- ed, and some have died under the effects. Terror may, in some instances, deter men from some acts of wicked- ness, but it can never inspire them with the love of inno- cence, and real goodness, which alone can preserve both mind and body from corruption. EXERCISE. Some people look upon labor, or the necessity of earn- ing their bread by the sweat of their brow, as a curse. But it is evident, with the structure of body that we are framed with, that exercise is not only necessary for the preservation of the health, and happiness of mankind, but likewise for the preservation of that noble structure of limbs and organs with which we are built up, from making a gradual decline in beauty, or form, in one part 206 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. or another, in the process of time. This may be a new idea to some; but it is no less true. For instance, let any one confine a hand, a foot, or an eye, from exercise for some years, and he will find that in this state of un- activity, there will be nothing to call forth the fluids which are always necessary to sustain and expand the idle member. In the mean time, those sustaining parti- cles being turned away, are applied to that part which is exercised, and it will thus receive additional life, strength and size, while the unactive part will continue to decline. Then, if this be true, ^what must be the consequence of general and habitual unactivity of the whole body, for days and years,—where persons thus loll on easy chairs and sofas, and sleep upon beds of down? Surely it is calculated to induce a universal relaxation of the solids, which dispose the body to innumerable diseases. When the solids become relaxed, neither the digestion, nor any of the secretions, can be duly performed. So, if this un- warantable habit could even be indulged in for a few succeeding ages, may we not easily conjecture what a helpless, degenerated and deformed progeny mankind would at last bring forth. It is very common now, to meet with various cases of glandular obstructions, which we know in mauy cases proceed from unactivity and excesses; and these are among the most obstinate maladies. But so long as the liver, the kidneys, andother glands, perform their func- tions, health is seldom impaired; and, when they fail, noth- ing can restore it. E-xercise and temperance, with some proper diluent, stimulant, and tonic medicines, aided by the vapour bath, is the only cure that I know of, for glan- dular obstructions. Laws have been enacted, in some countries, obliging every man, of whatever rank, to learn some mechanical employment; and if that were the casehere.it would be a thousand times better for'the people of these United States, than to have the foolish, unnatural and unjust laws that some of ours are. If gentlemen who are not in the habit of doing any manual labor, were frequently to amuse and exercise themselves, in some mechanical employment, it would have many good effects. They would not only promote their own good health, and THOMSONIAN PBACTICE. 207 lengthen out their days of cheerfulness and happiness, but they would set before some of their neighbors an ex- ample, which it would animate them to follow. The honor they would derive from a few masterly specimens of their own workmanship, would be, more than the character of having ruined their companions, by gaming and drink- ing. Men of leisure, by applying themselves to the me- chanical arts, might make many useful improvements therein, to the great benefit of society. Indolence, not only occasions disease, and renders men useless to society, but promotes all manner of vice. To say a man is an idler, is nearly synonymous with calling him vicious. The mind, if not engaged in useful pur- suits, will be in quest of idle pleasures, or impressed with the apprehension of some imaginary evil. From these sources proceed most of the miseries of mankind. SEDENTARY EMPLOYMENTS. Enough has been said to show that active employments are conducive to health j but as there are many artificers who are obliged, from the nature of their occupations, to remain much in one posture of body, for many hours together, every day, it may not be amiss, here, to make a few incidental remarks thereabout. And, although seden- tary employments are necessary, vet there seems to be no reason why a person should be confined for life to these alone. Were such employments intermixed with the more active and laborious, they never would do hurt. It is the constant confinement and a want of proper ex- ercise at intervals, between working hours, that ruins the health. A man who is healthy, will not be hurt by sitting, or being otherwise confined within doors, during five or ten hours in a day; but it is he who may be oblig- ed to sit from ten to fifteen hours, in the twenty four, who will become diseased. With reasonable hours employed, and proper care and exercise between whiles, all danger will be remedied. There are circumstances connected, in too many in- stances, with some sedentary occupation which are worse than the confinement. For instance, where thete be a 208 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. dozen of tailors, shoemakers, or the like, crowded to- gether, in one small apartment, and they be forced to breathe the same atmosphere, over and over again, it is n >i w'mlesome. A curent of fiesh air, and a brisk fire, would tend greatly to purify the air in the apartment Air that is breathed repeatedly, becomes unfit for ex- panding the lungs, and may tend to bring on coughs, and other complaints of the breast and lungs, incident to se- dentary artificers. Where there be a great number of persons at work, in too small apartments, the perspiration from their bodies, tends to render the air unwholesome. And if many candles or lamps have to be used, it will still be worse. The danger here will be increased, if any one of the com- pany have bad lungs, or be otherwise diseased. Mechanics, such as shoe-makers, tailors, cutlers, and all others who follow any sitting employment, ought, at all times, to guard, as much as possible, against the habit of bending their backs. A bending posture obstructs the vital motions, and of course destroy health. Hence we find such artificers generally complaining of a want ofdi- estion, head-aches, pains in the breast, &c. For what- ever inclination they wish to give their bodies, forward, let the bending hinge be the hip joints: then the posture will not compress the inward organs; but will leave the lungs at full liberty to become inflated properly, so that the air can have free access into all of the parts of this organ. The bowels, too, will be more at freedom to per- form their proper work, and will not be half so likely to become constipated or costive. They should change their posture frequently, and never sit too long at a time; but leave off work, and walk or ride, run, or do something that will promote the vital action of the system. An excellent plan for sedentary artificers, would be, to cultivate a piece of ground, with their own hands. Thus, a man might dig, plant, sow, weed and hoe, at leisure hours, so as to make it both an exercise and amusement, and at the same time the product of this amusing exer- cise would procure many of the necessaries of life. Af- ter working an hour in the garden, a man will return with more keenness to his employment within doors, than if he had been idle all the while. THOMSONIAN PBACT1CE. 209 STUDY. Thinking, too long and intensely, may become destruc- tive to health, especially when joined to the want of ex- ercise. The want of exercise, &c, with their conse- quences, have heretofore been pointed out, to which the reader can refer; and, as to study, it is altogether a local effort of the organs of thought; and hence it follows, that if these organs be exercised too intensely, or over- worked, the effect is similar to that upon any other part of the body, when any excess of motion, or even motion- less state, or posture, be long maintained. Such extreme actions always rob some part or parts of the body of the proper fluids which supply the organic life, by thus calling forth the active fluids, in order to sustain such effort or action. Then, at the same time, the other parts or recipients of the excess of those fluids, become sur- charged therewith; aud if impelled in too great quanti- ties, to the brain, as that is the organ of sense and thought, I do not see but what it would be as bad, or eveu worse, than on any of the muscular members of the body, wiiich we know may also be injured or even ruined by extreme or long continued exertion. I believe the effect to be somewhat similar to a sprain or a bruise. It is true, at first thought, they may appear very different, be- ing produced by causes, apparently so different; but let us recollect that a bruise is a sudden concussion or pres- sure upon some part, and so is the sprain, a kind of pres- sure, and likewise, the act of calling forth too forcibly, and thus exercising too strongly the vital fluids, to sus- tain any particular part or organ, agreeably to the dic- tates of the will, the consequence must be, in some de- gree similar. And to cure either of these maladies, the cause must cease, or be removed, and similar remedies applied in the one case as in the other, and, as nearly as » possible, to that part where the disease be seated. Long and intense thinking, calls forth the energies from the stomach, to assist the brain, as above explained, and thus the brain becomes surcharged and over-worked; which stops the due circulation, until the organs become injured by the undue strain of pressure, and the fluids become vitiated, which then occasions grievous head- 18* 210 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. aches, which bring on virtigoes, apoplexies, palsies, and other fatal consequences. The best way to prevent these, is never to study too long at one time, about the same thing; but when the organs of the mind become weary, to take to some bodily exercise, and change the thoughts to something else, for a time and take some Thomsonian No. 1, 2, 3 and 4, in their order, and occasional steam- ings, to enliven, warm, brace and tone up the active vital organs; then study will never hurt anyone. The organ of the mind, when too long and intensely applied, like a bow always bent, loses its elasticity. Hence the solids become weak and relaxed, and lose their power of ac- tion. The circulation of the liver becomes too slow; the biliary organs cease to perform their proper functions, and the natural consequence of this unactivity will be great obstruction, causing jaundice, indigestion, loss of appetite, and often a wasting away of the whole body. Studious persons, who be necessarily much within door?, should make choice of sufficiently spacious and well aired apartments for study. Those who read or write much should be very cautious about their posture of body. They ought, if possible, to sit and stand by turns, always observing an erect posture as possible. When the mind become fatigued with business or study, it might be well to walk or ride five or ten miles, and spend several hours with a cheerful friend, and I think the essay would never fail of producing a happy effect, and rendering the performer more capable of re- turning with renewed vigor and alacrity, to his business or studies. With regard to diet, the studious should always take light suppers, or, early in the evening: and let their food generally be of that kind which is light and easy of di- gestion. They ought to be cautious about that which is sour, rancid, hard of digestion or likely to produce flatu- , lence. AIR. Unwholesome air, by being continually inhaled into the lungs, and thus entering into the very vitals and blood, THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 211 often becomes a very common cause of disease. Air, as well as water, becomes impregnated with parts of most bodies, with which it comes in contact, and is often so heavily charged with those of a noxious quality, as to occasion immediate sickness, and sometimes death. Whatever greatly changes the degree of heat, cold, moisture, &c, of the air, renders it more or less unwhole- some. Very cold air obstructs prespiration, constringes the glandular system, thickens the fluids and obstructs their free passage, thus bringing in rheumatisms, coughs, catarrhs and other diseases of the throat and breast. Air that is too moist, destroys the elasticity of the solids, induces phlegmatic or lax constituions, and disposes the body to agues, intermittent fevers, dropsies, &c. Whenever air stagnates long, it becomes very unwhole- some. Hence persons confined in unventilated jails and prisons, and the inhabitants of low, dirty habitations, in towns, &c, not only contract malignant fevers them- selves, but often communicate them to others. Delicate persons ought, as much as possible, to avoid the air of great towns, as it is peculiarly hurtful to them. Small closets and concealed beds, and unventilated apartments, are extremely injurious, especially to young or unhealthy people. When people are, from necessity, obliged to sleep in such places, they should, every morn- ing, immediately after rising, displace the bed clothes, and if the weather be dry, to open what doors, or windows there may be, to admit a free access and passage of pure air. While we put in practice the various methods, which luxury has invented for making houses close and warm, we should also have them well adapted for a free passage of pure air, without which no habitation can be healthy. Beds, instead of being made up immediately after rising out of them, should be shaken up and left to air, in a free current, for several hours, which will expel any noxious vapor, which, cannot fail to promote the health of the lodgers. Bed rooms having an impure air, should be white washed once or twice in every year; and be- tween whiles, if thought needful, the purity of the air in the room may be restored by wetting a cloth in water mixed with quick lime, and hanging it in the room until it be come dry, and renewing the operation as often as may be thought needful. 212 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. It is found that most plants have the property of cor- recting bad air, within a few hours, when they be exposed to the light of the sun; but that the consequence is con- trary, during the night, or in the shade, as they then cor- rupt the atmosphere. Hence it is a dangerous practice, to have shrubs or plants in bed-rooms during the night. To prevent the effects of noxious vapors in wells, cel- lars, &c, produce a free circulation of air, either by ven- tilators, or opening the doors and windows, where it is confined, or by keeping fires in the infected place. Old wells, vaults, and sewers, which have been long shut up from the air, are generally occupied by vapors, which would soon prove fatal to persons breathing in them. When such places be opened to be cleaned out or repair- ed, a lighted candle should be let down slowly into them to the surface of the water or whatever substance may cover the bottom, before any individual be suffered to en- ter; and if it burn freely until it get to the bottom, the workmen may decend with safety. But, if without any accident, the candle be extinguished, and be so, at re- peated trials, then the air of the place is highly noxious. It may be dispelled by burning a bundle of shavings, or throwing, therein, a few shovelfulls of burning coals, or, several buckets of fresh water. When using any of these means, open the ventilator also, as above directed. Infected air may be driven out of wells, vaults, &c, by fixing to a smith bellows, one end of a leather tube, with the other end thrown into the infected apartment, and blowing therein for half an hour. Persons whose business requires them to be in close places with lighted charcoal, frequently experience head- ach, giddiness, and other disagreeable effects, occasioned by the noxious vapors which it exhales, and some have their health impaired, or their lives endangered, by a con- tinuance in such employments. Persons whose work re- quires charcoal fires, may prevent the dangerous eff'ects, by taking care not to sit near it when burning, or to burn it in a chimney, and if there be no chimney, to keep a door or window open, and place a large tub of limewater in the room, near the stove in which the charcoal be burnt. The lime-water strongly attracts the sufficating gass, ari- sing from the ignited charcoal, and preserves the air pure. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 213 SLEEP. Sleep, as well as diet, clothing, air and exercise, ought to be duly regulated. Too little sleep weakens the nerves, exhausts the flow of animal spirits, and occasions disease; and too much, renders the mind dull, the body gross, and disposes to apoplexies, lethargies, and other complaints of a similar nature. A medium in this, as well as every other refreshment, ought to be regularly taken as con- venientlymaybe. Children require, more sleepthan grown persons, the laborers more than the idle, and such as eat and drink freely, than those who live abstemiously. But with all of the rules that can be laid down, every one ought to exercise his own best judgment, for the neces- sary quantity of sleep cannot be measured by time; as one person will be more refreshed by five or six hours, sleep, than another will be, by seven or eight. Children require more sleep and oftener, than adults, and may generally be allowed to take as much as they please. For adults, six or eight hours is certainly suf- ficient. The best way to make sleep refreshing, is to rise early. The custom of lying in bed nine or ten hours at a time, not only makes sleep less refreshing, but it re- laxes the solids too much, and greatly weakens the con- stitution. Nature points out the night as the proper season for sleep; and a habitual deprivation of the required portion of sleep, in the proper season, is destructive of health. It is a great pity that a practice so unreasonable, should be kept up as much as it is with some, especially in cities. How quickly the want of rest in due season will blast the most blooming complexion, or ruin the best constitution, is evident from the ghastly countenances of those, who, as the saying is, turn day into night, and night into day. It is necessary always to take food into the stomach, within a few hours of the time of going to bed; yet that light suppers promote sound sleep, is true to a proverb. Many persons, if they exceed but a few mouthfuls at a meal, are sure to have uneasy nights. When they sleep, the load and oppression on their stomachs, occasion fright- ful dreams, broken and disturbed repose, night-mare, &c. Were the same persons to take light suppers, a few hours 214 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. before going to bed, and just before retiring, to take a good dose of our composition, No. 2 and 3, or No. 4, and occasionally a good stimulating clyster in the rectum, they would never be troubled with night mare, &c. Anxiety of mind, from any cause whatever, always disturbs our repose. For this also, I would recommend the above medicines, with the addition of Nerve Powders or Drops; and at the same time to keep the mind as com- posed and easy as possible. In these ways the great con- trol that almost any one may have over himself, in a short time, will not be less beneficial than astonishing. Some people, when they go to bed, cannot sleep, for a long time; for this, early rising is one grand remedy. Some do rise early and yet cannot sleep early. For this, they should rise, half an hour earlier, every morning, un- til they find it produce the desired effect. And along with this change, may be taken, every night, some of the above medicines, until the desired effect be produced. EVACUATIONS. The principal evacuations from the human body are those by stool, urine, insensible perspiration, expectora- tion, and menses in females of certain ages. None of these can be long obstructed without impairing health. When that, which, according to the course of nature, ought to be thrown out of the body, be too long retained, it occa- sions phlethora, or too great a fullness of the vessels, which often lays the foundation of dreadful disorders. As the disorders arising from obstructions of these na- tural evacuations, are treated of, under the heads of Cos- tiveness, Stranguary, Gravel, Perspiration, Obstructed Menses, &c.,I shall not enlarge upon those subjects in this place. FOUL TEETH. The teeth sometimes, become yellow or black, without having any outward matter observable on them; at other times they become foul, and give a taint to the breath, in consequence of the natural mucus of the mouth, or by a THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 215 part of the food remaining attached to them. Another very common cause of foul teeth, is the substance call- ed tartar, with which the teeth often become almost en- tirely encrusted. When this substance be allowed to re- main upon the teeth, it corrodes the ennamel, and if not soon removed and great care taken, soon destroys it alto- gether. It also insinuates itself between the teeth and gums, down to the jaw bone, and in time will loosen the teeth in their sockets and destroy them altogether. When the teeth become loosened or injured with this rust-like tartar, nothing will fasten and restore them again, until that be removed; and this ought to be done early, other- wise it will not arrest their utter decay. For this pur- pose, a stiff tooth brush and the Thomsonian Tooth Pow- der should be used twice in a day, at least, until they be- come clean and smooth, rubbing them well, down under the gum, just as far as this crust be found. A clean, fine linen or silk rag may be used at times instead of a brush. After the tartar be removed, be careful and never let it return. It may be prevented by following the directions given in this work. Persons who have taken much of the mineral doctors' poisons seldom fail in having their teeth ruined by their deadly effects. Hot teas, and coffee, and other things, when taken much above blood heat, cause the teeth and gums to contract cold, which is very hurt- ful to them. Loosened teeth should not be used until they grow fast again; and at the same time very tender care should be taken of them, until they become firm. The loosen- ing of the teeth in old peopie cannot be remedied, be- cause it is owing to the wasting away of their sockets, which had hitherto been their support. The preservation of the teeth, is certainly an object which merits our serious attention, as the loss of them is a hurt to the voice in speaking, as well as in the mastication of our food, and the beauty and form of the mouth. Clean teeth also tend much to preserve the health of the body, as well as the balmy sweetness of the breath. When a quantity of this diseased matter which adheres to the teeth be suffered to remain, it becomes not only very nauseous and destructive to the teeth and gums, but, in the act of masticating the food, more or less of it is al- 216 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. wavs liable to become intermixed therewith, and taken into the stomach: Then the nauseous miasms thereof, will be conveyed to the lungs and taint the breath, to the liver and taint its secretions; and hence the blood, and organs of life, become tainted with the miasms of this diseased filth. Furthermore, I would here caution the public against all of the dentifrice powders, so much advertised in the newspapers, as most of them are extremely suspicious; and there is strong reason to think that they are not altogether free from corrosive substances, which never fail, sooner or later, to destroy the fine white coating of the teeth, and leave them a prey to rust and tartar. It is much better to merely wash the teeth, frequently, in soft tepid water, than to use any injurious composition thereon. TOOTH PICK. It is too common a practice with some, to pick their teeth with brass pins, penknives, and other metal sub- stances. Brass is poisonous, in the mouth, and they all are too hard, and otherwise very unsuitable instruments for that purpose. Even silver, as is often used for that pur- pose, I would not recommend. The best thing that I have ever found for a Tooth Pick, to remove any particles of meat, fruit or the like that may stick between the teeth, while eating, is the barrel of acommon goose quill, pared down to a suitable point. It is elastic, less hard, and not gritty, or poisonous. It costs but little or nothing, and is light ami convenient, always to carry in the pocket. The tooth pick, however, cannot be depended upon, alone, for the preservation of the teeth. TOOTH EXTRACTION. When all has been done that can be done to preserve the teeth, and they still continue to decay, and rot away, it will be best to extract them. This will be better on several accounts. Aji important one is, that if the looth become much decayed, there will be danger of breaking THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 217 it off, and leaving the root in its socket, in such a manner as to expose the nerve, and the jaw, much to cold. When broken off in this way it is seldom that it be ever extract- ed, and indeed it is a thing almost impossible to be done with the ordinary Tooth Extractor. The common instrument for extracting teeth, is pro- perly called a "Tooth Extractok;" By some it is called "tooth drawer;" by others, a "forcer," and by some it is vugularly called a "turn-key." This latter appella- tion, no doubt has been applied on account that a part of it bears some resemblance to the key of a common lock; but again, other parts of the instrument no more resemble a key than a giinblet, or a woodman's log hook. Extraction of Teeth. Many are by far too fearful of the operation; too careless about having their decayed and useless teeth extracted, even after they become not only entirely useless for masticating food, but very in- jurious to the adjoining ones. Others again, are by far too liberal in disposing of them, when extraction be un- necessary. If the first fit of tooth-ache be relieved by throwing the cold oft", by a course of medicine or other- wise, the disorder will frequently, for years, or for life, be suspended, and the tooth remain useful, which by a precipitate extraction, would havebeen unnecessarily lost. When about to extract a tooth, the patient should take one or two doses of No. 6 and 7, to ease the pain and quiet the nerves; and if necessary, a dose or two of the Bitter Nerve Drops. Then let the patient sit with his face toward the light; open his mouth wide, and lay the tongue as far as possible from the tooth which is to be ex- tracted. Next, the operator, having a good sharp lancet with a long handle, should carefully separate the gum from the tooth, as far, and as deep as possible, taking care to keep the sharp edge of the lancet close to the tooth as possible, while cutting around it. When this be done, the operator should see that the hook or claw, be of a proper size for the tooth, and placed upon the proper side of the fulcrum of his Extractor. Then, if the tooth be in the left side of the upper jaw, the patient should sit upon the floor, or some low seat, and the operator stand- ing, exactly behind him, let the patient lean a little back- ward, ar>d real bis head against the practitioner, who 19 218 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. holding the extractor firmly in the right hand, and its claw, in his lelt, should rest the fulcrum against the up- per edge of the jaw or root of the tooth, and pass the claw as far as possible, up between the tooth and gum, at the other side, so as to take a good hold on the tooth, as near the root as practicable; turn the handle sufficiently to ascertain whether the hold be a firm one, and all parts be properly adjusted, let the shank rest lightly upon the fore teeth, which, like a secondary fulcrum, will, in some measure, steady the extractor, and the hand of the op- erator, who by this means will be assisted in raising the tooth from its socket, more in perpendicular direction, which cannot fail to facilitate the operation. Then, with a composed mind, a-firm and unfaultering hand; by a sin- gle turn, (which should not be by a jerk or violence,) made with a slow, regular movement, the, tooth will come out of its socket. If the tooth which is to be extracted be in the opposite side, or in the lower jaw, then the patient should sit upon a chair to have the gum separated from the tooth as above directed; when this be done, the operator, still remains before the patient; places the Extractor on the tooth, in every particular, similarly as above directed, and with a single turn, made with a slow regular movement, raises the tooth out of its socket. In all cases after a tooth be extracted, the operator should have in readiness a little cotton or lint, and form a small plug thereof, just the size of the root of the ex- tracted tooth, open the plug to the centre and drop in some fine No. 2, or Styptic Snuff", or both of them; then saturate the plug with No. 6, and plug the socket, from which the tooth was extracted. When this be done, give the patient a dose of Composition, with one or two tea- spoons full of No. 6 in it, and bathe the face over the af- fected jaw, with No. 6 also. Repeat the doses and bathing every fifteen or twenty minutes, until all pain cease, and the patient will soon be well. If bleeding should continue from the orifice in the jaw, use more of the Styp- tic Powder, and drink plenty of the hottest medicine ye have, and if* these do not stop it, then steam the patient, and it will equalize the circulation throughout the sys- tem, so that there will be no further pressure of blood to THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 219 the head, when all unpleasant symptoms will disappear. —The latter part of these directions are merely for ex- treme cases. OFFENSIVE BREATH. Sweetness of breath depends much upon the healthy condition of the mouth, teeth and digestive organs; hence whatever tends to disease in these parts, generally ren- ders the breath more or less offensive. One very common cause of bad breath, is an unexcus- able neglect of the teeth and gums, causing the teeth to decay, and the gums to become spongy, and of a livid color, and liable to bleed from the slightest injury. To preserve the breath sweet and pure, great attention should be paid to the general health—of the digestive organs, as Well as to the mouth and teeth, which should always be kept clean. The mouth should be frequently rinsed and gargled with tepid water,—never cold, nor hot; especially in the morning, and after meals. Intemperate eating of flesh and other strong food, renders the breath more disagreeable and offensive than plain, simple fare. There are cases on record, of per- sons having what is termed canine appetites, who were known to have not only bad breath, but peculiarly offen- sive exhalations from the surface of their bodies. It is a curious fact, too, that many of the carniverous animals have a feted breath; while the breath of the graniverous animals have no unpleasant adour. The use of tobacco, whether in chewing or smoking, gives a strong and highly disagreeable taint to the breath, of individuals who indulge in it, and which cannot be got rid of by the most scrupulous attention to washing and cleaning the mouth, so long as the habit be persisted in. Bad breath is occasionally produced by ulcers in the throat and lungs; but the presence of these ulcers may be determined by other symptoms,—rendering any one so affected, a proper subject for medical treatment. But among all men who may have an offensive breath, that of the drunkard, is the most loathesome. Even the daily use of ardent drink will destroy the sweetness of the breath, whether attended with intoxication or not. 220 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. To preserve the breath sound and pure, daily exercise in the open air, is very important. Upon this, in con- nexion with temperance in all things and abstenence from tobacco, and a regard to other observances, heretofore re- commended, depends the healthy condition of the mouth, stomach, lungs and the purity of the breath. HOW TO PROVE THE SOUNDNESS OF THE LUNGS. First, %draw in a full breath, and then begin to count, and count as far as ye can, slowly and audibly, without again inflating the lungs; note carefully the number of seconds thatcan be continued, thus counting. In confirm- ed consumption, the time does not exceed eight, and is often less than six seconds. A person with sound lungs may continue to count, from twenty to thirty seconds. For further remarks about health and breathing, see Doctor Thomson's "Laws of Life," hereafter, which is a very interesting chapter. BREATHING, Or Laws of Life and Motion. [Extracted from the New Guided] 1. Clearly to understand the laws of life and motion, the radical principles of animalization is of infinite mo- ment. Without some adequate views and conceptions of these, the nature of disease cannot be correctly un- derstood, neither can we have knowledge to prescribe a rational, safe, sure and certain remedy for the removal of disease. 2. Through many long and tedious seasons, these sub- jects had revolved in my mind, before I could form what I considered a correct opinion. I witnessed many dis- tresses in the family of man; my heart was pained with many sorrows, until my mind was established in these simple truths that have laid the foundation of my practice, that has been so successful in subsequent years. 3. Persecution raged against me;—all the presses in THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 221 the country were closed against me;—Priests, Doctors, lawyers and legislators were combined against me;—Ex post facto laws were put in operation;—prosecutions com. menced;—false witnesses arose;—bigotry, prejudice and superstition, like Salem witchcraft, waved their majic wand, but all in vain;—truth has prevailed. The dark- ness of the ancient philosophers is passing away, and those simple truths, which are the genuine Philosophy of life, and the fruits of the labor of my life, began to pros- per beyond my former expectations. 4. When Napoleon stood in arms and was acknowl- edged Emperor of France, the nations were frightened; —when a prisoner, the kings of the earth trembled for fear of him;—they dared not suffer him to go at large on main land, but assigned to him a more safe retreat in the solitudes of the Island of St. Helena. 5. The writer is aware that the success of his system has carried equal terrors, into the ranks of medical op- position. Their malice and persecution, that brought him to the dungeon and chains, were the fruits of envy and fear. I have driven the college faculty to fly to law legs to stand upon, because the strong tide of public opinion, confirmed by testimony, set so heavy against them, that they had no other way to rise over the steam doctors and keep them down. 6. The difficulty appears to have been, that the steam faculty were, in many instances, so inclined to receive instruction, that they became natural philosophers in faith and practice. Following nature, they were success- ful practitioners;—they could relieve distress and re- move disease, when by the regular college doctors, hun- dreds were hurried to their long homes. 7. Among those physicians called regular, I have found many who appeared to be as ignorant of the laws of life and motion, and how the functional powers of life are kept in operation, as though they themselves had never possessed an animal body. 8. I have now commenced a chapter, seperate dis- course or sermon, if ye like that name better. It will fall to my lot to show that my text is one that has never been preached from before by any man, also that there never has been a sermon preached without it, and when the text 19* 222 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. and sermon be fairly before you, and correctly under- stood, a philosophical reason can be assigned for the cause of life and motion, in all that lives and moves. 9. My text is recorded in the mouth of every thing that breathes. |q»"Breathing"*^is my text.- If it has been a text for texturians, before, it is unknown to me. They may have treated of respiration, but if they have not un- derstood their subject, they might as well have been si- lent. 10. Breathing is a demonstration of the existence of animal life. The principle of life has been thought to be super- natural. Leave out the super, and say the cause of life and motion is natural, perfectly and entirely na- tural, and we will concede to the truth of the assertion. 11. The cause of breathing, or of animal life arid mo- tion, we shall carefully examine. Steam machinery is propelled by steam, which is a species or kind of breathing. 12. In animal or human bodies, the constituent or component parts are essentially the same in beast or man. Animal bodies are composed of earth and water. These constitute the sobstances, dimensions, shape and size of bodies, and give or constitute solidity in what are de- nominated solids.—These elements being constituted of various, still more simple, elementary principles, which may be subdivided again and again,does not militate more against our position, than the infinite diversibility of num- bers in decimal arithmetic, destroys the unity of numbers. 13. Fire and air are properly the fluids that pervade and fill and actuate the living animal; their operation is life—the elementary principles of life, which keep the animal machine in motion. Where heat is extinct the animal body is dead. Heat and air combined, are so modified in the living, moving animal, as to constitute the living state, and justify the assertion that cold and unac- tion is a state of death, or rather death itself; and a spe- cific degree of heat and motion so combined and modified, in the essentil principle of life in the living animal, yea, rather life itself. 14. Waiving all the minutiae, chemical divisions, and subdivisions, in simplifying elementary combinations, that constitute bodies dead or living, the four great original THOMSONIAN practice. 223 elements of air, earth, fire and water, contain and comprise all the more simple elements of which they may be respectively composed. 15. A specific association, due proportion, mixture or combination of these four great elements, in an organic animal body, constitutes the living state, and prolongs life;—an improper disposition, combination and modifi- cation destroys life. 16. To illustrate the nature and cause of respiration, or breathing of the living animal, we will refer to the operation ot fire and water. Put a skillet of cold water over the fire; in a few minutes immerse one hand there- in, and the warmth of the water will be perceived to be at the top or upper surface; the cold water will be at the bottom of the skillet, nearest to the fire. The reason of this is, as soon as it becomes warm, it becomes rarified and lighter, and rises; and just as it becomes warm it be- comes activeby the same cause, until it be all in a state of ebullition or boiling, and wastes by steam, sweat or breath, perspiring or respiring, until it all evaporate. This shows that heat rarities and lightens water. 17. The subject may be farther illustrated by refer- ence to the effect of heat in the atmospheric air. Ye build your house in the open atmosphere;—the house is filled with air, within;—the air within is a counterbalance or resistance to the weight or power of the surrounding air without; the balance within and without is equal in coldness and unaclion, resembling a state of death. To produce action, motion, or breath, build a fire in the house, the doors and window sbeing closed in the usual manner; in a few minutes, every door and window begins to hum and sound the march of air. The air within becomes rarified and lighter than the air without; and the air with- out presses in at every crevice to restore or form an equilib- rium with the air within ; the hotter and stronger the fire, the stronger will be the current of breath, or force of breathing air.—As the heat diminishes, the noise and breathing current of air will decline in force of operation; and when the heat become extinct, and the equilibrium be restored, the noise and motion will entirely cease. 18. The effects of heat rarifying and lightening water and air, and occasioning a breathing motion, resemble 224 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. and illustrate in some degree the breathing, sweating and functional motions of the animal machine. The consti- tuent or component parts of men's bodies, give organic shape and size, and from the functional structure or or- ganization to the machine. The peculiar mixture, com- position, proportion and modification of these elements, constitute its aptitude or adaptation to the annualizing influence of fire lightening air and exciting breathing motion, and all the concatenation of motion connecting with this original and primary action, all evincing that heat is an essential principle of life; and cold, or an ex- tinction of heat, is death. 19. A still-born child was resuscitated by placing the placenta or after-birth, on live embers still connected to the child by the umbilical cord or naval-string. As the af- * terbirth began to heat, and had gained warmth sufficient to fill and dilate the naval-cord with warmth and moisture, it was squeezed along toward the body of the child, and through this medium, a sufficient quantity or degree of heat and warmth was conveyed to the body, and the lungs expanded and life was restored. This may serve in some degree to illustrate and confirm our ideas of life and mo- tion. 20. In every thing that breathes, the breathing is from the same general cause. The principle of life and mo- tion is radically the same in all animated bodies. With- out heat there can be no breathing. Where heat be con- tinually generated in a confined room, excepting at one avenue, as in the. lungs, there must be breathing, or what is the same thing, an inhaling of cold air, and an exhal- ing of a gasious vapor from them. 21. Every animated body has its proportion of caloric or heating principle, suited to its size, adapted to its na- ture, proportioned to that degree of living power to keep up the operation of all the animal functions, essential to the perpetuating of the peculiar specific form and mode of being in such animal. 22. The heat of animal fire, or that degree and con- dition of it that constitutes the living state of animalized existence, is maintained and continued by a suitable sup- ply of appropriate fuel, or materials that are naturally adapted to that end or use; these are food and medi- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 225 ctve. These hnrmnr'.izp with rach other in their salutary effect, or natural influence, in animal bodies. 23. Food and medicine originate from the same mu- nificent hand, grow in the same field, and are adapted to the same end and design,—that of supplying fuel to the fire of life, to sustain and nourish the animal machine, by warming, dilating, filling the vascular system, main- taining the action, and supplying the wasting powers of the living state. Medicine removes disease, not only by removing obstructions, but by restoring and repairing the waste and decay of nature. 24. The continuance of that state of warmth and ac- tion which constitute the living state, depends upon these supplies. When food be masticated and taken into the stomach, the process of digestion commences. By the warmth and action of the organs of digestion and the gastric juices, the food is decomposed or consumed like fuel consuming in the fire. The breath and perspirable vapor are the smoke arising from this fire. The feces matter of dejections are as the ashes or earthy substance remaining after the consumption of-fuel, 25. To understand the cause and nature of life and death, or of warmth and motion, of cold and unaction, it is necessary to advert to general principles, and the an- alogies of nature.—There is one general cause of the na- tural sensations of hunger, and one general method to relieve that want, or satisfy and relieve that censation.— Suitabfe food relieves hunger when taken into the stom- ach. 26. In perfect accordance with this, there is but one immediate cause of disease. However varied the remote cause may be, the immediate cause of the sensation of disease is uniformly and tinvariably the same,—differing only in degree, and incidental diversity of symptoms, occasioned by local injuries, organic lesion or functional derangement, dependent on these, or whatever might predispose to a diseased state. 27. As there is one general eause of the sensation of hunger, to be relieved by one general method;—namely by food; and this food, may consist of sundry articles adapted to the same general end, so there is one general or immediate cause of the sensation of disease, to be re- 226 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. lieved or removed upon one general principle, though a variety of articles may be used. But as a few simple articles of diet are better suited to maintain a healthy state of body, than an epicurian variety, so disease is more readily and certainly removed by a few simple re- medies, that are best suited to the human constitution. 28. Medicine that will most readily and safely open and remove obstructions, promote perspiration, and re- store a salutary operation of the digestive powers, by ex- citing and maintaining a due degree of heat and action through the system, is best suited to every stafe or form of disease, and must be universally applicable to a dis- eased state of the human system. 29. Thus I have given a summary view of the out- lines of my conceptions of the construction and elemen- tary composition and constitution of the human body in a living state, whether healthy or diseased. The power or faculty of breathing is a capacity or condition to be acted on with effect, rather than any inherent power or faculty of acting. Heat rarifying and lightening air, excites respiration;—and the same heat rarifying and lightening water, excites perspiration. Rarifying and lightening air and water, the vapor of breathing and sweat- ing are produced and thrown off. 30. By heating the water in the stomach, we lighten and expand the air in the lungs; then, the cool, condensed and weightier external air, presses into the lungs and forces out the light, rarified" air. These circumstances of the living state of the animal body, occasions the al- ternate contractions and dilations of the lungs, that con- stitute the action of breathing, undispensible to the liv- ing state. 31. By heating water in the stomach and air in the lungs, we put the steam engine into operation. The op- eration of the animal machine strongly resembles the me- chanical operations of the steam engine. Some of the fun- damental principles of action are the same. In inspira- tion, cool air is inhaled;—in respiration the rarified, light- ened air and vapor, are exhaled or thrown off', out of, or from the steam pipe. This action by which steam is ex- pelled, the whole machinery of the living animal, is kept in operation;—the great fountain pump of the heart is THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 227 kept in play, and pumps the blood through the lungs and arteries, to the extremities, deep in the flesh and near the bones, which is returned in the vains. The warmth and action commencing at the fountain, are propogated through the system to the remotest extremities. 32. So long as the fire keeps up that state and de- gree of warmth essential to the living state of the ani- mal body; or to speak figuratively, so long as the fire be kept good and the boiler hot, to keep the engine at work, so long the pump will go. 33. Our regular meals supply regular fuel to keep up animal heat, as the regular feeding and tending a fire with wood, will keep it burning.—Drink supplies the boiler with water, which is converted into the steam, &c. 34. On these principles of the philosophy of life, we may expect a regular well formed machine to continue its operations until worn out, or broken by the indiscre- tion and bad management of the engineer. 35. If the machine be entrusted to the management of an ignorant, uncompetent engineer, who has no correct conceptions of the principles of life and motion, and is negligent in the discharge of his duty, thy steam boat, will begin to fail in its speed for lack of fuel to keep up the fire, and water to supply the steam, or the engineer may conclude the cholera affects the machine, and will cast ice into the boiler to cool it down, or tap the boiler as a preventive or remedy, and draw off" the hot water,—his boat will begin to sink rapidly and go down the stream. This is done by the lancet. 36. If ye would keep your steam-boats' steam-breath motions going on, ye must keep up a supply of water in the boiler, and a supply of fuel to keep it sufficiently warm, to raise and continue the steam high enough, and the actions of life will proceed regularly. 37. Concerning the doctrine of a vital principle dif- fused through the whole organic structure of the animal machine, inducing an elementary mode of union, or spe- cific union of the component parts of elements, differing in nature from all chemical union and affinities, and from all the laws of physical union with which we are acquaint- ed, we would just observe that this subject has employed the minda and pens of many talented writers, who have r.ast Hm* iiHie valuable light on the intricate theme. 228 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 38. We are asked ,:what constitutes a living fiber? We might as well be asked what constitutes any other propertv «*>f living matter. ,jWhat constitutes that in which the life of a leaf or stein of a living tree consists? ^What can we reason, but from what we know? Every living thing has something peculiar to the nature, or life with which it is endowed in the living state, whether veg- etable or animal;—but a living animal has heat and mo- tion; without this heat and motion, the animal becomes dead;—without a due proportion of heat inward and out- ward, or outward and inward, there is no animal motion j no animal life. 39. We know not of any vital principles, except a capacity to be brought into that peculiar mode, state and degree of warmth and action, constituting actualization, or the sensitive, living state of animal bodies. 40. Warmth and action do not constitute animal life, in unorganized matter;—they do not constitute animal life without an organized animal structure, to which heat gives the impulse applied to and connected with the ani- mal structure. Caloric or the principle of heat rarifying and lightening air, excites action, which circumstance of being, constitutes animalization or the living state. 41. Warmth and ac.+ion, do not constitute animal life, only as applied to, connected with, and exercised in an organized animal body, possessing a capacity inherent in its nature to put in operation, in which state or con- dition of being, sensation, perception, and conciousness of identity, or individual existence are gradually develop- ed : but these circumstances of life are not life itself;— there may be animal life, namely; breath and motion, in an animal body where these functional powers be to- tally deranged or utterly extinct. 42. Fire and steam are necessary to propel a steam- boat, but notwithstanding the capacity or adaption of the mechanical structure to be propelled, the boat will not go until the fire be kindled and the steam raised to put it in motion. 43. The animal body is the machine so constructed, so modified, endowed with such a capacity for life, call it vital principle, or what ye please, that heat rarifying and lightening air, stimulating and expanding the lungs, puts THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 229 the machinery in motion, and pumps the tide of life through all its crimson channels. This combination of circumstances constitutes the living state of the living animal; for where these circumstances do not exist, there is no animal life,—the animal form is dead. 44. Suppose a man in the full vigor of life, fall into water and sink, in a few minutes he may be taken out apparently dead. The warmth and motion of life, if not extinct, will be at a low ebb. As soon as ye can kindle up the decayed spark, and restore inward heat by medi- cine, friction, or any appropriate means, if the capacity for the action of life be not entirely gone, an energy will be given to the system; the air in the lungs becoming warm, rarities and expands, and heaves them into action. The machinery begins to move. The wheels of life no longer wallow in back-water. The proper state and pro- portion of heat inward and outward, will have been re- covered. Nature will rise in her wonted strength and vigor. 45. All that be necessary in such a case, is to supply fuel to raise the latent spark of the fire of life. The same rule holds good in a collapsed state of disease, whether it appear in a cholera form, or whatever shape it may wear. The vascular system loses its wonted tone ; the whole system sinks ; the powers of life become unable to distend and expand the lungs; the heart and arteries no longer propel their contents by maintaining the requisite action. The spark of life gradually becomes extinct. The water that should breathe, exhale and perspire away, becomes congestively condensed and extinguishes the spark of jiving fire. The coolness and weight of the internal air is too much for the small degree of heat remaining in the lungs, heart, &c, and the power of life, or rather the power or capacity to live, to keep the powers of animal life in their warm or moving or living state, become measurably lost.—For lack of heat, the air in the lungs does not become rarified and lightened, 60 as to give the necessary action, &c. 46. In such cases as the above, we should shield the sufferer from the surroundiri'g air by wrapping him in a blanket, and placing him in a warm bed, and gradually raising the steam around him, and from the first, adiuin- 20 230 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. ister, gradually, frequently, and perseveringly the warm- ing medicines," and give injections, which ail acquainted with my system, understand,—proceed until we can gain a sufficient degree of inward heat to expand freely: to arouse the sinking, fainting, I might say drowning pa- tient, to a proper degree of warmth and action.—If the proper course be pursued the patient will sweat freely. When they crave food, give them enough to keep up the steam;—the pump of life will begin to work freely, and the patient will rejoice in the warmth and action arising from the resuscitated powers of departing life. 47. Much has been said about drawing in the breath;- but the breath-air cannot be kept out, so long as there be a due degree, or natural proportion of heat in the lungs: neither can the pump-like action of the heart be prevent- ed in its systole and diastole. But when the heat decays, or state of living warmth decline, the lungs begin to labor, like a wheel wading slowly in back-water. The pump power ceases to roll the blood along the arterial canals; the pulse falters; the extremities grow cold; the blood that maintained the warmth, by its active cir- culation, recedes from the extremities: There is not heat enough at the fountain, or boiler, to keep up the steam, and continue the living action; blood settles in the veins, not being supplied and propelled by the pulsa- tions in the arteries; the fire becomes extinct; the pump no longer plays at the fountain ; the man dies, * * * for want of breath ;.oOi for want of capacity to breathe; or, because the inward heat would be reduced below the living point. The proper and natural proportion and modification of the inward and outward heat, as they ex- ist in the living animal, become deranged, destroyed, and life extinct. The disease is as contagious as though the man had been * • * * * hanged or drownedL'! 48. The cause of vegetable and animal life is the same, namely: one common principle produces similar effects. Nutritive life, in animals and vegetables, bear a striking resemblance to each other. Vegetables, like animals, are formed of four great cardinal elements. All vegetable life is under the control, influence and opera- tion of similar principles as that of animal. Without Earth, Water, Fire and Air, nothing like vegetation THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 231 could exist. The winter season is a state of death to vegetation : just in proportion to the loss of heat, is the degree of suspension of life; that is, a loss of heat in that peculiar modification, or elementary combination thereof, that constitutes the living state of a vegetable. This is a degree of death, or a degree of the suspension of vegeta- ble life. We see, in many instances, the suspension is total. BLOOD LETTING. Bleeding:—From the Botanic Sentinel.—Conversing with a gentleman a few days since, distinguished for his talents and intellectual acquirements, on blood letting, he observed that it was unnatural, and that if nature had designed that he should loose blood as a necessary evacua- tion, she would have provided some organ for that pur- pose—but as she had made no provision of that kind, it was right reason to conclude that she never intended that disease was to be removed by the direct abstraction of the vital fluids. This is a powerful and uncontrovertible argument against the practice, and we are surprised that a practice which is contrary to common sense, and at war with all experience, should find any advocates. Doctor Thomson has stamped the practice of blood-let- ting, for the purpose of curing disease, with the strongest marks of his disapprobation. He considers the practice to be the most unnatural and injurious. Nature, he says, never furnishes the body with more blood than is neces- sary for the maintenance of health; and, to take away any part of the blood of any person, is taking away just so much of his life ; and is just as contrary to Nature, as it would be to cut away part of the flesh from the body or limbs. Many experiments have been tried, by the use of the lancet, in case of fevers; but it is allowed, by all, that most of them have proved fatal; and several eminent phy- sicians have died in consequence of trying the experiment on themselves. If the system be diseased, the blood also becomes as much diseased as any other part: remove the cause of the 232 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. disorder, and the blood will recover and become healthy as soon as any other part; but, taking a part away, can never be reconciled with common sense. The following extracts will further exhibit the evil ten- dency and dreadful consequences of the pernicious prac- tice of blood letting, which, I am happy in seeing, is becoming unfashionable even with the mineral faculty, who, no doubt, are becoming, and well they might be, ashamed of it. From the Thomsonian Recorder. BLEEDING. Definition.—A skillful mode of reducing or destroying the life of an animal, by inflicting the least possible injury on its organic structure. The blood of an animal "is the life thereof." As the wilful abstraction of the whole, constitutes the crime of murder ; so, such an abstraction of any part, is a murder- ous act. But the natural thoughtlessness of man, and the influence of education on his mind, are such as to pre- clude the propriety of ascribing to those individuals who draw blood, with intent to cure disease, the crime of wilful murder. The objects in the view of those who have advocated this practice, have been either to purify the blood, by drawing oft' what is bad; to lessen the quantity, when superabundant; or, to set it in motion, when accidentally suspended. 1. 'Bleeding is to purify the blood, by drawing off what is bad. As well might one expect to purify the water of a stag- nant pool, by ladling out one-half of the water, or by opening a sluice-way into the side, and drawing it off. ,: Which will be left, "the pure or the muddy? The prac- titioner has no means of stirring up the fountain, so as to draw oft' the filth with the blood, nor can he add more fluid, as a maid does to a dirty tub, to rinse out the dregs. 2. It lessens the quantity, when superabundant. We maintain, first, that the quantity of blood in the system is no more liable to become too great, than the quantity of bone, muscle or nerve. But, if it should, it THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 233 has a natural and regular process of disposing of the sur- plus, without the aid of the lancet. Second: All that the system contains being necessary to a universal and an equal circulation, any reduction of the quantity is a diminution of the internal balance of power, or resistance against the external pressure of the atmosphere. The want of this internal pressure, and the diminution of the frequency and force in the circulation of the remainder, constitute the sensation called weakness, which always follows any considerable loss of blood. Life, being "a forced state," must necessarily be diminished by any and every means that radically weaken the power of the system. 3. In cases of suspended circulation, as produced by paralysis, a fall, &c, the only object of bleeding is to set the blood in motion again ; of course, it should be stopped as soon as the fluid flows freely. But hot medicine will effect this object much better, and leave the blood for the support of the body. To Thomsonians, the above arguments are clear and conclusive; but, for the benefit of those who depend on the assertions of doctors for their medical philosophy, we quote a little "authority" on the subject. "The loss of any quantity of blood, is universally felt, (in proportion to the quantity lost.) Alarm is excited ; contraction of the vessels ensues. It is one of the great- est weaknesses; as we can kill thereby.—Dr.Hunter, of St. Thomas Hospital, London. "Bleeding relieves spasms." I admit the fact; ,jbut what causes spasms? ^ Is it not the deficiency of the blood and heat, which gives ascendancy to the principle of inorganic contractility over the principles of expansion and dilatation? Our author argues, that while life and blood remain, the contraction and expansion take place alternately, and produce the spasms ; but, when " the vital powers yield passively to the absolute control of the inorganic contractility, [more clearly to the common reader, the pressure of the atmosphere on vessels from which the blood has been withdrawn,] no cramps or pains occur. This is the way in which bleeding relieves cramps."—Professor Terry, on Cholera. " The life destroying practice of bleeding," &c.—Ibid. 20* 234 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. "So far from blood-letting being beneficial, it is produc- tive of the most serious and fatal effects;—a cruel prac- tice;—a scourge to humanity. ;How many thousands of our fellow-citizens are sent (by it) to au untimely grave! ; How many families are deprived of their amiable child- ren! ;How many husbands of their lovely wives! ;How many wives of their husbands! Without blood, there is no heat,—no motion of the system,—in that, blood is life. He who takes blood from the patient, takes away, not only an organ of life, but a part of life itself."—Dr. J.F. I). Lobstein. [See his Essay on Blood-letting.] " The absurd idea was, in former time, prevalent, that blood letting, at certain seasons, is useful and necessary to the prolongation of human life. It was even supposed, by many, that the impuiities of the blood may be drawn off, and the remainder of the mass thereby rendered more pure. But this ridiculous fancy finds no countenance in modern times; on the contrary, it is a well established principle, that blood letting is never requisite, but al- ways detrimental to those who are in health. Experieme has long since determined the fact, that persons habituat- ed to the loss of blood from the system, at certain seasons, cannot relinquish the practice without incurring danger of the most serious consequences.—Thatcher's Modern Practice. Here the learned author gives us a text, which, with regular physicians who act on the dicta of schoolmen, ought to be sufficient to crush this cruel custom altogether. But, as we find other gentlemen, equally learned, enti r- taining and acting upon the contrary opinion, [See Dr. Pattison's Letter on the Cholera in Philadelphia in 1832,] and, as Thomsonians like to see some reason or fact to support an opinion whose effects in practice may deter- mine the question of life or death, we will take a more particular notice of this proposition. " Persons habituated to ihe loss of blood cannot relin- quish the practice without incurring danger of the most serious consequences." Here, so far as the depletive practice is concerned, is (an established fact;' but in vain shall we search the whole circle of medical science, for (he reason of this fact. Let us, then, attempt this new discovery, upon "scientific principles." THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 235 The human body is furnished, through the trunk and limbs, with many vessels, or tubes, called arteries, which branch out into an innumerable multitude of smaller ones, called veins, of similar form, and so arranged as to pass through every portion of the system, and again to unite into one common receptacle, called the heart. In the walls of this vascular system, is an appropriate place of ingress, through which it may be filled with the material of blood, and others of egress, through which the portions of that blood that are no longer useful, may be gradually discharged, without injury to the body. The passage of blood through these arteries and veins, is termed the cir- culation; and the natural supply and discharge is termed the renewal and the purification of the blood. Any de- rangement in this renewal, circulation, or purification, may be properly termed disease. When every portion of this arterial and venous system is duly filled with blood, the internal pressure equal the external ; .the pressure on the external portion of one part of the circle is equalled by the external pressure on every other part, and all is well. The body, under the atmos- pheric pressure, is in the condition of a sponge, or a full bottle, under water; that is, perfectly at ease. Digestion and exercise keep in motion, through the medium of the circulation, an amount of vital heat sufficient to keep the vessels of the whole system expanded to their natural size,'-so as to receive the ordinary quantity of blood, and allow only the proper number of pulsations in a given time. When the digestive powers are disordered, there is a proportionate diminution of vital heat. The extremities are the first to feel this deficiency. They collapse and force the blood to the vital regions, where the vessels, be- ing warmed, expand inordinately to receive it. This ex- traordinary internal pressure on the portions of the arte- rial and venous system of the heart and brain, pioduces those sensations which we call fullness in the head, pal- pitation of the heart, quickness of the pulse, &c. Now enters the Doctor, who boasts of his scientific attain- ments. The first thing he doe?, is to forget (if he ever knew it) the hydrostatic paradox that a column of fluid, however small, will balance another of equal length, how- ever large, and, also, the similar anatomical fact, that 236 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. the pressure of the smallest vein, in the remotest extre- mity, is equal to that on the largest artery in the centre of the system, he commences drawing the blood from the whole svstem, to relieve the pressure in the heart and brain ! True, it relieves the pressure from the extreme vessels, in the same proportion, and allows them to col- lapse still further, so as to render it more and more diffi- cult, after each successive depletion, to force them to ex- pand to their natural size. The consequence is, that, as soon as the blood is supplied by food, being unable to force open the collapsed vessels of the extremities, it presses again unequally on the cardiac and celebral regions, and "indicates," again, "the use of the lancet." And all learned authors agree that the more numerous the " ap- plications'" of this "remedy," the more frequent the in- dications for its use, till the places for the veins, even on the temples, become deep depressions, slightly tinged with the blue streak of death, instead of bold prominences, filled with crimson and scarlet—the precious blood of the patient, " which is the life thereof." If this were all the mischief done, we might furnish ourselves with a lancet, commence a series of butchery, repeat it (with geometrical frequency of cou-se) whenever we have a " fullness in the head," or a " quick and cord- ed pulse," and await the result with patience. But we are not to rid ourselves so easily of the perni- cious effects of bleeding. When a man is well, there is always heat enough in his body to keep up an insensible perspiration, by which means the pores are kept open, and the morbid matter that may at any time be forced into them, is regularly discharged. But when the blood is withdrawn from the surface, the heat which is conducted, is also withdrawn; the surface becomes ebld, and con- tracts, and keeps the perspiration from passing out. ;As it accumulates in the pores, they expand, the patient swells, and the doctor says, "the disease is turned to dropsy !" Now, with his diuretics, he endeavors to reverse the laws of healthy action, by turning the perspiration inward, and carrying off the water another way! This he " tries," till the patient either dies or becomes tired of his quackery. If the latter, he pronounces the disease incurable, and quits, with only one concern, namely, lest THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 237 a Thomsonian should come in, raise the heat, open the pores, steam out the water, force out the cold and canker, tone up the digestive organs, feed the patient, replace the blood, restore, ihe health, and last, but not least, exhibit the Doctor's "learned quackery" in its true light. ; Would that our numerous pale-faced and tottering female friends, whose feet are cold as clay, whose limbs begin to swell and pit like lumps of dough, would exam- ine themselves in the mirror we have presented ; com- pare the description with the progress of their own dis- eases ; and reflect seriously whether their present condi- tion may not be the effect of the "curative" process, rather than the disease with which they were at first afflicted ! ; We are persuaded they could no longer caress in their bosoms the viper that has destroyed them! PROPOSITIONS, From Doctor William Salmon's Synopsis Medicina. Proposition 1st—That the blood is the life, or that which is the vehiculum of life; and through whose assist- ance nature performs all her operations. Proposition 2nd.—That, as the blood is an instrument of nature, so it is also the product of nature. This is evident by comparison of childhood and maturity together. A child has not so murh blood as a man:— Therefore it is necessary that it should have its genera- tion or augmentation; which can only be by what it has as a beginning-. Proposition 3rd.—Nature generates or augments not the quantity of the blood in vain. This is apparent, be- cause even all philosophy maintains that she does none of her works in vain; but for an end of health and conserva- tion. Proposition 4th.—That the diminu4ion of that which Nature has ordained for a conservation, must produce a chasm or gap in the matter to be conserved. You may prove this in any continued matter, whether lines, super- fices or solids; for the matter conjoining being less dis- solved, the matters conjoined are separated. Proposition 5th.—That a chasm cannot be made with- out loss of some intention of Nature. Thjs is evident out of the foregoing proposition >, fur if it could be made 238 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. without loss of any such intention, it necessarily follows that the matter making the cha-m, was made in vain; which is against the principles of philosophy. Proposition 6lh.—That the loss of any of the intentions of Nature, is in order only to their dissolution. This is understood from the 4th proposition, aforegoing; for, as we there sav, take away the matter conjoining, and the matter conjoined will be separated. Proposition 7th.—That the dissolution of Nature is the destruction of the human frame, -g How can it be other- wise, when Nature, which is the thing that conserved it, is taken away ? Proposition 8th.—In Nature lies the bond of union by which all the parts of the body, and every particle of the same parts, are glued and knit, or joined, together. Proposition 9lh.—That this band of unition is only iii the medium of the life. There is a difference between the medium of union and the things to be united. Proposition \Oth.—The medium of unition is the blood ; the things to be united are the human frame and the life. But it is the life itself which is the real uniting principle; which, because it is immaterial,and so without parts, and not capable of division of itself, so, also, it is impossible to be disunited from any thing with which it is joined, unless the medium of the conjunction be first destroyed, which is first begun by a chasm or hiatus. Proposition 1 \th.—That, as a chasm is the medium of the separation of united things, so, the diminution of the medium of unition is the producing of a chasm, and so a diminution of the united forces, and, consequently, the inlet to destruction of the conjoined principles. Proposition \2th.—The medium of unition adds strength to the parts united, by virtue of their conjunction, or be- ing made one; for, vis unita fortior. Hence, it is evi- dent that the abstraction of that medium must be the dissolution of that strength or force ; and, proportionably as that medium is augmented or diminished, so must the strength of the conjoined things either decrease or in- crease. But we have before proved that Nature does not increase the blood in vain. Hence it follows: Proposition \3th.—That the taking away of the blood, 1st, hinders Nature in performing her operations: 2nd, THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 239 diminishes her generation : 3rd, frustrates some intention of Nature : 4th, diminishes the medium of unition : 5th, impairs the strength: 6th, opens a chasm which, being made sufficiently wide, lets out life, and (of course) in- troduces death. What we have already sail), upon this suject, is our own judgment. It does also manifestly appear that the root, foundation and cause of all diseases, is the aberration of the spirit and life, whether it be from external force or internal obstruction. Proposition \4th.—Now, since the diminution of the quantity of the blood cannot be made without manifest damage; that the alteration of the qualty of it, when it is hurt, ought, with all dexterity, to be attempted some other way. The quality of the blood may easily be hurt; yea, and the whole mass of it corrupted, by the aberration of the spirit and life : in this case, the manner of its puri- fication is to be considered,—not its diminution. BLISTERING. Doctor Thomson has recorded his testimony against the unconsistent and unhuman practice of blistering, to remove disease, and, more particularly, unsane persons, and persons who have what the doctors call dropsy in the brain. He mentions, that in such cases as these, they shave the head and blister it, and that very few persons ever survive the application. He asks, " j what would be thought if a scald should be caused by boiling water, to remove disease?" yet, says he, "^what is the great dif- ference between this and a blister made with flies? I have witnessed many instances where great distress and very bad effects, have been cured by blisters; and be- lieve I can truly say I never knew any benefit derived from their use. They very frequently cause strangury, when the attempted remedy becomes worse than the disease." Doctor Hillary, an eminent Physician of London, (Eng- land,) of the old school, bleeding, blistering faculty, is also very muoh opposed to the use of blisters, as they are so commonly "and so often improperly applied, not only in many cases, where they cannot possibly give any re- 240 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. lief, but too often where they must unavoidably increase the very evil which they are intended to remove or re- lieve. How often do we see them applied, and some- times several of them, by pretended dabblers in physic, not only where there are no indications for applying thenv, but where the true indications are against their applica- tion. In most fevers, and especially those of the in- flammatory, and of the putrid kind, where, in the first, the stimulus of the acrid salts of the Cantharides, which pass into the blood, must unavoidably increase both the stimulus, and the momentum of the blood, which were too great before, and so render the fever inflammatory, and all its symptoms worse." "The Cantharides contain a great quantity of alkaline semi-volatile salts, which pass into the blood, (though they be applied externally ;) and attenuate, disease, and hasten and increase its putrifaction, which is also confirmed by the putrid alkaline acrimony which they produce in the urine, with the heat and strangury, which it gives to the urinary passage." POISONS. Poisons are commonly divided into the animal, vegeta- ble, and mineral kinds. 1. Poisons, animal. Several animals are furnished with liquid juices of a poisonous nature, which, when pour- ed into fresh wounds, occasion the disease or death of the wounded animal. Serpents, bees, scorpions, and spiders, are well-known examples of such animals. 2. The poison of the viper is a yellow liquid, whieh Iodgss in two small vesicles in the animal's mouth. These communicate by a tube with the crooked fangs, which are hollow, and terminate in a small cavity When the ani- mal bites, the visicles are squeezed, and the poison forc- ed through the fangs into the wound. This poisonous juice occasions the fatal effects of (he viper's bite. If the vesicles are extracted, or the liquid be prevented from flowing into the wound, the bite is harmless. If it be infused into wounds made bv sharp in- struments, it proves as fatal as when introduced by the viper itself. Some of the properties of this liquid were THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 241 pointed out by Mead; but it was Fontana who first sub- jected it to a chemical examination, sacrificing many hundreds of vipers to his experiments. Thequantity con- tained in a single vesicle scarcely exceeds a drop. It has a yellow colour; has no taste; but when applied to the tongue, occasions numbness. It has the appearance of oil, before the microscope, but it unites readily with water. It produces no change on vegetable blues. When exposed to the air, the watery part gradually evaporates, and a yellowish-brown substance remains, which has the appearance of Gum Arabic. The striking resemblance between gums and poison of the viper, two substances of so opposite a nature in their effects upon the living body, is a humiliating proof of the small progress we have made in the chemical knowledge of these intricate substances. The poison of the viper, and of serpents in general, is most hurtful when mixed with the blood. Taken into the stomach, it kills, if the quantity be considerable. Fontana has ascertained that its fatal eff'ects are proportioned to its quantity, compared with the quantity of the blood. Hence, the danger di- minishes as the size of the animal increases. Small birds and quadrupeds die immediately when they are bitten by a viper; but, to a full sized man, the bite seldom proves fatal. 3 The venom of the bee and the wasp is also a liquid, contained in a small vesicle, forced .through the hollow tube of the sting into the wound inflicted by that instru- ment. From the experiments of Fontana, we learn that it bears a striking resemblance to the poison of a viper. That of a bee is much longer in drying, when exposed to the air, than the venom of the wasp. 4. The poison of the scorpion resembles that of the viper, also; but its taste is hot and acrid, which is the case also with the venom of the bee and the wasp. 5. No experiments, upon which we can rely, have been made upon the poison of the spider tribe. From the ra- pidity with which these animals destroy their prey, and even one another, we cannot doubt that their poison is sufficiently virulent. 6. Poisons, vegetable, seem in general to prove fatal, from an excess of narcotic matter; but this is a subject 21 242 thomsonian practice. which requires still farther examination. See Narcotic?, such as opium, tobacco, &c Poisons, mineral. In general, these substances, as arsenic and corrosive mercury, seem to attack t! e solid parts of the stomach, as to produce death by corroding its substance; but the antimonials seem ralher to attack the nerves, and to kill by.throwing the whole system into convulsions. Poison of copper. This metal, though when in an un- dissolved state produces no sensible effects, it becomes exceedingly active when dissolved; and such is the facil- ity with which the solution is effected, that it becomes a matter of some consequence to prevent the metal from being taken into the human body even in its proper form. The effects of the metal, when taken in a pretty large quantity, and in a dissolved state, or when the stomach abounds with acid juices sufficient to dissolve it, are very disagreeable, and dangerous; as it occasions violent vomit- ings, pains in the stomach, faintings, and sometimes con- vulsions and death. The only cure for these symptoms is, to expel the poison by vomiting as soon as possible, and to obtund its acrimony; for which purpose, administer the No. 1 with a liberal hand, especially the 3d prepara- tion of it, and drink warm milk or cream plentifully, and they will be found to be the most efficacious remedy. In order to prevent the entrance of the poison into the body, no copper vessels should be used in preparing food, but such as are either well tinned, or kept exceedingly clean. The practice of giving a fine blue or green colour to pickles, by preparing them in copper vessels, ought not to be tolerated. Doctor Falconer, in a treatise on this sub- ject, assures us, that these are sometimes so strongly im- pregnated, by this method of preparing them, that a small quantity of them will produce nausea. Mortars of brass or bell-metal ought, for the same reason, to be avoided; as, by this means, a considerable quantity of the pernicious metal may be mixed with our food, or with medicines. In other cases, an equal caution ought to be used. The cus- tom of keeping pins in the mouth, of giving copper half- pence to children to play with, &c, ought to be avoided; as thus a quantity of the metal may be insensibly taken, into the body, after which, its effects must be uncertain. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 243 Poison of lead. This metal, when taken slowly info the stomach with our food, is capable of producing a cholic, which, after a length of time, is succeeded by palsy. Dr. Houlston, in his Essay on Poisons, has given a remarka- ble instance of a whole family, who, having successively fallen a prey to paralytic disorders, after a series of years, the cause was discovered to be their having used the water of a leaden pump, which had been gradually dissolv- ed, and thus rendered the water poisonous. We cannot sufficiently express our abhorence of the cruel, the detestable experiments, made by certain prac- titioners, upon poor dumb creatures, to ascertain the ef- fects of poisons; experiments made, in general, to gratify an idle curiosity, but which no motive can justify. Doctor Thomson, like a true guardian of health, en- deavors to enforce, in the strongest manner, on the minds of the whole body of the people of this country, the per- nicious consequences that have happened; and are daily tiking place, by reason of giving mercury, arsenic, nitre, opium, and other deadly poisons to cure disease. He has had great opportunities, during a practice of forty or fifty years, to gain much experience on this important subject; and he states that he is perfectly and decidedly convinced, beyond all doubt, that there can be no possi- ble good derived from these poisons, as a medicine, in any form whatever. He states, that more than nine tenths of the chronic cases that came under his care, were such as had been run down with some one or all of those poisons. That the greatest difficulty he had to encounter was to get many of his patients clear of the effects of mercury, nitre or opium, and to bring them back to the same state they were in before taking it. For, says he, it is very easy to get them into the system, but very hard to get them out again. "Opium, when taken into the stomach, to such an ex- tent as to have any sensible effect, gives rise to a pleasant serenity of the mind, in general, proceeding to a certain degree of langour and drowsiness." " \t excites thirst and renders the mouth dry and parched." "Taken into the stomach in a large dose.it gives rise to confusion of the head and vertigo. The powers of all stimulating causes tff making impressions on the body are diminished; and 244 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. even at times, and in situations, when a person would na- turally be awake, sleep is irresistibly induced. In still larger doses, it acts in the same manner as the narcotie poisons, giving rise to vertigo, headache, tremors, delirium and convulsions; and these terminating in a state of stupor, from which the person cannot be roused. This stupor is accompanied with slowness of the pulse, and with stertor in breathing, and the scene is terminated in death, attended with the same appearances as take place in an apoplexy." "There are several vegetables, that grow common in this country, which are very poisonous; and that the public may guard against using them as medicine, I will here give a list of some of those within my knowledge, which are the most dangerous, namely t "Garden Hemlock, Night Shade, Apple Peru, Poppy, Henbane, Poke Root, Mandrake Root, Garget* Root, Wild Parsnip, Indigo Weed, Ivy, Dogwood, Tobacco and Laurel. Incase either of these poisons should be taken, through mistake or otherwise, a strong prepara- tion of No. 1, with a small quantity of No. 2, will be a sovereign remedy." Dr. Samuel Thomson. Sal.tpe.ter.—It has long since been ascertained that the use of saltpeter in brine, intended for the preservation of flesh for food, is not only a useless article to be put therein, but that it is highly injurious to the meat, and, consequently, to those who eat thereof. The part of the saltpeter which is absorbed by the meat, is nitric acid or aqua fortis,—a deadly poison. Animal flesh, before the pickle be added to it, consists of gelatinous and fiberous substances. This gelatine is the principal part which possesses any nutritious property or virtue; and it is the part acted upon by the saltpeter. It appears that the salt and saltpeter, by a sort of chemical action, destroy this gelatine, so that the meat becomes as different from what it should be, as leather is from the raw hide, before it be subjected to the process of tanning. To this chemi- cal change, brought about by the poisonous article thus * The Garget I take to be the spurred Rye ; the Indigo "Weed to be the Wild Indigo, and the Ivy, the common hedge poison vine. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 245 used, may be ascribed nearly all of the diseases common to mariners and others who subsist principally on salt meat. Scurvy, sore gums, decayed teeth, ulcers, &c, are some of the sad consequences of this highly impro- per and hurtful article being used on food. I have, for years past, both publicly and privately, advised the abandonment of the use of saltpeter in the making of pickle, for every kind of provisions. Doctor Thomson cautions us in his New Guide to Health, to " be careful not to make use of saltpeter in any way whatever; it is the greatest cold of any thing that can be taken into the stom- ach, and was never intended for any other purpose than to destroy life. It is a very bad practice to put it on meat, for it destroys all the juices, which are the nourishing part, and leaves the flesh hard and difficult to digest." Those who wish to add something to their meat, besides the pure salt, may use, for that purpose, a small portion of sugar. This will render the meat sweeter, more whole- some, and equally as durable; and the cost would be but a mere trifle. These statements ought to be remembered and never forgotten, by farmers, butchers, fishermen, packers of sea provisions, and all purchasers and custom- ers.—They are of particular importance to all who value good health and long life, in their true enjoyment. LONGEVITY. In a very interesting paper, published by Dr. Rush in his Medical Observations and Inquiries, we have a detail of the Doctor's experiei*:e in regard to those causes which favor the prolongation of life. 1. Descentfrom-long lived Ancestors.—Dr. Rush never met with a single instance of a person who had lived to be 80 years old, whose ancestors had not been remarka- ble for their longevity. In some instances, the longevity was on the side of "the father, in others on that of the mother, but most generally it was common to both parents. The knowledge of this fact may serve, not only to assist in calculating what are termed the chances of life, but it may be useful to the physician. He may learn from it to cherish the hopes of his patients in chronic and some 21* 246 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. acute diseases, in proportion to the capacity of life they have derived from their ancestors. 2. Temperance in Eating and Drinking.—To this Dr. Rush found a few exceptions. The duration of life is not always shortened by an infirm constitution, pro- vided the stimuli which operates on the several organs- be proportioned to their excitability. 3. The moderate use oj the Understanding*—It has been an established truth, that literary men, other cir- cumstances being equal, are longer lived than other peo- ple. But it is not necessary, remarks Dr. Rush, that the understanding should be employed upon philosophical subjects to produce this influence upon the duration of life. Business, politics, &c, which are the objects of attention common to men of all classes, impart an ac- tivity to the mind, which tends very much to produce health and long life. 4. Equanimity of Temper.—The violent and irregu- lar action of the passions tends to wear away the springs of life. Persons who live upon annuities in Europe, have been observed to be longer lived, u»der equal circum- stances, than other people. This is probably owing to their being exempted, by the certainty of their subsistance, from those fears of want, which so frequently distract the minds, and thereby weaken the bodies of all persons who are subject to them. Life rents have been supposed to have the same influence in prolonging life. Perhaps the desire of life, in order to enjoy as long as possible that property which cannot be enjoyed a second time by a child or relation, may be another cause of the longevity of persons who live upon certain incomes. It is a fact, that the desire of life is a very powerful stimulous in pro- longing it, especially when that desire is supported by hope. This is obvious .to physicians every day.—Des- pair of recovery is the beginning of death in all dis- eases. 5. Matrimony.—In the course of his inquiries, Dr. Rush never met with one person beyond 80years of age who had never been married. 7. Sedentary Occupations.--Dr. Rush did not find seden- tary employments to prevent long life, where they were not accompanied by intemperance in eating and drinking. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 247 This observation is not confined to literary men, nor wo- men only, in whom longevity, without much exercise of body, has been frequently observed. The doctor met with an instance of a weaver, a second of a silversmith, and a third of a shoemaker, among the number of old persons, whose histories suggested the foregoing observa- tions. 7. Loss of Teeth, Sfc—-The early loss of the teeth did not appear to the Doctor to affect the duration of hu- man life so much as might be expected.—Edward Drinker, who lived to be 103, lost his teeth thirty years before he died, from drawing the hot smoke of tobacco into his mouth through a short pipe. Neither did he observe baldness or gray hairs, occurring in early or middle life, to prevent old age. In an account furnished by Le Sayre, mention is made of a man of 80, whose hair began to as- Bume a silver color when he was only eleven years old. "We notice a statement that a woman is to be seen at a Museum in a Western city, said to be of the great age of 161. If this be true, she must be older than any per- son whose death and age are recorded in this country. The oldest, within our knowledge, was just 150. This was a woman, too, and so have been, perhaps, half a dozen or so of the seniors next in order. We notice also the decease of a negro on one of the West India Islands, be- tween the ages of 120 and 130.—The ages of these ne- groes are apt to be uncertain, but we have a fact, from a friend dropped in from the South, which indicates, with something like a definite possibility, an extraordinary instance of longevity in a negro. He lived on a planta- tion near St. Mary's, and died about 18 months ago. Our informant's curiosity, on seeing him, was excited by his appearance, and by the statement of his fellows, that not one of them could remember the-time when he had been called on to work on the estate; that is, he has been su- perannuated from time immemorial—probably 50 years at least. On enquiry of himself, he could remember but little. He stated, however, that in the Revolution he had been too old to fight; his grandson "went a solgerin" at that time. He also remembered "the Deluge" distinctly —referring to a memorable inundation which took place about one hundred and twenty years ago, when he must 248 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. e been already grown up. In fact, he was from 150 to years of age, if not more.—He still had good use of have bis eyes, and some teeth, walked a mile and back again, on the occasion alluded to above, for the consideration of a prime quid of tobacco—This is a good story certainly; and what is better, it is true." [TV. Y. Jour. Com. Hard Labor and Long Life.—A young man, at the age of eighteen years, in 1724, was condemned to the galleys in France, on account of a high crime, for the long period of one hundred years, which was probably intended by the Judge to confine him for life. Remarkable as it may appear, in 1824, the man being in perfect health, after an unremitting series of hardships of an entire century, was discharged, being exactly one hundred and eighteen years old. On visiting Lyons, he laid claim to an estate which belonged to his family. "The best method of prolonging life, and making thyself happy during life," said a wise mandarian to one of the infatuated emperors of China, "is to control thy appetite, subdue thy passions, and practice virtue! ; Most of thy predecessors, O emperor! would have lived to a good old age, had they followed the advice I now give thee!" This may very justly be reckoned a subject, among some others, which can scarcely be exhausted. My limits will not admit of justice being done to it here. It would require a volume of itself. I may, however, here remark, that if mankind would at once abandon forever, all min- eral and other poisons, of every description, as medi- cine, and follow strictly our Thomsonian, Botanic plan, not only in medicines, but in food and drinks, observing moderation, temperance and regularity in all thinga, also in the immediate management of the body and all the natural evacuations; the passions of the mind; and avoid griefs and violent anger, one great foundation for good health and long life would be laid. These are not vi- sionary ideas; they are founded on facts and the exper- ience of the wise. But once let mankind, in general, avoid all manner of abuse of themselves and their fellow- beings: let them avoid all excesses in eating and drink- ing, heats and colds; excesses of the passion and ten- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 249 sual gratifications; let them be governed by reason, and not imagination; let them take due exercise in pure air, and avoid too sedentarya life; let them take sleep in the night and labor in the day; let them observe cleanliness, and honesty, and keep themind free as the air they breathe, and many will nearly double the number of their days. In this way, a few succeeding generations would over- come all hereditary diseases. Parents would become healthy, and their children and childrens' children, more so. Degeneracy would stop, and an improvement would take place. Even the general form, figure and feature would improve in elegance and beauty. The very happi- ness, peace and serenity, resulting from this proper mode of self government, and right acting, would prolong the average life of man, a long series of years; and it is im- possible to tell to what a great degree of health and length of years man in succeeding ages might arrive to. Then great mental attainments would likewise be increased in the same ratio,until man would become far superior, in the scale of being, to what he no»v is. PREMATURE INTERMENTS, Or Burying Alive. "The following facts, collected from medical history, are painfully interesting, yet proper to be known, in or- der to prevent, if possible, their recurrence. Premature interments may take place in this country as probably as elsewhere. Physical organization is nearly the same throughout the whole of the human family; and we can conceive of no self-upbraiding more deep or bitter than that which must be felt from the consciousness that a dear departed one had terminated life—not by the ordinary course of mortality, but by an unnecessary, premature consignment to the grave". "The diseases in which a partial and momentary sus- fension of life most often manifests itself, are Asphyxia, lysterics, Lethargy, Hypochondiia, Convulsions, Syn- cope, Catalepsis, excessive loss of blood, Tetanus, Apo- plexy, Eplepsy, and Ecstasy. "Among many cases which have been recorded, the fol- lowing are particularly striking:—- 250 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. "Chancellor Bacon relates that Dr. Scott, nicknamed the Subtle, was buried alive at Cologne, and that, recov- ering from this apparent death, he gnawed his hands and broke his head in his tomb. •«A street porter, in Paris, having died at the Hotel Dieu, was carried with the other dead into the same grave; re- covering his senses towards 11 at night, he tore open his winding sheet, made his way to his house, knocked at the door, which was opened to him, and took a new posses- sion of his lodgings. "In 1756, a woman in Paris was thought to be dead, and the body put on some straw with a taper at the feet; some young men who sat up around the corpse, in a frolic, overturned the taper. This set the staw on fire. The deceased, whose body the flames now reached uttered a piercing shriek. Timely assistance was rendered, and - she so well recovered that, after her resurrection, she be- came the mother of several children. "On the 21st of November, 1763, the able Prevot, well known for his literary production, was taken with an apo- plectic fit, as he was travelling through the forest of Chantilly. Being supposed dead, he was carried to the house of the mayor of the village, and the magistrate directed a post mortem examination to be commenced. A piercing shriek, uttered by the unfortunate man, proved that he was a live. He expired under the scalpel. "Dr. Devaux, a surgeon of St. Coma hospital, in Paris, had a maid-servant who had three times been carried to burial. She did not recover her senses, the last time, till they were lowering the coffin in the grave. That wo- man having died anew, the body was kept six days, least they should have to bring her back a fourth time. "A Mr. Rosseau, of Rouen, had married a young lady of fourteen, whom he left in perfect health at his starting on a short journey. After a few days, he heard that, un- less he returned immediately, he would find his wife buried. On reaching home, he saw the funeral ready. In an agony of grief, he had the coffin removed to his room and unscrewed.—He placed the body on a bed and order- ed twenty-five incisions to be made on it. At the twenty- sixth, probably deeper than the others, the deceased ex- claimed, "How severely you hurt me!" Medical assis- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 251 tance was immediately given. The lady had afterwards twenty six children. " The wife of Mr. Duhamel, a celebrated lawyer, having been supposed dead twenty four hours, the body was placed on a table for the purpose of preparing it for burial. Her husband strongly opposed it, not believing her dead. To ascertain it, and knowing that she was very fond of the cymbal, and the tunes which cymbal players sing, he called one. Upon hearing the instrument and the voice, the deceased recovered motion and speech. She surviv- ed her apparent death forty years." "Andre Vesale, first physician to Charles V. and Philip If., after attending a Spanish grandee, thought him dead. Having obtained leave to examing the body, he had scarce- ly thrust the bistoury into it and opened the chest, when he perceived that the heart palpitated. "The relatives of the deceased prosecuted him as guilty of murder; the inquisitor as guilty of profaneness. Through the intercession of the King, he obtained to be merely condemned to a pilgrimage to the Holy Land. " In the sitting of the Royal Academy of Medicine on the 10th of May, 1827, Mr. Chantournelle read a paper on the danger of hasty inhumations. This led to a dis- cussion, in which M. Desgenettes stated that he had heard from M. Thouret who had superintended the removal of the human remains of the cemetery and the charnal house Des Innocens, that many skeletons had been found in posi- tions showing that the individuals had moved after their inhumation. Mr. Touret had been so much struck with this that he had inserted in his will an article relating to his own interment." Examples of apparent death fill many volumes, and medicines seem to have done little as yet towards prevent- ing premature interments, although frequent instances of this error are recorded in the public journals. A maid having been interred in the church of Jacobins, with a diamond ring upon her finger, one of the domestics shut himself up in the church, and, when night came, de- cended into the vault where the coffin lay. Having open- ed it, and finding that the swollen state of the finger pre- vented him from slipping off the ring, he attempted to cut it off. The pain caused an outcry from the suppos- 252 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. ed dead person, and the domestic, seized with terror, fell down senseless. Still the maid continued her cries.— Happily for her, the morning soon arrived, and her mean- ings were heard by some monks, who, guided by the noise, descended into the vault, and found the maid in a sitting posture, and the domestic half dead. She was taken, up and recovered, but the shock which the domestic received was so violent that he died in twenty-four hours. In the eigth volume of the Causes Celebres, a resur- rection of this kind is recorded, which gave rise to a very serious law suit, and of which the details would no doubt prove highly interesting to our readers. But we can only give a brief summary of the principal circumstances. Two merchants, of the street Honore, at Paris, united by the closest friendship, by equal fortunes, and similar business, had each a child, the one a son and the other a daughter, who were nearly the same age. These chil- dren, brought up together, had the strongest affection for each other, and this affection became, as they advanced in years, a livelier sentiment, which was approved by their pirents. They were on the point of being married, when a rich financier became warmly enamoured of the daughter, attempted to transfer her affection, and demanded her in marriage. The prospect of a more brilliant fortune allur- ed the parents, in spite of the repugnance of the child. The daughter was obliged to yield, and the financier married her in spite of herself. The young man, her first lover, was forbidden her house. This threw her into a fit of melancholy ; after which she sank into a frightful malady, in which her senses were suppressed, and she was thought dead, and was buried. The young lover knew that she had been exposed be- fore to violent attacks of lethargy, and concluded that she must be in this condition now. This idea quieted all his grief, and stimulated him to bribe the sexton, with whose aid he went in the night and disinterred her body. He took her to his house, applied all sorts of means to re- store her, and was successful. It was not easy to conceive the surprise of the restored, when she found herself in a strange house and in the arms of her lover, who explained to her what had passed. She was deeply sensible of her obligations, and fled with him THOMSONIAN PBACTIOE. 253 into England, where they lived together most happily for many years. Longing for their own country again, after ten years they returned to Paris, and not dreaming of discovery, took no pains to conceal themselves. By chance, the financier met his wife in a public promenade, and, notwithstanding his first persuasion of her death, and the efforts made by the parties to deceive him, he was convinced of her identity and life. He discovered her mansion, and instituted a suit to reclaim her. In vain the lover urged his own claims, founded on his care : in vain he represented that, but for him, she would have died—that his adversary had divested himself of all anxiety by burying her, and that he was liable to action, as a homicide, because he had not taken sufficient pains to establish the facts ©f death. In vain he urged all the thousand reasons which ingenious love can suggest. He saw that the decision of the court would be against him, and, without waiting judgment, fled with his wife to a foreign country, where they passed the rest of their lives happily. [French Paper. In case of malignant fevers, ptitrescency advances speedily, and, under such circumstances, the time of a funeral ought not to be unnecessarily delayed; but this ought never to be the case in northern climates, and in temperate, or cool weather. Young persons, in the bloom of health and vigor of life, may be struck down by an illness of only a few days, or even hours, and sometimes, in a moment, without any previous warning, but they ought not be consigned to the same summary sentence, merely because custom has ordained it. I had a brother, a young man, in the bloom and vigor of life, who died, as it were , instantly, without a moment's warning, pain, or sickness; and that, too, while sitting up- on a settee, and engaged in conversation with some young company. I was about fifteen miles distant, and did not see him until within a few hours of his interment; but I thought then, and still think, that, by prompt and judicious Thomsonian treatment, he might have been resuscitated, and be yet living. Some hours after being thought dead, and was laid out for burial, the obstructed vessel burst, and blood was discharged from the nose and mouth, and the face turned from a fair complexion to a dark livid color. 22 254 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. ASSISTANCE TO A PERSON IN DANGER OF DROWNING. If the spectator be unable to swim, and can make the sufferer hear, he ought to direct him to keep his hands and arms under water until assistance come; in the mean time throw towards him a rope, a pole, or any thing that may help to bring him ashore, or on board ; he will eagerly seize whatever be placed within his reach: thus he may, perhaps, be rascued from his perilous situation. But this desirable object appears attainable by the proper use of a man's hat and pocket handkerchief, which, being all the apparatus necessary, is to be used thus: Spread the handkerchief on the ground, or deck, and place a hat, with the brim downwards, on the middle of it; then tie the handkerchief round the hat, like a bundle, keeping the knots as near the centre of the crown as possible. Now, by seizing the knots in one hand, and keeping the open- ing of the hat upwards, a person, without knowing how to swim, may fearlessly plunge into the water, with what- ever may be necessary, to save the life of a fellow creature. The best manner in which an expert swimmer can lay hold of a person he wishes to save from sinking, is to grasp his arm firmly between the shoulder and the elbow: this will prevent him from clasping the swimmer in his arms, and thus forcing him under water, and, perhaps, causing him tosink with him. TO ESCAPE THE EFFECTS OF LIGHTNING. When persons happen to be overtaken by a thunder- storm, although they may not be terrified by the light- ning, yet they naturally wish for shelter from the rain which usually attends it; and, therefore, if no house be at hand, generally take refuge under the nearest tree they can find. But, in doing this, they unknowingly expose themselves to a double danger; first, because their clothes being thus kept dry, their bodies are rendered more liable to injury,—the lightning often passing harm- less over a body whose surface is wet; and, secondly, be- cause a tree, or any elevated object, instead of ward- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 255 ing off, serves to attract and conduct the lightning*which, in its .passage to the ground, frequently rends the trunks or branches, and kills any person or animal that happens to be close to it at the time. Instead of seeking protec- tion, then, by retiring under the shelter of a tree, hay- rick, pillar, wall, or hedge, the person should either pur- sue his way to the nearest house, or get to a part of the road or field which has no high object that ran draw the lightning towards it, and remain there until the storm subside. It is particularly dangerous to stand near leaden spouts, iron gates or pallisades, at such times; metals of all kinds having so strong an attraction for lightning, as fre- quently to draw it out of the course whichit would other- wise have taken. When in a house, avoid sitting or standing near the window, door, or walls, during a thunder storm. The nearer a person is to the middle of a room, the better, and it is said, if the feet be placed upon the rounds of the chair, there will be less danger than in keeping them upon the floor, where the lightning may pass, if the house be stricken. The greatest evil to be apprehended from lightning, is the explosion of powder-magazines. These may, in a great degree, be secured from danger by insulation, or by lining the bulkheads, and floorings, with materials of a non-conducting nature, the expense of which would not be great S Ik is a good non-conductor. Conducting Power of Trees.—I find it stated by a re- spectable authority, that the lightning often strikes the elm, chestnut, pine, every kind of oak, and sometimes ash and other trees, but never beach, birch, or maple, Mulberry. LIGHTNING RODS. There seems to be a general want of knowledge, or, at least, want of care, displayed by builders, in the execu- tion of that most invaluable discovery—the lightning rod. Although it is a certain means of warding off and diverting the electric fluid, yet there are to be found many 256 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. who place but little reliance on this safeguard. This want of confidence is caused by the occasional accounts which reach us of houses damaged, even when supplied with the conductor; which is, doubtless, the cause of so large a proportion of unprotected buildings; yet I may safely challenge any to produce an instance where light- ning caused injury to any building, when defended by a perfect conductor." Steel rods are the best, because they are not so liabe to rust. I have frequently observed rods, covered with rust, fastened with iron staples, which en- tered the walls two or more inches, without any non- conducter intervening to separate them from the rod, and prevent the lightning from penetrating the wall; of which there,is every chance, especially if, as is often the case, there is a heated flue, or a stove pipe, opposite, to in- crease the attraction. Such rods, thus fixed, are dan- gerous, and a house is safer without them. The necks of porter bottles fixed on the conductor, where the iron fastenings would otherwise come in contact with ir,should not be neglected; great attention must likewise be paid to the quality of the point, which should be either platina, or pure gold, (sharpened;) the former is the most com- mon. The rod should extend about eight feet above the highest point of the building, and run into the earth about four feet, and terminate in a bed of charcoal. As a phi- losophical writer says:—"Although the lightning has not always been thus conducted without an explosion, yet we have no instance of buildings damaged that were thus secured." J. B. M. INFLUENCE OF TRADES AND OCCUPATIONS ON HEALTH. Some interesting researches have been made, within a few years past, in relation to the influence of many of the various occupations, upon the health of the operatives. Believing that to notice some of them would not be alto- gether uninteresting to the general reader, I have insert- ed the following notice of them; but, from what has been said upon the subject of sedentary employments, proper positions of the body, air, exercise, sleep, &c, &c, with THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 257 a general care of the health, less will be needful upon this subject, as, in a general way, more depends upon these than the choice of any occupation. Carpenters, Joiners, Wheelwrights, and Mill- wrights, appear, in a general way, to receive no injury from their occupations. There are still some exceptions to be made; for instance, some of these are trades which require to have a great deal of planeing of boards done, many of which are often covered with a light, dry dust from the fine particles of wood, made in the sawing. This dust rises from the stuff when planeing and working with it, and is breathed into the lungs, and becomes, in some instances, exceedingly hurtful. Millwrights, who fit up shafts and water wheels, in damp mill pits, and the like, are thus exposed to the causes of rheumatisms, &c. In other respects, these are healthy employments. Coopers have good muscular exercise; but, without care and change, the stooping posture may affect the head : The noise is said to affect the hearing in some instances. Lads, when they first enter the employ, are the principal ones affected in these ways. The men are sometimes annoyed by pains in the loins, the result of a stooping pos- ture. Coach-Makers may be divided into three classes;— wheelwrights, smiths and painters. The first of these has been spoken of. Smithing, in a general way, is healthy business; some workmen are too much exposed in bad shops, and also to dampness under the feet. Those who practice shoeing horses and oxen, sometimes complain of pains in the back and loins. They are somewhat exposed to heats and colds, on account of the nature of their employment. In other respects, the business is healthy, and the operatives may live to a good age. Painters, who work in lead and other poison min- erals prepared in paint, are not, generally speaking, a very healthy or long lived class of operatives. Temper- ance, pure air and proper care, will, however, be much in their favor. Shoemakers, Tailors, Weavers,Professional Men, &c, should observe my remarks about sedentary employ - 22* 258 thomsonian practice. ments, and they may live as long and healthy as the ope- ratives at most of the other employments. Copper, Tin, and Sheet IronSmith9, may be affect- ed in the hearing, by the continual hammering, and noise. The liability of taking copper, lead &c, into the mouth, by eating fruit and other things, in a thoughtless manner, without first washing the hands, may prove hurtful to them. See poisons of copper, &c- No doubt, too, but that the very odour of poisonous metals, taken into the lungs by the breath, is hurtful. Stone-Cutters are not very long-lived. The inhala- tion of the fine particles of stone which escapes from the chisel, in the process of engraving, causes a great many of the workers at this branch of the business to be affect- ed in the lungs. Those who work at the manufacture of gun flints, are similarly affected, in like manner, by the small particles of the hard, heavy substance being inhaled into the lungs. Those who work in ihe quarries, and saw out the slabs, &c, are not so affected. Stone Masons, Bricklayers and Brickmakers, with the advantage of full muscular exercise in the open air, though subject to the annoyance of heat, cold and wet, are a hearty class of operatives, these businesses not being at all injurious. Chaise-Drivers, and the like occupations, with an equal advantage of fresh air, are differently situated in refer- ence to exercise. For want of proper muscular exercise, the atmospheric vicissitudes to which they are exposed, often produce rheumatisms, and inflamations of the lungs. They who are any way intemperate are subject to dis- orders of the head and stomach. They often drink, and eat heartily of strong food, and, if the stomach be over- loaded, is liable, for want of more muscular exercise, to counteract its good effects; to produce morning sickness, and finally apoplexy and palsy. Cart-Drivers, though exposed to atmospheric vicissi- tudes, are healthy in proportion to their temperance, and the nourishment they take;—as many, it is believed, spend much of the money for grog, which would be better em- ployed in buying solid food. Laborers at Husbandry, Quarrying, Road-Mak- ing, and such like employments, are among the most thomsonian practice. 259 healthy operatives, where they enjoy a competence, and therewith be temperate and regular in their living. Ropemakers, though they have exercise in the open air, are said to suffer by their stooping posture. A simi- lar observation applies to gardening, grubbing or digging, mowing, &c. Pavers are well known to have strong muscular exer- cise in the open air. Their chief complaint is pain in the loins, which increases^with their years;yet they often live to an advanced age. Fishermen and Fishmongers, are of course, greatly exposed to the inclemency of the weather; yet those who are hardy, temperate, and take the necessary care of them- selves, generally enjoy health, and attain considerable age. Different is the state of those who are addicted to dram-drinking, and unregularity: such are, consequently, sickly and short lived. They are not, however, as subject to rheumatism as might be supposed. Cattle and Horse Dealers, leading an active life in the open air, are generally healthy, and would be almost exempt from ordinary maladies, if they were entirely tem- perate. Drovers of Cattle or Butchers, who ride and walk from fifteen to forty miles a day, are plump and rosy. Butchers stand at the head of this class of occupa- tions. They are much in the open air, and take strong ex- ercise. The master Butchers often stir about to purchase stock; and often ride into the country and neighboring markets, to buy cattle. They are subject to few ailments, and these result from plethora, or overfullness of habit. The atmosphere of the slaughter-house, though disgust- ing, is said not to be injurious to health. Consumption is rare among men employed in the slaughter-house. Not- withstanding butchers are generally healthy, longevity is not greater among them than the generality of employ- ments. It is believed that many of them live too highly for long life. Millers, Coalmen, and such mechanics as breathe constantly in an atmosphere loaded with dust, do not at- tain to so great an age as those in similar employments where there is no dust; being more liable to consumption. Wool Carders, Hatters, Brushmakers Feather- men, and such as breathe in a confined atmosphere load- 260 thomsonian practice. ed with fine particles of animal matter, are more liable to become consumpted and short lived, than those who breathe in vegetable dusts. The smallest mortality from this is said to be among the carders, and the greatest among those who work among feathers. Printers and Bookbinders, who are temperate and live in healthy situations, are generally healthy and live to a good age, where they do not, as the saying is, turn night into day, and day into night, as necessity, in the printing business, seems sometimes to indicate. Tanners have a healthy business. The bark, tan and ooze-water are almost medicines to them that work there- in. Tanners are generally hearty eaters, and, were it not for the inconvenience of wet and cold, to which they are exposed, and consequently, rheumatism, they would other- wise have a. very healthy employment. Curriers, though less exposed to cold and wet than tanners,have much stooping to shave the skins, but which difficulty may be greatly relieved by suitable changes in the arangement of their work. Tallow Chandlers and Soap Boilers, are said to be healthy, and reasonably long-lived. Glass Founders and Blowers, are said not to be very healthy nor long-lived. The firemen who prepare the glass for blowing, have to attend the furnace, night and day; which, of itself, is extremely hard upon the con- stitution; and then the glass blowers suffer in the lungs from the practice of blowing, in the formation of bottles and most other articles of glass-ware. Mining is either healthy or unhealthy, according to the pure, or poisonous quality of the mineral wrought in, and other incidental and local circumstances. Agriculture is the most ancient, useful and health- ful business, aside from incidental and local obstacles to health. Among the tillers of the earth are to be found the long lived, the virtuous and the happy. PART II. NAMES AND SYMPTOMS OF THE DIFFERENT FORMS OF DISEASE, WITH AMPLE DIRECTIONS FOR CURING THE SAME. This part of the work contains a general description of all of the diseases that are mentioned in Doctor Thom- son's woik, together with several that are not;, also, am- ple directions for their treatment and removal, where they be at all curable. This is to be done with the medi- cines described in the fore part of the work—in addition to wiiich, due regard being paid to the dietary rules and other regulations therein laid down, will be found to be amply sufficient for the public or private practitioner, in every case of disease known in our country, and probably in the world! DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. When, in the course of human events, it becomes ne- cessary for one profession or people, to dissolve the social bonds which have connected them with another, and to assume, among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the laws of Nature and Nature's God entitle them, a decent respect for the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation. We hold these truths to be self evident:—that all men are created equal; that they are endowed with certain un- alienable rights; that, among these; are life, liberty, and the pursuit of health. And, to secure these, theories are established among men, deriving their just powers from their truth and practicability; that whenever they be- 252 thomsonian practice. come destructive of these ends.it is the right of the peo- ple to alter or abolish them, and to institute new ones, lay- ingtheir foundation on such principles, and organizing their powers in such form as to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and health. Prudence, indeed, will dictate, that those long established, should not be chang- ed for light and transient cans -s ; and, accordingly, all ex- perience hath shown, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishiug the forms to which they are accustomed. But, when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursu- ing invariably the same object, evince a design to reduce them under absolute despotism, it is their right, it is their duty to throw off such theories, and to provide new guards for their future security. Such has been the pa- tient suffering of the afflicted, and such is now the ne- cessity which constrains them to alter their former sys- tem of practice. The history of the present medical faculty is a history of repeated injuries and usurpations; and having a direct object;—the establishment of an abso- lute tyranny over mankind. To prove this, let facts be submitted to a candid world. They have refused their assent to the administering of medicine, the most whole- some and necessary, for the good of the sick. They have forbidden the interference of friends and nurses, in cases of immediate and pressing importance, and a suspension of all operations until their assent should be obtained, and when so suspended, they have utterly neglected to attend them. They have concealed the science of medi- cine under language unusual and unknown, and unmean- ing technical phrases, for the purpose of preventing a knowledge thereof among the people. They have, in an unbecoming and ungentlemanly manner, contradicted and otherwise mal-treated persons while opposing, with man- ly firmness, their invasion on the rights of humanity. They have refused, for a long time, after such contradic- tions, to cause explanations to be made, whereby the peo- ple are incapable of arriving at correct conclusions. They have endeavoured to prevent the progress of the new practice of medicine for that purpose. They have deceived the people as to its tendency, and caused laws to be passed by some of our legislatures, diametrically op- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 263 posed to it, whereby, preventing its practitioners from re- covering the just reward of their labour. They have made invalids dependent upon their will alone, for the tenure of their lives and the amount and payment of their fees. They have administered "poison" in various forms, under the pretence of healing sickness and restoring health. They import large quantities of foreign drugs, which complete the work of DEATH and desolation already begun, with circumstances of cruelty scarcely paralleled in the most barbarous ages, and totally un- worthy the practice of scientific professors. We, there- fore, the afflicted and diseased, by general consent, agree, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the world for the rectitude of our intentions, in the name and by the au thority of our own judgment, do solemnly publish and declare that we are, and of right ought to be free and in- dependent; that we are absolved from all allegiance to the mineral medical faculty; and that all practical con- nexion between us and said faculty is, and ought to be, totally dissolved. That, as free and independent people, we have full power to procure medicines, administer the same, expel disease, establish health, and do all other acts and things necessary for the promotion of our health and comfort. And for the support of this declaration we mutually pledge our lives, our fortunes, and our sacred honour!! E. H. R. Botanic Sentinel. CLASSES OF DISEASES. One grand principle in this system of practice, over every other known, and one which saves Thomsonians from a great deal of uncecessary trouble, uncartainty, doubt and perplexity in the management of a great many cases, es- pecially new ones, is, that of classing them, according to their immediate causes and effects. For instance, if my neighbor and I travel together the same road, and be ex- posed to cold or wet, although we may be of equal ages, equally strong and healthy and equally clad, yet we may appear to be. very differently affected by the exposure. The next day, I may have tooth ache and he may have violent cough;—I may have pain in my head and eyes, 264 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. and he may have similar affections in the limbs and joints, and may call it rheum itisiR; ,jw!iat is in the mere name? —arl may take a violent cold, and suffer much with ob- structions in the nose.breathing organs and glandular sys- tem, which may greatly affect the breast and lungs, and he may take a raging fever. Now ! ^ what can be the great difference between these diseases? seeing each of them had its rise in a similar exposure, in a storm, or the like. The calomel doctors may say, one has "the cold" and the other has " the heat," or one has "the cough," and the other has "the slaver;" or the one has "the tooth ach," and the other has "ihe back ach;" or the one has" a catarrh" or "pleurisy," and the other"the strangury,"&c,—when, in fact, we both have taken not more or less than a vio- lent cold, which was the cause, and we be merely effected thereby with local obstruction. But, because the cold has made its attack, or has settled in different organs or parts of the body of these two patients, the doctors think they are affected with very diff'erent diseases, and give their complaints different names, and hence they apply very different remedies, (and probably all poison,) to these poor suffering patients; when, behold! each has but a bad cold, somewhat differently locate I, and might be speedily cured with the same medicines, by a slight difference in the mode of their preparation and application, and in a time similarly short. So it is with all fevers; they may be denominated so many heats, or kinds of heat; when, in fact, they are just so many colds, which may have caused different local ob- structions, in different bodies, or even in the same body, at different times. Hence the multitude of names given by the old faculty.—See page 152. Again, Mortification is a form of disease which, although considered generally fatal, by the doctors, yet while it is.called inflammation, it is less so, and while it is merely cold or obstruction, but giving moreor less of pain, there is considered still no danger; and these are denominated so many different diseases, and are very differently treat- ed by ignorance and quckery. The fact is, these are but different stages of the same disease, and may be cured (if curable atall,)bythesameremedies. ltiswellknown that most kinds of hurts and bruises cause local obstructions, THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 265 which impede the circulation of heat and life, freely, through or along their proper passages ; by which hinder- ance, cold gets in, and occasions pain, then inflammation, and, after that, mortification, and, lastly, death. And, as the obstruction is the fore-runner or cause of the absence or departure of the heat, (which is cold,) so this cold is the fore-runner of the disturbed state of the heat, or in- flammation, and inflammation is the fore-runner of morti- fication,—which is the fore-runner of death. Now, sirs, if we have the medicine that will cure mortification, it will, even more readily, cure all of the prior stages of the disease ; for, that which will put out a large fire, will easily put out a candle, without any regard to the name. Again, 1 may mention the Small Pox, which, Doctor Thomson says, is the greatest degree of canker and putri- faction which the human body is capable of receiving at the same time, to live; the measels is a similardisease, and equally contagious, but exhibiting a lesser degree of canker and putrifaction. The same may be said of the chicken pox, scarlet fever, canker rash, and all other similar rash- es or canker diseases, down to a single small pimple. They are all classed together, and can be cured by the same medicines; and that which will cure the small pox, will cure all of the minor form of this class, and so on, with all other diseases; for, says our father, Thomson, that which will put out a large fire will easily put out a candle. Thus, he strictly directs that we should always study to understand how the patient is held, and doctor hi in for his ailment, instead of studying to find out, and identify each particular form of a disease, with a different name, which course always leads into difficulty, doubt and uncertainty. In this system we only want to know pre* cisely what the matter is; then Doctor Thomson tells us plainly, what the CURE IS. The medicines are all numbered; each particular num^ ber of the primary medicines being exactly adapted to a,, particular form of disease, or the phenomena produced,in.. the fluids or solids by some certain form of disease, , jSo that the practitioner should always, in the firsj; .ius.tanper examine into the true situation and state of ^e, .patients,. and understand where to class each pajrljc^jari fprrn. of disease, and then efficiently apply t^j^p^^ip/imary 23 266 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. medicines, according to their medicinal properties. At Ihe same time, he should not overlook the secondary prepara- tions where they are directed to be used, or may appear necessary. According to the above plan, and course of medical treatment, with proper and timely care, and due perse- verence, there need scarcely be one acute case of disease lost, in a thousand. Have good medicine, begin mod- erate, increase gradually, persevere faithfully, and suc- cess will attend ye. GOLDEN OPINIONS. The Flora of North America is astonishingly rich in remedies. There is no doubt in my mind, that in more diseases than is generally acknowledged, vegetable sim- ples are the preferable remedies. Who knows but in time these native productions of the field and forest, will so enlarge and confirm their dominion, as to supercede the employment of other medicines.—Prof. Waterhouse. To yield to any authority would here be criminal. Facts must and will stand.—Dr. Underwood. It would be highly advantageous to the public, and like- wise to the best part of the Medical Profession, if the predisposition and occasions of disease were made a por- tion of the education of every gentleman.—Dr. Armstrong. Every physician must rest on his own judgment, which appeals for'its rectitude to nature and experience alone. —Gregory. An obstinate adherence to an unsuccessful method of treating a disease, is self-conceit—it generally proceeds Itjui ignorance—it is a species of pride to which the lives of thousands have been sacrificed.—Ibid. Our want of success is occasioned by the following causes: 1st, our ignorance of the disease; 2d, our igno- rance of a suitable remedy; 3d, want of efficacy in the remedy.—Ibid. If truth doth any where manifest itself, seek not to smother it with glossing delusion: acknowledge the great- ness thereof, and esteem it thy best victory when the same doth prevail over thee.—Hooker. The whole nation is groaning under the present prac- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 267 ticeof the Medical Profession, which fosters disease more than it cures, and debases or ruins our constitutions.— Morrison. All men ought to be acquainted with the medical art. I believe that, knowledge of medicine is the sister and companion of wisdom.—Hippocrates. In early times skill in healing was esteemed a part of wisdom. I believe the practice of medicine should be agreeable to reason.—Celsus. As health is the most precious of all thing', and is the foundation of all happiness, the science of protecting life and health is the noblest of all, and most worthy the attention of all mankind.—Hoffman. Health is so necessary to all the duties, as well as pleasures of life, that the crime of squandering it ia equal to the folly, and he that, for a short gratification, brings weakness and disease upon himself, and for the pleasure of a few years, condemns the maturerand more experienced part of his life to the chamber and the couch, may be justly reproached, not only as a spendthrift of his own happiness, but as a robber of the public—as a wretch that has voluntarily disqualified himself for the business of his station, and refused that part which Providence as- sisrns him in the general task of human nature.—Dr. Johnson. DISEASES, AND CURE. ABSCESSES. This article includesall of those forms of disease, called boils or biles, imposthumes, fellons whitlows, and other festering sores. They may be classed together, and cur- ed with the same medicines, and by a similar process,— some, requiring more thorough and energetic treatment than others. From whatever cause an inflammation may proceed, it must terminate either by dispersion, suppuration, or mor- tification, lfthe inflammation be slight, and the constitu- tion sound, the dispersion may be accomplished by the courses of medicine, (is directed at page 129,) opening 268 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. the natural channels, and thus carrying off the obstructing and offending matter. Even where discharges are had by suppuration and absorbing poultices, the course of medicine, repeated occasionally, and especially injections and vomits, will greatly accelerate a cure. SYMPTOMs.Wrhe formation of matter or corruption, under the skin, or in any part of the body. It is preced- ed by inflammation, accompanied by a dull heavy pain; the pain becoming more and more acute and darting; a peculiar throbbing; the swelling becomes more and more elevated, and soft to the touch, and if the tumor be not opened, it will generally burst, when it become ripe. CURE.—In all common cases, give frequent injections and emetics, and apply a softening poultice to the part af- fected, which will hasten the ripening and discharge. If the tumor break externally, absorbing poultices should be continued, until it be extirtly discharged, and begin to heal; then the healing salve should be applied, till a cure be effected. In all bad cases of this kind, and especially if it be inward, as in the lungs, liver, or otherwise deep- seated, the full courses should be resorted to, till entirely cured. Doctor Curtis relates a case of a young man who had an abscess formed on his lungs, who after going through a few courses of medicine, discharged voluntarily, a half pint of morbid matter, and soon got well, and the pain in the breast that had been endured for years, departed. The common boil is a hard, circumscribed, inflamed tumor, which sometimes becomes a very painful and trou- blesome sore, requiring thorough treatment, and a con- stant use of No. 3, both in poultices, injections and drinks, for the removal of the canker from the system, aud also full courses to open the natural channels and equalize the circulation of the body. Fellons come on a joint, and are often caused by a sprain or bruise, which makes a leak in the joint or muscle. The sooner it gets vent the better. It sometimes comes in the inside of the hand, gathers and presses for vent, and breaks through the back of the hand, sooner than get through a thick hard skin, on the inside. When these symptoms appear, and a poultice be not likely to open it, we should burn a piece of spunk, the size of half a pea, on THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 269 the place we desire it to break. When burnt sufficiently, run the point of a needle into the dead skin, raise it up, and cut out a piece under the needle, to let out the mat- ter; then poultice till it discharge; then salve till well. When spunk cannot be had, a little quick-lime slacked in an open ended thimble, set exactly over it, will answer the same purpose. Fellons do not always require the burn- ing process, as the poultices alone will often be sufficient. Ifpainful, wrap it up in wet cloths, of several thicknessi s, and continue to drop on cold water, as long as the pain continues;—at the same time, the patient should take re- peated doses of Composition and No. 6, to keep up the inward heat. When the pain be assuaged, apply the poul- tice, &c, as directed.—The plan of burning is far prefera- ble to cutting open, as practiced by the lancet faculty; for catting the living flesh, forms a leak, and is liable to injure the joint, which is not the ease by our mode of sereing. Whitlows.—"These are inflamed tumors, similar to the above, bu>t they make their appearance at the ends of the fingers. They should be backened if possible, as well as the above, when they first make their appearance. This may readily be done, by taking clysters and vomits, and a few doses of No. 2 and 3, then dipping the finger fre- quently in the 3rd preparation of No. 1 : or applying a poultice of No. 1,3, and arsesmart thereto, or any of these. ABSTINENCE OR FAMISHMENT. Symptoms, Progress and Termination.—During the fir9t two or three days after total abstinence from food, in a person previously in sound health, the suffering from hunger is generally severe. The thirst is also at times distressing, but the thirst is not constantly attendant. The pulse during this period remains natural, and so does the temperature of the body. All the evacuations are scanty, and take place at distant intervals. After the first two or three days, the wasting of the body becomes visible, the fresh color, characteristic of health, disappears, and the features and the limbs, instead of being plump and round, sink and collapse. The loss of weight, which increases rapidly, is appreciable, and the progress of the 23* 270 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. emaciation is striking. The physical debility increases in exact proportion with emaciation: and the mind be- comes weak, confused, wandering, irritable, and at length almost deprived of reason. At this time there is little or no pain from hunger or thirst, or these uneasy sensa- tions return only at intervals, and are seldom acute and never lasting. The pulse at this stage may be a little quickened; it is certainly easily excited; and in like manner the heat, which seldom sinks below the natural standard, is readily parted with,—so that a slight change in the temperature of a room is felt acutely, and produces very uneasy sensations, a fact which demonstrates to the physician the feebleness with which the functions are car- ried on, no less clearly than the physical debility itself. The most remarkable and curious phenomena which next supervene are those connected with the intellectual fac- ulties. The loss of power to perceive accurately, and -to connect the trains of thoughts, is followed by decided delirium, which is at first of a low muttering character, similar to that which takes place in the last stage of typhus fever; but this sometimes passes rapidly into furious and even maniacal deliiium, requiring coercion just as great as a violent paroxysm of madness i'self. Generally the deli- rium is preceded by a stage of watchfulness and restless- ness, it being impossible to procure sleep or quiet; and finally, the skin becomes intensely hot, the pulse extremely rapid, the emaciation frightful, the debility so great that scarcely the slightest movement can be performed, and at length the individual sinks exhausted, into a state of lethargy. CURE.—In all attempts to recover those who have suf- ferred, or are suffering, under the calamities of famine, or extreme abstinence, great circumspection is required. Warmth, cordials, and food, are the only means required, in many cases; but it is evident that these may prove too powerful, in their operation, if not administered with caution and judgment. For the body is reduced by long fasting, to a state of more than infantile debility. The minute vessels of the different organs collapse for war.t of food, to distend them. Even the stomach and intestines shiink, in their capacity; and the great fountain pump of the heart, languidly vibrates, having scarcely energy THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 271 enough to pump the blood through the lungs and arteries, to the extremities, and along the deep crimson channels. Under these distressing circumstances, einolient clys- ters, in the rectum, would be good to give, as the first thing; then a little Composition tea, in repeated small doses, rather weak at first. When the patient begins to feel the inward warmth increase, or a sensation of cold out- wardly, the feet should be placed in a warm water bath, about blood heat, for a few minutes, and the warming medicine repeated, and a very little water gruel, toast- water, new milk, or very weak soup, or broth,given—not at all allowing the patient to satisfy his craving, for several days, or even weeks; yet the quantity may be gradually increased as the case may require. It will also be ne- cessary to continue the injections occasionally, for some days, aud from the first, a small portion of Golden Seal, Laxative No. 4, Bitter Root, Butternut Syrup, or the like, should be given, to keep the canals open, until food and medicine distend them. A little new milk, gruel or weak broth, may be given, by way of injections* in small por- tions, and retained some time^to great advantage. Mother's Cordial, No. 5 Syrup, or the Bitter Nerve Drops, would be an excellent medieine for the restoration of the famished, along with our diets. No 1 and 7, should be given in small doses, so as not to sicken, unless some other medicine be given, whieh may have No. 1 in it, as the Cough Drops or the like. ACIDITIES, GRIPES, CHOLIC, &c. Symptoms.—These complaints are attended with green stools, flatulency, and often cholic, pains which often arise from weak digestion, and general debility. They are often caused by over-eatingj by green fruits; impro- per food ; bad milk, &c. CURE.—Injections may be first given. The pearl- ash, salaeratus, or a little weak white ley of hickory, sugar- tree or white ash, or soot tea sweetened, may be given, a few teaspoons ful at a time. Attention should be paid to the diet; and flatulent, undigestible food, unripe fruit, and trash, such as simple, uninformed persons foolishly indulge in, should be carefully avoided. An emetic might 272 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. be given, to clear the stomach of any watery crudities, that may exist therein; then follow up with Composition, or No. 2, 3 and 6, and then continue the No. 4, till all the symptoms be gone. For infants, or very young chil- dren, No. 5, or Infant Drops may be used freely. Re- gular exercise, meals, rest, and general habits, will contri- bute much to the health of old and young. AGUE AND FEVER. Causes.—Effluvia from putrid stagnated water; expo- sure in wet and rainy weather; getting the feet and cloth- ing wet; evening dews; night air; lying »pon the ground damp houses, &c Symptoms.—Pain in the legs, loins, back and head; coldness, shivering, languor; nails a dark livid color; coldness at the extremities; and often sickness and vom- iting. These symptoms are generally succeeded by shivering and violent shaking, which lasts from fifteen minutes to an hour, or more, m some cases. When the shaking abates a little, a hot burning fever is exhibited, all over the surface ; and it is often succeeded by sick stomach, and a lothing of almost every thing, except some grateful music. CURE.—A few full courses of medicine repeated daily, —vomiting often, and feeding the patient well, all the time, with No. 2, 3> and 4 or Tonic Powders, every two hours, and in the mean timer a sufficiency of light nour- ishing food, and a few days practice, wril effect a cure.— If, however, it should linger several days longer than ex- pected, the patient should go through a foil course every morning, and a- short one every night, and take No. 3, end a little laxative No. 4, or No. 3, and Golden Seal, night and morning, in addition to the other treatment, and there will be nothing to fear, for this treatment, per- severed in, the surface kept dry, and reasonably warm, will make ague flee away. ANEURISM. Symptoms.—This is a disease we see mentioned in THOMSONIAN practice. 273 the bills of mortality, and described in the books, as being an excessive dilation of the arteries, generally found m the ham, thigh, neck, groin and arm. This symptom is caused by a very small tumor, in the part affected, which is attended by a peculiar throbbing. It disappears when pressed, and returns the moment the pressure be re- moved. CURE.—Full courses; and avoid all sprains, hurts or the like, often bathing the feet in the best manner;—and cleanse the system well, by the emetics, and apply the Nerve Ointment to the tumor. Bathing the tumor with the 3rd preparation, of No. 1, just before using the oint- ment, occasionally, would be good. Care must be taken to maintain an equalized circulation throughout the system. APOPLEXY. Causes.—A rushing of blood to the head, or a collec- tion of watery humors about the brain. It may be occa- sioned by anv thing that increases too great a circulation towards the brain, or prevents the return of the blood from the head: as intense study; violent passion; any thing tight about the neck; a rich, luxurious, or highly seasoned diet; suppression of urine; over-heating, and cooling too quick; mercurial salivation; excessive vene- ry; stoppage of natural or customary evacuations; wounds on the head; long exposure to excessive cold; poisonous exhalations; use of opium, &c. Symptoms.—The usual fore-runners of apoplexy are, giddiness, pain and swimming in the head ; loss of memory; drowsiness; apparent noise in the ears: night-mare; spontaneous flux of tears; laborious, low, unregular breathing, &c. When apopletic persons, or others, are sensible that any of these symptoms are increasing in them, there should be no time lost in applying an effi- cient preventive or remedy. CURE.—Proceed immediately to give warming, and stimulating laxative clysters. When two or three injec- tions be given, let the patient be laid upon a bed, with his head and shoulders raised, so as to form an angle of about thirty degrees with the plane of the bed, at the same time, 274 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. let the feet project over, into a tub of warm, or hot wafer, for soaking, ot vapor bathing, as directed at page l()o of this book. The bath may be medicated with lavender, pulverised mustard seed, woormwood, or ihe like, to good advantage;—draughts of mustard with bruised onions, weakened with fine corn meal, so as not to cau-e a blister, may be applied afterwards, to the solos of the feet. A small portion of lavender and mustard seed in a tea, and sweetened with honey, may be taken inwardly. The hinds also should b > covered in bed along; wish a steaiiiin^ stone or brick, as directed for steaming in led, page DT. Composition or No. 2, with a little Nerve Powder, and Golden Seal, added, should be given, as soon as the pa- tient can take any tiling. Give no No. 1 inwaillly, un- til the violence of the symptoms abate ; but when soaking the feet, the addition of tiie 3rd preparation to the bath, and to the hands, wii->ts eve, would be good. And when the feet come out of the bath, let them be well wiped, kept warm, and all the 'lower extremities well rubbed with the clear 3rd preparation, if it can be had; or in the place thereof, the vinegar lotion, mixed with the sour tinc- ture of No. 1; gentle friction with warm flannels is also good to assist in restoring the proper rircuhtion. Continue the above treatment with a free, unbroken perspiration, until all the pressure Lave the head ; then put the patient through a full course, of the medicine; and as cccarion may require, a short and lung course, will prevent a re occurence of those distressing symp- toms. APPETITE LOST. Cause.—Morbid stomach; want of digestion; want of free air and proper exercise; grief; fear; anxiety, or any of the depressing passions; excessive heat; strong fatty food; strong drinks; tobacco; opium, &c. Symptoms.—A want of inclination to take regular food ; head ach, or sick head ach; a sense of increasing weak- ness, &.C. CURE.—Exercise daily in pure dry air; take one or two short courses of meJicim', and follow up with the long course. This will be sufficient in common cases of THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 275 this kind. Where the stomach, bowels and genfral sys- tem be out of order, a full course should be administered, repeatedly, and followed up between whiles, with the short or long course, till health be restored. ASTHMA. Causes.—This is often a hereditary disease. It may likewise proceed from a bad formation of the breast; vio- lent exercise, especially running; striking in of any rash, as small-pox, measels, &c; spasmodic affection of the lungs, or any thing that impedes the circulation of the blood through the lungs. Symptoms.—A quick laborious breathing, with a wheez- ing noise. In some cases the difficulty of breathing i* so great, that the patient is obliged to remain in a sitting or standing posture; fever; head-ach, &c CURE.—When this disease is hereditary, a perfect cure can hardly be expected ; but a strict adherance to the rules laid down in this book, for the preservation of health, and longevity, much relief and ease may be ob- tained. When unexpectedly attacked with a fit of asthma, a full course of medicine should be immediately admin- istered, if practicable; otherwise, place the patient in a bed, as described in case of apoplexy, and immerse the feet in the warm water, or vapor bath, either simple or medicated, taking care to cover the legs, &c, with a blanket. The patient should drink freely of Composi- tion, Ginger, or No. 2 tea, with the addition of Nervine, until perspiration ensues. Then wipe the feet dry, and bathe them with some stimulant, then take a few doses of the prepared emetic, or any of the preparations of No. 1, or in place thereof, large and repeated doses of the Cough Drops, until the stomach be well cleansed, as di- rected at page 125 and 126. After the operation be all over, the patient should take some more light nourishing food, and when the sweating begins to abate, wipe dry and change the clothes, and make daily use of the Cough Drops and Composition, or No. 2,3, and 4. This treat- ment should be repeated, as occasion may require, until entirely relieved. 276 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. BALDNESS. Causes.—Hereditary weakness; thin scull, or thinness of the skin, &c, upon the scull; scurf; obstructions in the skin; sickness: fever in the head, &.C.. CURE.—Clear the head and the whole system with full courses of medicine, and the head often, with tepid water and soap. Then use daily the following vegetable lotion and liniment. Take green loblia, white (garden) lilly root, maiden- hair, sweet fern or meadow fern, low mallows and marsh mallows, spearmint, slippery elm bark, and a little salt, bruise them well, and make a strong tincture thereof, in a suitable quantity of whiskey, or the best rum. After digesting ten days, strain and bottle for use. Take of the. 3rd preparation of No. 1, and sweet oil, or oil of pole- cat or neatsfoot, or horse, and add to the 3rd preparation, equal quantities, shake well together, and keep bottled for, use. These will form a very valuable ointment for many purposes. After going through a course of medicine, bathe the head with a little sour tincture of No. 1, then a little of the above compound tincture, and lastly, with the oint- ment of 3rd preparation and oil. These must be used in very small quantities, with regularity. Injections (the common) or, of No. 3, and No. 4 tea, with a table spoon- full of the above compound tincture, a teaspoon full of No. 6, and half a teaspoon full of Nerve Powder, daily. Previous to taking this clyster, the bowels had better be evacuated by some cheap, cleansing clyster; then this one may be retained for a much longer time to great ad- vantage. The head must be kept clean, and carefully combed, and free from sudden transitions of heat and cold. The above is without doubt, the best and most approved Thom- sonian treatment, to prevent baldness, or to restore the hair, where it be possible. But there are some heads supplied with so thin and sterril a soil for nourishing a crop of hair, that it is almost impossible to prevent bald- ness, or to restore the hair, when lost. However, the above treatment is well worth a fair trial, in the most hopeless cases. Many subjects will require a constant THOMSONIVN PRACTICE. 277 rare to ke^p the body loose and open, by the above treat- ment, in addition to the external applications to prevent a loss of the hair. BEAUTY, DEFORMITY, COSMETICS. Beauty is nothealth, nor deformity sickness ; yet articles called cosmetics, are still used and in constant demand. This fact alone, if no other, proves that beauty is an article or property of delight, and contrary wise, a hagish or de- formed appearance is a property, or phenomenon of dis- gust. Hence a few rentalks about this interesting state of perfection may be allowable. But in doing this in this place, I hope I shall be excused in treating of the question briefly, as follows:—Beauty or perfection will be considered good health; and deformity we will call ill health or disease, and cosmetics, the medicines with which to perform the cure. Beauty of the human figure, countenance and com- plexion is the subject here most particularly alluded to; and although I think I justly esteem due proportions in si/.e, figure or form, shades of complexion, &c, yet I make not of these an idol-god, as some do, to dote upon, nor do I dare scorn, or treat with disdain, that which has had no hand in its own formation. Some may say that beauty is a mere gift of nature, bestowed on but a few, without any regard either to justice or merit, and that we ought therefore rather to despise than desire it. To such grave, unphilosophital reasoners, a friend at my elbow wishes to say, that beauty is a quality, which no exertion of human wit, can bring into contempt: There- fore I shall not be disappointed by anticipating the atten- tion of all the gentlemen and ladies of science. It must be a truth, that beauty is the effect of good health and order in the arangements of all of the parts of the thing beautified ; that deformity is the effect of dis- ease, or disorder in the arangement, or in the management of its parts, or of the whole. Hence it follows, that as we are all Thomsonians in faith and practice, we look up with full confidence to this beloved system, and thank its founder for the blessings imparted to us through his instrumentality. He is himself now old and fulfof 24 278 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. years, and possesses a healthful and brightened counte- nance, a lively and lasting proof of the superiority of his system over every other known in the world. He was formerly weakly; his progeny, if any thing, more so; and several of his family, who had been attended by the practitioners of the poisoning system till the grim mes- senger knocked at the door and threatened an entrance, at which, the faculty who attended, fled and left his al- most dying, helpless infants in his wearied arms! ;No wonder, then, that he arose in the might of his powerful mind, to save his sinking babes, which he did, five in number, and then went on, and perfected this glorious system, giving health, strength and beauty, for sickness, deformity and threatening death!! Then let. all who prize good health, strength and beauty, and desire to preserve them, to a good old age, study and make themselves familiar with the simple rules and cautions laid down in the "Thomsonian Practice," and their reward will fol- low in proportion to the labor bestowed. Look, for in- stance, at the article about cleanliness, at page 160. ;See how the practice of that virtue alone, will contribute to health, long life, and even beauty! Read also, the article on Infection, and that on Clothing, Female Dress, Re- gimen, Hereditary Diseases, and various other important subjects, treated of, and judge ye, whether my conclu- sions be not correct. The proper government of the passions, bring every propensity and desire, and, conse- quently, action of mind and body, into due subjection to the dictates of reason, and is the first and greatest step in this noble reformation. The most elegant feature, no matter how well proportioned, nor blooming soever it may be, requires also, that mental animation to make it attractive. If the countenance express no emotion, it will be viewed without regard; and those passions it ex- presses, will commonly excite the same in others. Looks of contempt, envy and disdain, can never excite love; but on the contrary, they will reflect as from a mirror. If it be true that the predominant passion may be seen in the countenance, the appearance of the countenance accords with the predoininent passion; and as the predominent passion is regulated by the mind, the countenance is also. Therefore beauty depends chiefly upon the mind—the THOMSONIAN PRA CTICE. 279 cause internal, and consequently is within the influence of cultivation. It is to be wished that these things were better under- stood and attended to, as theyjyould save many of our dandies and young females, a great deal of pains which they take to appear beautiful, by assuming an artificial aspect. This artificial aspect cannot impose upon the wise and prudent: its ultimate fate is to be detected, and the hopes of its possessor completely overthrown. That beauty which irresistibly attracts attention and secures the affections, springs from a purer principle, emenating from intellectual excellence, and acting as a charm upon the beholders, is more easily felt than described; it im- plies an amiable softness and sensibility; certain engag- ing sweetness diffused over the whole countenance, indi- cating the most refined feelings of the possessor. The existence of these qualities always require correspond- ing feelings; therefore let those who desire to possess them, learn to be good. Hence it follows, that those who wish to be good, must learn to govern their passions and keep all the other, observances of the "Thomsonian Practice." In this, Phrenology comes in, and of our at- tention claims a share. Phrenology is the branch of science which teaches that the brain is the organ of the mind, and its action neces- sary in every operation thereof; and that a most intimate relation exists between the two, and, also, that their re- lation is reciprocal. " How impossible soever it may be for us to compre- hend the connexion between mind and matter, it is, never- theless, undisputably true, that we have no knowledge of the operations of mind, except through the medium of its physical organ. This fact admits of the most ample proof; but without proof, it must be obvious to every one who reflects at all,—that we know nothing of mind as a separate entity, or a thing that acts independently of its organic apparatus."—Fowler. Now then, if beauty depend upon the health of the body and the proper government of the mind, ; How essential it must be for every man and woman to become acquainted with their own physical construction and character. It is indeed a subject that every one should 280 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. lend some attention to, that they may attain to the greatest possible degree of perfection : then, indeed, will the good fruits of their labors shine, not only upon themselves, but through succeeding^generations. For it is a fact sus- ceptible of positive proof, that children unborn, receive the greater part of their beauty, or deformity from the good or bad management of their progenitovs. Causes of Deformity.—The natural and artificial causes are too numerous to relate the half; the following may serve for a sample. Hereditary diseases and mal-for- mations, deformities, &.c; a description of these alone would almost fill a volume;—another thing which always tends to destroy and take away beauty, is the use of per- nicious drugs sold by the purfumers for the purpose of beautifying the skin, which tend in the long run, to de- stroy its fine colour, soft texture, and healthy appear- ance ;—unbridled passions, which prey upon the nerves and vitals, destroying all the peace and serenety, which give9 evenness and a due balance of circulation, and thus wrecks the nervous system, which is always expressed upon the countenance, as heretofore stated;—fear;—frights;— grief;—even the force of a disturbed imagination;—too laborious, or long continued exercise, especially at sed- entary employments;—too severe confinement at study or the like;—neglecting to attend to the calls of nature for evacuations;—neglecting bodily cleanliness;—too rich or too highly concentrated food;—the use of narcotics, such as tobacco, opium, intoxicating liquors, &c.;—•-exces- sive venery ;excessive cold;—excessive heat;—tight lac- ino-;—too flimsy clothing in cold or damp weather;— wearing of corsets and stays;—tight shoes and two thin stockings for the season;—exposure to infectious disor- ders;—swallowing offensive expectorations, as flegm, snot, &c;—exposures to sudden heats and colds which obstruct the natural discharges through the pores, and cause rashes, pimples and other ugly eruptions to rise in the skin;—eating too much or too little food, or eating unwholesome food or unripe fruit, or any other like prac- tice that may overburden or derange the digestive organs and destroy" the tone and vigor of the stomach; for as soon as that be injured, the brain, through sympathy, be- comes affected, the countenance loses its expression of THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 281 vigor, health and beauty, and tells that wan disease, is there. Then begin to feel your Phrenological bumps, study your own character and constitution; become good Thom- sonians, and then to the £0°* CURE.—First take an everlasting dose of good reso- lution, strengthened with firmness, and well tempered with common sense, and illuminated with a tolerable American Education; interlard these with a knowledge of all the Thomsonian remedies for disease, (and a suitable stock of the medicines,) together with the know- ledge of the nature and syptoms of the different forms of disease. Then go straightway to work and cure your- selves of every malady, following truly our prescriptions throughout, and jEsculapius will have rewarded you with the hygiean gift of health, and Herculean strength will again be restored to your limbs, and then the eminently dazzling charms of the powerful goddess of love will cause the graces in your faces to shine. ; Now! even after saying all that I have, relating to this subject, and received from many the reply, that they have done every thing that this system requires for cleanli- ness, the preservation of health and beauty, calmness and sweetness of temper, and yet the sun tans, and the wind and pimples rise to chafe that wonted delicacy and soft- ness of surface, which is so much an object of anxiety and concern, ; I will tell you, my would be fair friends ! I will tell you what ye may do:—after every other thing has been done to restore soundness of body and limb, purity of blood, and to restore the strength of the digestives, if pimples, blotches, or roughness should still appear, use any, or all of the following prescriptions:— Take of aspen poplar, pipsissaway,. burdock root or seed, white pond lilly root, slippery elm, rattlesnake-root, Composition and Nerve Powder, of each equal parts, all in fine powder, well mixed together; scald one table- spoon full of this powder in six jills of boiling water, and divide the whole into eight drinks, which must be taken through the day, and must be repeated daily till cured. Every night before going to bed, bathe the part affected with equal parts of the above tea and the 3rd prepara- tion of No. 1 : Or in place of the 3rd preparation, No. 6, 24* 282 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. vinegar lotion, sweet or sour-tincture of No. 1, tetter lotion, or even itch ointment, may be used. After rubbing the above gentlely till quite dry, a small portion of sour buttermilk, or sour skim-milk may also be rubbed on, in like manner, till quite dry. In the morning wash clean with soft water and pure soap; rinse oft' with soft water, with a table spoon full of the sour buttermilk, and half a teaspoon full of No. 3 and 6 compound, described at page 56 ; or the same quantity of vinegar lotion, or the sour tinc- ture of No. 1, added thereto. Gentle reader, just listen one moment longer: don't use pearl powder and other cosmetics of the shops, at all; for, rest assured, they will in a short time destroy all thy beauty, and do even something worse than that for thee ! Cleanliness is the true cosmetic. Wash yourselves clean, add no artificials, and then, in a general way, ye are precisely as beautiful as nature designed, and as your sweet tempers choose; for mere cosmetics, all else is hopeless toil. Apply cosmetics to your minds—as ye have often been told, by precept upon precept. That is the true art of beauty. A sweet and good temper, a gentle and virtuous disposition;—these are the cosmetics that will take away all of your ugliness,—they will hide all of your freckles/and smooth all your wrinkles, and ren- der you beautiful, even above your beauty. It is a fact worth remembering, that much of the de- formity in the civilized and learned world, so called, is in consequence of the poisons, lancets, and other torturing instruments in the hand of the college craft; hence we bid to Mercury—Ars'nic—Opium too— Physic—Blisters—Lance—Adieu ! And all who use them we deny, Excepting when we wish to die. We know that bleeding causes death , We bleed a beast to stop his breath: The same they use to save man's life, To ease his pain, they take the knife. Much as the moderns take man's blood, So much his life goes in the flood! If any life should yet remain, They then the lancet use again. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 283 With igno'rant conduct such as this, They destroy beauty, health and bliss; And if all were at their command, Men would be slain throughout the land. We do disdain their pois'ning trade, For better purpose, we were made; Our fathers fled from tyrants' yoke, The galling chains of slav'ry broke. Should we set tyrants up again, Then our fore-fathers bled in vain; We honour those who set us free, And thank them Tor our LIBERTY. Press on, ye lovers of mankind! And freedom give the human mind From mists that dim the mental eye, And ills that cause th' oppressed to sigh. Press on ! the weal of man depends On vou, its warm and faithful friends; For'you it is to plan reform— And all dark Error's castles storm. Press on ! your path, 'tis truth that lights, And love that all your powers incites; Let mind no more in darkness grope— Be raised in virtue, joy and hope. Press on! press on to Virtue's prize; In truth's bright path the virtue lies:— Till all to health and beauty tend, Let not the reformation end. BILIOUS OR MORBID STOMACH. Causes.—Cold; eating unripe fruit, or undigestible or unwholesome food; loss of digestion, &c. Symptoms.—Frequent nausea; vomiting flegm and bit- ter substance, &c. CURE.—A few doses of the 4th preparation of No. 1, which must be followed up with No. 2, 3 and 4:—Or the No. 1, and a Long Course of medicine.—For further in- formation on the subject, see Acidities, and Cholics. 284 THOMSONIAN PRAOTICE. BLEEDING AT THE NOSE. Cause.—Hurt or stroke on the nose; excessive pick- ing, wringing or blowing of it; fullness of habit; any great termination of blood to the head, &c. CURE.—If the bleeding be not much, or not dangerous, it may be speedily stopped, by wetting the back part of the head and neck with cold water;—If this do not stop it, wash the head and face; blow or snuff up the nose, a little styptic snuff, or a little finely powdered gum-arabic or slippery elm, and it will form a coagulution, and stop the bleeding, unless the rupture be very great. In all bad cases do not depend upon these remedies alone, but in addition to them, give the patient warming injections, in the rectum, and Composition tea to drink,—which re- peat, until the bleeding stops. In the mean time how- ever, the feet must be bathed, in the usual manner. If these applications do not succeed in hatf an hour, then add a good dose of one of the preparations of No. 1 to each dose of Composition, and apply the vapour bath to the whole body, except the head and neck, the circulation will then become equalized, and the bleeding will cease. After bleeding be stopped, whether from the nose or any other part of the body, and from whatever cause it may be, the patient ought to be kept as easy and quiet as possible. He should not pick his nose,or the part which bled. He should wear nothing tight about the neck, but should keep the body erect as possible;—or the bleeding part elevated to, or above a level with the rest of the body. BLEEDING FROM THE LUNGS. Cause.—This may be occasioned by hard bodies getting into the windpipe by excessive drinking; running; wrest- ling; too great pxertion in speaking or singing, aloud. Persons who have long necks and straight breasts, slender frame, and a lax fiber, are most liable to this malady. It may also proceed from wounds in the lungs, from external injuries, violent passions, excessive drinking, &c. Symptoms.—Spitting of blood is generally preceded by a sense of weight, or oppression on the breast; a dry THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 285 tickling cou^h; hoarseness; difficulty of breathing, pain in the back, loins, &c. CURE.—The treatment must be the same as for bleed- ing in the stomach, with repeated full courses, at short in- tervals until cured. In addition to the Witch Hazel and Red Rasberry leaf tea, the patient must fake daily of the No. 2,3 and 4 teas,as directed under their respective heads, until restored. Frequent injections and foot bathings will be of great service. Let the patient keep calm and easy, and take light wholesome diet. The mind also, should be likewise soothed, and every occasion of excit- ing passions avoided.—See my chapter about the pas- sions, page 192, 193,194, &c. Those who are subject to frequent returns of this dis- ease, should avoid every kind of excess. Their diet should be light, wholesome and nourishing. Frequent bathing; the feet and legs in warm water, or vapor, and then with stimulating lotion, would also be very servica- ble. Particular care should likewise be tAen to keep the bowels regular,—and never go to bed at night with- out taking an injection or two, if needful. BLEEDING FROM THE STOMACH. Cause.—When the stomach has been long in a morbid, cankered state, the inner surface or coating becomes cor- roded and eaten through to the small blood vessels, by the canker, so that when the canker becomes removed by any means from time to time, it leaves these small ves- sels exposed to bleeding. Symptoms.—Vomiting of blood, cankery matter, &c. CURE.—The first thing, is to equalize the circulation throughout the system,—by warm clysters;—drinking Composition or No 2 and 3 tea, and a strong tea of Witch Hazel and Red Rasberry leaves, soaking the feet, and steaming the body. BLEEDING EXTERNAL. In cases of bleeding from cuts or the like,—suppose on a hand, foot, &c, raise the wounded limb up, as high 286 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. above the rest of the body as possible, and press or bandage the orifice of the wound together, as well as possible, and pour upon it, cold water from a cup; give the patient a plenty of Composition tea, or No. 2, or at ieast the hottest medicine that ye have, to equalize the circulation through the body, which will take the pressure from the bleeding place. If these do not stop the bleeding in a short time, then apply a warm bath, soaking, or the like, to other re- mote parts from the bleeding place, which will induce the blood thence. As soon as the bleeding ceases, apply salve, sticking plaster, bandges or whatever the nature of the wound may seem to require. Take occasionally of Composition and No. 3, and 4, to prevent cold, and can- ker, and to purify the blood, until well. BLOODY URINE. Causes.—Injuries in the kidneys, by hurts, sprains, falls or blows; lifting or carrying too heavy burdens; hard riding; ulcers or diseases in or about the bladder; gravel lodged in the kidneys; too sharp or powerful diure- tics, such as cantharides, &c. Symptoms.—Voiding dark blood-colored urine; some- times almost pure blood, is voided. CURE.—The same as for gravel.—Steam the loins and parts affected, well, and often; keeping the bowels in good order all the time, with emolient and tonic clysters, and the stomach and general system warmed and strength- ened, by a persevering use of No. 1, 2, 4 and 6. In fact the treatment of this disorder must be varied according to circumstances.—If there be no pain or hinderance in voiding the urine, the above directions will generally be sufficient; but if there be great pain or difficulty, as stran- gury or the like, bathe the feet often, and place a jug of hot water between the patients thigh's, and against the affected part, to keep up the warmth, and if thought needful, bathe over the parts, externally, with the sour tincture of No. 1, and No. 6, alternately. And if their be pain in the loins, the steaming stones may be applied on each side, as occasion may require. For a clyster in bad cases burdock seed, leaves or root, the seed is the best, THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 287 feafherfew, marsh mallows, slippery elm, valerian, vervain, meadow cabbage, each a teaspoon full of the powder; scald all of them except the valerian, strain, or let it set- tle and give by injection in the rectum, two or three times a day. Some of the same may also be made and kept for a common drink. This clyster and this drink, are to be in addition to the above recommended treatment. BLINDNESS AND SORE EYES. Causes.—Many have been born blind; not having a perfect pupil or organ of sight. These of course cannot be cured. Others have been born with slight deficiencies or obstacles in the way of seeing, that might with proper treatment,—and have been in some instances, removed,— and the blind brought to see. Blindness is no doubt often brought on by surgical operations of the doctors, cutting and destroying the natural organs, with the knife, caus- tics, cupping, leeching, &c, to cure spots or specks, cata- racts, inflammations, &c. I believe that there are ten put blind in one or other of these ways, for one, who has not been meddled with by a doctor. Symptoms.—Bright and wavering bodies or appear- ances, resembling stars, fires, sparks, melted led, clouds of small, dark thready and crooked wiry appearances; deep yellow or blue appearances of circles of mist before the eyes, or both of these, at the same time, representing bright rain-bow appearances, before the eyes; objects ap- pearing very great and dim,—not distinctly discernable ; sometimes apparent objects seeming to move or wave off; ability merely to discern day light distinctly without discerning any objects; sometimes not able to discern day light, &c. CURE.—Where the subject is born blind, without any degree of perfection in the organ of sight, there is nothing more to be done but to be resigned to the fate. Where the pupil and eye, otherwise, appear to be perfectly formed, there may be attempts made to restore them to sight. The first and most important thing is, to correct the general habits of the body, remove costiveness and all canker from the system, by injections and gentle courses 288 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. of the medicine: let the courses consist principally of the short and long ones. Take white pond lilly root and blossoms, lobelia, ground ivy, marsh rosemary root and top, with hazel and red rasberry leaves, yarrow leaves and bl >ssoms, cammomile and privit bark, equal quanti- ties, or any of these in like proportions, where all cannot be had; make a strong tea thereof; then take of fine slip- pery elm bark, and pounded crackers, equal parts, and mix with a proper portion of the tea to make a poultice; —give several doses of Composition, and bathe the face and eyes with pure, soft, tepid water, or lay a cloth wet therewith over the eyes several minutes, and at the same time continue the Composition, or No. 2 and 3 inwardly, till the fountain be raised well above the stream ; then lay on the poultice, and secure it by proper, easy bandages. Renew this every twelve hours, or oftener. Before re- newing the poultice, wash the eyes in weak tepid castile soap suds; then, in soft tepid water, in which might be dropped a very small quantity of vinegar lotion, after which wet them with Thomsonian Eyewater, according to the directions, and apply the poultice. If any thing like fungus or film should be in the eye, after several poulticings and washings, and not seem disposed soon to come away, drop upon it a very small quantity of the fiiiest Cayenne pepper, and apply the poultice as before, keeping it moist, while on, with water not too warm, or with some of the poultice tea. Keep up a gentle per- spiration with No. 2, 3, laxative No. 4 and laxative clysters, all the time between the courses; which should be repeated every day or two, till a cure be performed, if there be any hope for such a result. Whether a perfect cure be performed or not, the eyes of the patient should be brought to the light, only by degrees and with great caution for a length of time, and the Eyewater occasion- ally used, the bowels keept regular, and the system other- wise in good order. Other diseases of the eyes are to be treated upon the same principle, making slight variations to meet cir- cumstances, which any careful observer of common sense and a little experience may do. A Cataract for instance, is a thin skin of film, grown THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 289 over the pupil of the eye, or some opake substance grow- ing therein, or an inspissation of the crystalline humor of the eye, which if not dispersed or changed, may produce blindness. For this, the treatment above mentioned is the best that I know of. When steaming the patient, let the feet, legs, thighs, loins, spine, and back part of the head and neck be steamed, from thirty minutes to an hour or more; and make constant use of injections, and if thought necessary, a very little laxative medicine, daily. Amaurosis is a very different affection of the eye, being seated in the back part, or optic nerve; and occa- sions dimness of sight, and a representation of various figures, images ami colors, floating before the eyes, while no defect can be seen in the pupil. There is no doubt with me, but this defect of the optic nerve is the cause of the double vision, a complaint which I myself have been troubled with for about twenty years past, brought on by an inflammation in the head, &c, which gave me the most acute suffering of any disease I ever suffered, in my life. During four days and nights I could neither sleep, nor feel a moment's ease; and in that time my thirst was excessive, causing me to drink, probably, from one to two gallons of water daily; which ran out at my eyes in a continual stream, amounting to several quarts per day. This may appear uncredible; but it is nevertheless true. I poulticed my eyes with camomile, stewed in bread and milk poultices, and almost every other thing I could hear of, for about a week; and expected never again to have my sight restored. But by using domestic teas and such articles as I could procure, with the poultices, 1 got that violent attack, in a measure, thrown off; but for want of having this health-restoring Thomsonian System at that time, my eyes were so far injured that a perfect recovery is never expected. I have, however, helped my eyes much, merely by washing them frequently with our eyewater, and keeping the bowels in good order, according to the directions. In all such complaints of the eyes, the greatest care should be taken to guard against every obstruction to the natural evacuations of the body, and particularly that of the intestines; and to keep out cold and canker, with No. 25 290 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 2 and 3, &c. When any soreness or inflammation be felt in the eyes, these directions, with the use of the eye- water, must be followed, according to the severity of the attack. In all cases, when using the eyewater, for weak, sore or inflamed eyes, &c, follow the directions laid down at page 54, and 55. Many small children and weakly people are subject to sore and weak eyes; which is generally caused by canker and cold, producing obstruction and inflammation. This difficulty may often be entirely removed in two or three days, if taken in time. When any of these symptoms begin to appear, take an injection of No. 3 and 6, &c, as directed at page 128, drinking freely of the same, or of Composition, at the same time; and when the system become sufficiently warmed, take an emetic, as directed at page 126 ; and use the eyewater two or three times, a day, as directed at page 54 and 55. Bathing the feet fre- quently, as directed at page 103, while under the above treatment, will in all cases accelerate the cure. In all very bad cases, or those of long standing, the patient should go through a full course of the medicine, and repeat it, using the eyewater, &c, as directed, till cured. To extract a needlepoint or any particle or atom of steel or iron from the eye, or other part.—If the offending piece can be seen, and got at easily, take hold of it with a pair of suitable, small forceps, or pliars, and draw it out. If it cannot be got hold of without an incision, then make a small suitable incision, if the place be not too near the pupil; then apply a powerful magnet, as close as possible, and with great care, and it will extract the iron particle. If, however, it should not be drawn en- tirely away, it may be taken hold of with a magnetized forcep or pliar, and drawn away with ease. The wound must then be dressed, and frequently wet with the No. 3 and 6 compound.—Or if it need a poultice, apply one of Slippery Elm and pounded crackers, stewed in the above compound. Short Sight.—This infirmity of vision may frequently be cured by the following plan: THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 291 The pafwnt is placed with fhe back part of his head against a wall, and a desk is put before him, with a book on it, at such a distance that he can easily read. After a week or two of practice, the operator moves the desk a little farther off', allowing the patient to retain his place, while reading. In this manner the distance is gradually increased, until the desk and book have been removed to the full extent of ordinary vision, always allowing the pa- tient to acquire, the power of reading with ease, before the distance be increased.—The system should be kept in good order, and our eyewater used daily, while under- going the operation, to keep up their strength, and when the cure be performed, the patient should ever after, care- fully use himself to the ordinary extent of vision. Eye Shades.—Proper shades, lined under with some- thing green, is, without doubt, a great protection to weak eyes, especially for those who have to work much by candle light. Even in day light, and a bright sunshine, especially, between the sun and a snow, the glaring there- of is too powerful for very weak eyes. They then need protection also. Glasses of a white-oak-leaf green, are very good for that purpose. Some persons are in the habit of bandaging their eyes Tor every trifling affection, and rendering them tender and liable to take cold and inflammations, which prac- tice is strongly reprobated. Light and air being thus ex- cluded, and the organ rigidly compressed, when probably there be no need of it, ophthalmia, and even total blind- ness, may be the consequence of that which was, per- haps, but a slight flow of humor, or a little extravasated blood, which might have been removed in a few days, if judiciously treated according to the directions for sore eyes, in this chapter. BLISTERS. Causes.—The causes of blisters are very numerous;— from Spanish flies, called cantharides, from burns, scalds, frictions, freezing, concussions, and other causes. Symptoms—Inflammation in the part; risings of the gkin, filled with water or watery humor, blood, or blood 292 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. and water, &c, and having a painful and smarting sensa- tion. CURE.—The same as for burns, scalds, &.c. BRUISES. Bruises are of worse consequence than people gener- ally imagine; this is because the danger does not appear immediately, as in cases of cuts and other such wounds; but they have been in some instances the cause of terri- ble and painful cancers .and ulcers, which have caused death. CURE.—Very slight bruises may be cured by bathing it frequently with the 3rd preparation of No. I ; or with No. 6 and Vinegar Lotion, Rheumatic Liniment or Lo- ion, &c. If the bruise or crush be very bad, the patient had bet- ter take an injection and a vomit immediately; soak the feet in warm water; drink plenty of Composition or No. 2 and 3, with No. 6 therein; and also, apply all of the applications, above recommended, for a slight bruise. In addition to these, a poultice made of lobelia, worm- wood, tanzy, chamomile, bitter-sweet, mullen and burdock, pulped together and bound on warm, either by themselves, tinctured in vinegar and salt, or whiskey, with No. 6 added, will assuage all the pain and prevent inflamma- tion. One or two full courses of the medicine would, in many cases, prevent all future danger. BURNS, SCALDS AND FREEZES. These distressing sores, and even blisters caused by cantharides, may be all classed together. They, in fact, are but different forms of the same disease, except that the cantharides impart a poison to the flesh of the pa- tient, which the fire or water does not do. The sore from a burn or scald, and "a freeze, are one and the same kind of a complaint, and must be cured in the same way. The freeze is a direct cold, and the burn is an attract- ed cold. The heat opens the pores more than usual, and THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 293 the cold air follows and closes them much more than they were before the application and operation of the heat. This stops the perspiration from going through the sur- face, and the water collects under the grain of the skin. This is the way blisters arise from burns, scalds, &c. CURE.—In ail cases of a burn, scald or freeze, wrap the disorded part in soft cotton cloths, wet with cold water, quickly as possible, wetting them with the same frequently, to prevent them from becoming dry. Give Composition, No. 2 and 3, or No. 6, to keep up the in- ward heat, and remove inflammation and canker. Con- tinue this treatment from thirty minutes to twelve hours, . according to the severity of the burn, scald or freeze, as necessity may require: At least continue this process as long as the pain and smarting continue. If the skin be off, and inflammation still appear, then apply a poul- tice of fine slippery elm and fine corn meal, or pounded. cracker, stewed in a strong tea of No. 3; and wet it often with the No. 3 tea, and renew the poultice, every twelve hours or oftener, until all the inflammation be gone, then apply the common healing salve, page 51, till healed over. —Or, A salve may be made in the following way, which I have long known to be highly recommended for healing burns and scalds, without leaving a scar: Take of the leaves of the young shoofs of Rattlesnake herb, when they come up, in the spring, and the inner bark of Elderbush, bruise them fine in a mortar and stew them in butter, press out the salve and bottle up for use. When a scald be over a great part of the body, apply cotton cloths, of several thicknesses, to the whole surface of the sore, and wet with a tea of rasberry leaves, a tea of No. 3, or if neither of these can be had, a strong tea of chesnut leaves will answer an excellent purpose. Keep it continually wet; and keep up the inward heat, &c, as above directed. If a scald be under a stocking or other garment, let it remain on, and quickly as possible, apply cold water; add more cotton cloths, wet with water, as above directed. Continue we tting the same as long as the pain and smart- ing continue,not neglecting the hot medicine inwardly, at the same time.—If the scald, burn or freeze, be very 25* 294 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. severe, a full course of medicine must be administerec*, and then continue the above prescriptions till cured. Old sores, from any of these causes, must be treated in the same manner as fresh ones, not omitting the full courses, till entirely cured. CANCERS, ULCERS, CANKER SORES. These troublesome sores, and even abscesses, and white swellings, are so neaily allied, that they may be considered of the same class of disease,—are often brought on by the same causes, and cured with the same medicines, by a similar process. This information, and plan, of classing similar diseases will certainly be of much advantage to the unexperienced, if they will lend a little attention and thought to the sulsj^ct, and study the patient, and the cause, nature, symptoms and action of the obstruction, rather than the name. Then, by un- derstanding the medical properties and virtues of the medicines, and applying them perseverinstly, without any regard to the name of the disease, the actual obstruction will give way, and be carried off; and health ami vigor will regain its place. All of these may be attended to, and done, by any man or woman, of good sense and judg- ment, while many of the learned faculty will pass day af- * ter day in trying to find out, and give the disorder a naim, before they know rightly what to administer; and in the mean time, use blisters, lancet, leeches, cupping, and caustics, physics, &c, till their poor patients be al- most dead,—"run down" or worn out, with the cruelty of learned ignorance, and many who do survive such treat- ment, are cripples or deformed for life! ;0, when will the people, all, take-into their own hands, the manage- ment of themselves, and their families, and save them- selves from these distressing consequences, and the ex- pense of the doctors'heavy bills to pay!! As abscesses and white swellings are treated of, in other parts of this work, I shall only speak here, of what are called cancers, ulcers, &.c. Causes.—These distressing disorders are often caused by hurts; blows; friction; pressure; bruises; poisonous THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 295 metals, such as brass copper or the like, running into the flesh; cancers in the breast and other parts of women, are often caused by pricks of brass pins,—things that ought never to be used for fastening clothing on with; long continued use of undigestible food, or food of an acrid nature; suppressed evacuations; corsets; stay|; any thing which occasions a constant compression of the breast; it is said,too, that they are often occasioned by excessive fear, grief, anger, religious melancholy, or any of the depressing passions. Hence the unfortunate, and those who devote themselves to a religious life in con- vents or monasteries, are often affected with stagnations of the vital fluids, which thus engender hard, indolent tumors about the glands, breast, armpits, neck, throat, or some such place, which may terminate in an ulcerated cancer. Persons who lead sedentary or indolent lives, and especially women of gross habit, particularly old maids and widows, about the time or after the menses cease. Sometimes the disease is hereditary, appearing here and there, in different members of a family,—re- quiring continual care and circumspection, in those thus affected, to guard against cold, canker, and every thing of an undigestible or acrid nature. Symptoms.— This disorder often seems very trifling at the beginning. A hard tumor about the size of a hazel- nut, or perhaps smaller, is often the first symptom. This will sometimes continue for a long time, without seeming to increase, or giving the patient much uneasi- ness; but if it be hurt or irritated by pressure, or im- proper treatment of any kind, it begins to grow and ex- tend itself, by putting forth, into the adjoining parts, a kind of roots or branches. It then gets the name of cancer. This name is said to be derived from a fancied resemblance which its roots bear to the claws of a crab. The color of the skin begins to turn red, afterwards purple, then bluish, livid, and at last black. The patient com- plains of he it, with a burning, knawing, shooting, or twing- ing pain. The tumor is very hard, rousjh and unequal, with a protuberance, or rising in the middle; its size in- creases continually, and the veins near to it become thick, knotty, and of a dark color. The skin at length begins to give way, and a thin, sharp 2§6 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. ichor begins to flow, which corrodes the affected parts, till it forms a large unsightly ulcer. Sometimes other acute ulcers arise and communicate with the whole sur- rounding parts affecting the glands, and become a deplora- ble and extremely distressing ulcer. The pain and twinging is almost unsupportable,and the stench untol- erable; the appetite fails; the strength becomes gradually exhausted, and sometimes a violent discharge of blood from some part of the body, with faintings or convulsions, which generally put an end to life. This violent and often fatal disease, is a high degree of canker, of a very acrid or corrosive nature, the cause and nature of which is very little understood by the learn- ed doctors. They confess in their books, in plain positive language, that "for this disease no certain remedy is known." They say, that if taken in time, while the tu- mor is yet very small, and before it put forth any roots,— jif they take a knife and cut it entirely out, it is the only hope they have of succeeding in a cure!! jHorrible butchery!! So, if they cut off an arm, or leg, the wound might heal without taking the patient's life! But if they cannot get to the bottom of the tumor, and all its roots, 3 what will be the consequence of their cutting? but,jhow are they to cut below the blood and other juices, which are continually moving, and liable to become tainted, and to carry the taint farther and deeper into the flesh? When they cannot cut, they use poisons of the most ac- tive and deadly kind, both mineral and vegetable; and at last, when their patients are in the most awful state of suffering and torture, they can do no more than stupify their senses with opium or laudanum ! and let them die in convulsions, or with dreadful bleedings, or mortifica- tions. When a violent inflammation be discovered, the doctors suppose that heat causes the difficulty; but the fact is, it is rather an evidence of cold, somewhere at work in the system; or as Doctor Thomson sayeth, "it is a war between the heat and cold," " for" says he, " there is no inflammation where there is perfect health; because heat then bears complete rule: and no disease can take place until the cold makes an attack on the body; which causes an unnatural heat to oppose an unnatural cold. Whenever the cold takes possession, the inflammation THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 297 shows itself, by stopping the circulation; the effect is swelling, inflamed callous, arising from some leak, caused by the natural tone being stepped. If it suppurate and discharge, it is called ulcer, boil, and the like, and the canker goes off' with putrefaction, If the leak be so slow as to callous as fast as it discharges, it becomes a hard dead lump of flesh, and not having circulation enough to support if, begins to rot, Here the canker shows its eating nature; being seated in the dead flesh, and eating on the live flesh which is intermixed with it, causes pain and distress, in proportion as the body be filled with coldness and canker: if this be sufficient to keep the power above the natural circulation, the patient will continue in this distressed situation, being eaten up alive, until worn out with pain, death comes as a friend to relieve him. This is the natural termination of this dreadful malady, which is far better than to combine with it the common form of practice in using arsenic, which only helps to eat up and distress the patient." "My wish in exposing this nostrum, is to benefit those who may be ignorant of the imposition; for it may be re- lied on as truth, that there is more or less of poison in all those burning plasters used to cure cancers. I would ad- vise all to beware of them. It will be much safer to risk the cancer, than the cancer quack." CURE.—While the cancer remains an unbroken tu- mor, the principal object aimed at is to extract the bunch, entire. Where the tumor is small and near the surface, the Cancer Plaster, page 48, will be sufficient to extract it. Put the patient through a full course of the medicine, as directed at page, 129 and 130, &c; then bathe the tu- mor well with Vinegar Lotion or the 2nd or 3rd prepara- tion of No. 1 ; then spread the cancer plaster over a piece of bladder, split and made soft, and apply it all over the tumor. Renew the plaster, the course of medicince, the bathing, and the plaster, every day or two, for two or three weeks; or until the tumor, with all of its roots, slip or drop away. Then apply a ginger and slippery elm and cracker Poultice, stewed in a tea of No. 3 or rasberry leaves, twice a day, till well cleansed or while any humor col- lects therein. When the poultice be spread, and ready to lay on, sprinkle over the surface of it a little fine No. 1 298 THOMSONIAN PRAOTICE. and Nerve Powder, and apply to the sore. When well cleansed and all acrid humor ceases to collect in the sore, then dress it with our healing salve and shield it from the cold and air, till well. During the whole time of medical treatment, the pa- tient should have no food but what be light, wholesome and easy of digestion; and not made too salt. For a re- gular drink, he should take one table spoon full of Pipsissa- way, one ditto of Burdock Root, one ditto of No. 3, one dittoof the first preparation of No. 4, half ditto of Composi- tion, one teaspoon full of Burdock Seed, all made fine, in a tea, sweetened, daily;—and the last thing at night, when going to bed, and the first, when rising in the morning, to take a good dose of No. 3 in a tea, sweetened. Use in- jections in the ordinary way, daily, till cured ; and if the patient be of very costive habit, he may take with his No. S at night a little laxative No. 4, Bitter Root, or Butter- nut Syrup, merely what will keep the bowels regular, without physicking. A cancer tumor is a mixture of live and dead fleeh, and is often under a live skin, requiring an orifice to be made, in order to dissolve and extract the dead flesh. In such a case as this, the best way is to burn a piece of spunk on the place, and repeat it till the skin and flesh be deaden- ed sufficiently to suppurate. The smarting will last but two or three minutes, and will not be near so painful as the arsenic plasters, used by the poisoning doctors, which last twelve hours. Doctor William Johnston's plan of opening a cancer tumor, is to take a piece of soft leather, larger than will cover the whole tumor, and cut a round hole through it, of a proper size, and then place the leather, with the hole directly over the cancer wart or tumor, then apply a fdaster of quick lime and soft soap, over the hole in the rather, which will in a short time cause it to ripen and dissolve; then to poulticeband course the patient, as above directed, till c ured. Poultice for Ulcer; Recommended by Doctor Thomas Hersey. " Boil fresh carrots until they be soft, and can be beaten THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 299 up into a smooth pulp. In foul, cancerous, ill conditioned ulcers, this is an excellent poultice to cleanse, sweeten and assuage the anguish." Catmint Poultice, For obstinate Ulcers in the legs, fyc .—Boil catmint in vinegar; then take the mint out, and put in new milk, thickened with pounded cracker, and simmer over the fire until soft enough for a poultice. Should inflamma- tion indicate a return of the ulcer, apply a poultice of slippery elm, ginger, and a little pounded cracker, stewed in a tea of No. 3, and tincture of Myrrh, and the inflam- mation will be checked and speedily removed. Then heal with our healing salve. Receipts for Cancer, From the Thomsonian Recorder, v. 5; p. 392, and 400. Take of ley, a sufficient quantity to make one pound of potash, when boiled hard; let it stand in the pot or vessel boiled in, with a level, smooth surface. Sit it at a. sufficient distance from the fire, closely covered, so as to produce a sweat upon the surface of the potash. Every morning collect with a tea-spoon, put into a phial until you coTlect two ounces. This extract of potash is the best remedy known to the medical world for curing can- cers, old sores, &c, by taking out the bad flesh and leav- ing the part with a disposition to heal. Take of cotton or lint, carded into the form of bats, press one out hard with a smoothing iron, and with a pair of scissors cut a bit the size of the thumb nail; wet it with water; press out all the water and lay it on the cancer near one edge, and, with a writing pen, dip into the extract and put it on the cotton until the cotton receive as much as it will hold. If too severe, so as that the patient cannot bear it, touch lightly with a feather dipped in oil; but by all means get your patient to bear it if possible, so as to kill the cancer to the root with the first application. Your patient being able to bear the plaster, coyer the cancer with the plaster, and a roasted onion poultice. I his ap- plication will turn the part black almost instantly; but 300 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. no fears need be entertained. And thus continup to lay on the plaster of the extract, covering with the onion poul- tice, until you have gone over the whole surface of the cancer, washing every time with new milk. Eaih day ta- king offthe old plaster and putting on a new one, adjoining the one you take oft', until you get over the whole surface. The part, after a few days, where you take off" the first plasters, will begin to crack round or across, and then, in thosecracks, put a small portion of burnt alum—[cayenne, and styptic snuff,] (the part killed will have the appear- ance of thick scabs coming off)—this do, until the scabs come off of themselves. After they are removed and the flesh looks sound, apply the healing salve. If you should have a very large cancer, or an old sore, begin, as before stated, at one edge. Possibly it may take you from five to ten days before you get over the sur- face of the cancer. By this time some of the scabs are cracking and otheres coming off'; and, as fast as they crark, put in the burnt alum. * As soon as they come off, apply the healing salve; and so upon a cancer the size of the palm of a man's hand, you may have the extract upon one part of it, the burnt alum in the cracked scabs of another, and the healing salve upon another, and the roasted oniou poultice upon the whole. Another.—From the same. Take scrubby, red oak bark, burn it to ashes in a stove or on a clean hearth, drain boiling water through them till the strength is obtained: Boil the ley to the consistence of brown sugar. Keep it in a glass stopped bottle, as it destroys a cork. Put some on the cancer for fifteen minutes. If it smart much, sponge it with vinpgar: wash it off, (some say wifh sassafras and dogwood tea; warm water will do as well.) Poultice as long as it runs and renew the poultice often- Then [our healing salve, or] a healing salve made of white wax, olive oil, and Canada balsam or pine turpentine, and hog's lard. This course, well applied, will cure a cancer better than any quaek nostrum that was ever tried. 'Mum is cuili-Tkomsonian.—Editor, T. Practice. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 301 CANKER SORES, Old Running Sores, Sore Shins, fyc. CURE.—Use frequent and thorough Courses to change and correct the humors that flow too abundantly to the sores. Continue them, every day during several weeks, if necessary. Poultice with No. 1 powder, arse-smart, dregs of No. 6, slippery elm, all very fine, with a little fine pounded cracker, stewed in a strong tea of No 3. Wash out the sores with soap-suds, bathe with vinegar lo- tion or No. 6, and renew the poultice every twelve hours, till they be entirely healed, whether the time be long or short. The whole leg or part should be bathed all over, often, with the vinegar lotion, to stimulate the absorbents. Use the vapor bath often and energetically,—especially to steam the parts affected. This may often be done in the manner of vapor foot-bathing. No greasy salves should be used in healing these sores, as they prevent the ichorous humors from escaping, which will be absorbed and brought away, clean, by the poultices. Where these sores be very bador deep, wash or syringe them with soap-suds; then" with the No. 3 and 6 com- pound, then with elm, spikenard or cumfry. Often dress with absorbent poultices, to keep them open and heal at the bottom first. Now, the above appears to be middling thorough treat- ment; but most old sores of long standing and those that have been badly treated, especially by the mercury doctors, absolutely require more energetic and thorough treatment. And the above is but a secondary means of curing, aside from the courses. Injections, vomiting, steaming, and feedingup thepatient well, daily and hourly, with No. 2,3, 4 and laxative ditto, 6,7, 39 and 46 powders. These, especially the No. 3, and 4, with the short and long or full courses, are our main reliance, perseverin-*jJjMU is an eruption of a hot acrid humor. It is incident Jft;JR||jborious of both sexes, and is Caused by/Wh^^vfr gives a sudden check to perspira- tion, as drinkm^aflgfocdhi'Rafter.'.wiren the body be over heated ; 11.....T11 ^ jMJTif^f 'llTTTnIT^fi h i n over heated, suf- fering the body tovcoi)! too quickly; lying or sitting on the ground, &c, when the body be heated; heating the body or limbs too quickly at the fire when very cold,&c. 844 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. Symptoms.—Shivering; thirst; loss of strength, pain in the head and back, heat, restlessness, quick pulse, sometimes vomiting and delirium. When it attacks the face.it swells, and appears red, and after some days, small pustules filled with clear water, appear. Sometimes the eyes swell shut, and there is a difficulty of breathing. Erysipelas also attacks the breast and lower extremities, and occasians swelling, with pain and sometimes suppura- tion. • CURE.—Give Composition or No. 2 and 3, and steam till they be brought to the same state of heat as that which brought on the disease, and then cool slow and gradual. Then use No. 3 to remove the canker and No. 4 and 7, to correct the bile and comfort and strengthen the system, and anti-scorbutics to remove acrid humor. 9--- FAINTING-FITS, OR SWOONINING. People of weak nerves or delicate constitutions, are most liable to fainting fits; yet there are others who ap- pear to have strong and healthy constitutions, who abound with blood, are at times seized with sudden fainting fits. Causes.—Fainting is often caused by fear; frights; grief, and other violent passions, or affections of the mind and nervous system} distressing sights; noxious vapors, or subtle exhalations with which the breathing air may be impregnated; breathing the air of crowded apartments; off'ensive stink ; combustible or putrified substances', gases from charcoal fires; excessive bleeding, violent purges, and other things causing great weakness. Delicate and hysterical women are liable to swooning or fainting-fits, especially after delivery,—excessive ftoodings, &c. Symptoms.—A diminished action of the -heart and lungs, and sometimes a sudden and total suspension of all the functions of the system, accompanied by a death-like pale- ness, &c. CURE.—The patient should belaid in a horizontal po- sition with the head a little elevated, in a pure air, loosen the clothes, and give, in the mouth, half a teaspoon full of the 3rd preparation of No. 1, or the Anti-Spasmodic Tincture, page 29, and repeat it once, every one, two or THOMSONIAN PHACTICE. 345 three minutes, till the patient become re-animated, and able to swallow, then give a dose or two of the Bitter Nerve Drops, page 21, Composition, No. 6 or the like. A warm Clyster with the 3rd preparation of No. 1, or No. 6 and 7 added, is excellent in all such cases, whether other medicines be taken or not. Gentle friction with a warm flannel or brush, over the extremeties, is good to assist in reviving the circulation; Volatile Salts may be held to the nose, and is also very good at the same time. FEAR FRIGHT, GRIEF AND MELANCHOLLY. These emotions with the other passions of the mind, are violent or strong impressions made npon the nervos system, through the medium of the organs of the senses; and some of them, if not properly governed, ; often act with such powerful impetuosity, as to wreck and com- pletely unstring the nervous system, and in some in- stances cause insanity and death! CURE.—Where the health is good and otherwise unimpaired, give a few doses of the Bitter Nerve Drops, Composition or No. 4 and 7, to correct the bile, and strengthen the digestive powers, and quiet the nerves. But in all violent cases, give the patient the 3rd prepara- tion of No. 1, or the Anti Spasmodic Tincture, and in- jections with the same or Nerve Powder added. And in all cases where the health is impaired or the system other- wise diseased, apply, also, the proper treatment therefor, till cured. FEVERS. According to the writings of the learned Doctors there are a great variety of fevers.—See page 152, &c. Doctor Thomson very justly remarks, that "As it is a fact, that cannot be denied, that fever takes its ri9e from one great cause or orrigin, it follows of course, that one method of removing that cause, wifl answer in all cases; and the great principle is to assist nature, which is heat." "At the commencement of a fever, by direct and pro- per application of suitable medicine, it can be easily and 346 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. speedily removed. Twenty-four, or forty eight hours, at the extent, are sufficient, and often short of that time, the fever may be removed, or that which is the cause of it. But where the patient be left unassisted, to struggle with disease, until his strength be exhausted, and more especi- ally, when the most unnatural and injurious administra- tions be made, if a recovery be possible, it must of ne- cessity take a longer time. These declarations are true and have often been proved, and can be again, to the satisfaction of every candid person, at the hazard of any forfeiture the faculty may challenge." Doctor Hervey says, ",jBy what unaccontable perver- sity in our frame does it appear, that we set ourselves so much against any thing that is new? ,:Can any one be- hold, without scorn, such drones of physicians, and after the space of so many hundreds of years experience and practice of their predecessors, not one single medicine has been detected, that has the least force directly to prevent, to oppose, and expel a continued fever? Should any by a more sedulous observation, pretend to make the least step towards the discovery of such remedies, their hatred and envy would swell against him ; as a legion of devils against virtue : the whole society will dart their malice at him, and torture him with all the calamnies imaginable without sticking at any thing that should destroy him, root and branch. For he who professes to be a reformer in the art of physic, must resolve to run the hazard of the mar- tyrdom, of his reputation, life and estate." ; The above declaration has been verified toward Doctor Thomson the father of this system of practice! ;They have had him in jail, in a dungeon and in chains; and for no other cause than that of envy, because he cured nearly all of his patients, no matter how near unto deaths door before he commenced, (then put this information in the hands of the people.) which none of them had either the knowledge or the means to do! Doctor Thomson continues, "I will now take notice of the yellow fever. The cause of this fatal disease, is similar to the spotted fever. The cause of death in the spotted fever, is in consequence of its producing a balance of cold, outward and inward ; and in the yellow fever, there is a balance of heat, outward and inward; both pro- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. S47 duce the same thing, that is, a total cessation of motion, which is death. The color of the skin has given name to both these forms of disease. The yellow is caused by the obstruction of the gall; instead of being discharged through its proper vessels, It is forced and diffused through the pores of the skin." "The same effects that are produced by these two dif- ferent forms of fever, may be observed in the motion of the sea; when the tide be done running up, there will be what is called slack water, or a balance of power; and the same thing takes place when it be done running down. When the fountain be raised, the water runs from it; but when it be lowered, the water runs toward it. The same cause produces the same eff'ects in fever, whether spotted or yellow; for, when a balance of power between the out- ward and inward heat takes place, death follows." " Having described the two kinds of fever which are the most alarming, they being the most fatal, I shall pass over those of a less alarming nature.* ** There is no other difference in all the cases of fever, than what is caused by the different degress of cold, or loss of inward heat, which are two adverse parties in one body, contend- ing for power. If the heat gain the victory, the cold will be disinherited, and health restored; but if cold gain the ascendency, heat will be dispossessed of its empire, and death will follow of course. As soon as life ceases, the body becomes cold, which is conclusive evidence that its gaining the victory, is the cause of death. When the power of cold be nearly equal to that of heat, the fever, or strife between the two parties, may continue for a longer or shorter time, according to circumstances. This form of disease has sometimes been called a long fever, on ac- count of its tedious continuance. In ague and fever, the battle between cold and heat will take place periodically, sometimes every day, at other times, every other day, and they will leave off nearly equal, heat keeping a little the ascendency." "In attempting to cure a case of this kind, we must consider whether the fever be a friend or an enemy ; d it be a friend, which I hold to be the fact, when the fever tit be on, increase the power of heat, in order to drive off the power of cold, and life will bear rule; but, on the con- S48 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. trary, should cold be considered a friend, when the cold fit be on, by increasing its power, ye drive off' the heat ; then death must ensue. Thus ye may promote life or death, by tempering Raiding] cold or heat." "Much has been said by the doctors, concerning the turn of a fever, and the length of time it will run. When it is said that a fever will turn at such a time, I presume it must be meant that it has been gone. This is true, for it is then gone on the outside, and is trying to turn again and go inside, where it belongs." " Instead of following the dictates of nature, and aiding her to subdue the cold, the doctor uses his skill to kill the fever! ,;How, I would ask, in the name of common sense, Can any thing turn when killed ? Support the fever and it will return inside; the cold, which is the cause of dis- ease, will be driven out, and health will be restored. In all cases called fever, the causes are the same, in a greater or a lesser degree, and may be relieved by one general remedy. Cold causes canker, and before the canker be seated, the strife will take place between cold and heat; and while the hot flashes and cold chills remain, it is evi- dent that the canker is not settled, and the hot medicine alone, occasionally assisted by steam, will throw it off. But as the contest ceases, the heat is steady on the out- side; then canker assumes the power inside; this is called a settled fever. The truth is, the canker is fixed on the inside, and will ripen and come off in a short time, if the fever be kept up, so as to overpower the cold. This idea is new, and never was known till my discovery." " When a patient be bled, it lessens the heat, and gives double power to the cold; like taking out one side of a scale, and putting in the other, which turns the scale in favor of the disease."—For a further view of Doctor Thomsons explanation of this subject, see my chapter "heat is life and cold is death," especially, pages 152, 153, &c. "We frequently see in the newspapers, accounts of people dying in consequence of drinking cold water, when very warm. Some fall dead instantly, and others linger for several hours. The doctors have not been able to afford any relief when called. The principal symptoms are, chills and shivering with THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 349 cold, which are viewed with astonishmeut, by those who witness it. Proper caution should always be observed by persons when very warm and thirsfy, who drink cold water, to swallow something hot before drinking the water, and drink but little at a time, which will prevent any fatal effects." " This strange circumstance of being cold in a hot day, and which has never been accounted for in a satisfactory manner to the public, I shall endeavor to explain in as comprehensive and plain language as I am capable of. The component parts of animal bodies are earth and water, and life and motion are caused by fire and air. The inward heat is the fountain of life, and as much as that has the power above the outward heat, so much of life and strength; and when we lose this power of heat, our strength and faculties decay, in proportion; and it is immaterial, whether we lose this power by losing the in- ward heat, or raising the outward heat above it; as the effect is the same." "The cause of the fatal effecfs produced by drinking cold water, is, the spring of life is overwhelmed at the fountain, the inward heat being lowered, by throwing into the stomach so large a quantity of cold water, as to give the outward heat the power of balancing the inward, and in proportion as one approaches to an equality with the other, so the strength will be diminished, and when equal they die." "The practice of bleeding for the purpose of curing disease, I consider most unnatural and injurious. Nature never furnishes the body with more blood than is neces- sary for the maintenance of health. To take away a part of the blood of any person, is to take away just so much of his life, and is as contrary to nature, as it would be to cut away a part of the flesh. Many experiments have been tried by the use of the lancet, in fever, but I be- lieae it will be allowed by all, that most of them have proved fatal; and several eminent physicians have died in consequence of trying the experiment on themselves. If the system be diseased, the blood becomes as much dis- eased as any other part; but how taking part of it away can help to cure what remains, can never be reconciled with common sense." 30 350 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. Fever has so many names given by the faculty, that it is entirely unnecessary to go into an elaborate detail or description of them. A view of some of the mo9t com- mon causes and symptoms, and a general outline of the treatment will be amply sufficient; because all fevers, come under the same class, and that medicine and treat- ment which will cure the worst of the fevers, will with a little variation cure all the others, or in other words re- move the cause of the excitement called fever. For Thomsonians do not call fever a disease, strictly speaking; but as it were, a war between the heat and cold, in the same body. The fever, therefore is the friend, and cold the enemy. Causes.—-Whatever depresses the spirits, or impover- ishes the blood; grief; anxiety; want of sleep; intense thought; iiving on poor watery diet; unripe or unwhole- some fruits; foul air or dirty low houses; crowded places ; whatever obstructs perspiration; putrid, animal or veget- able effluvia; eating too much animal food without a pro- per mixture of vegetables; a stoppage of any of the custom- ary, or natural evacuation; unwholesome diet; filth ; cold ; damps; or any thing else which causes obstruction, and a war with the natural heat of the body. Symptoms.—A dejected countenance; prostration of strength; pain in the head; vertigo; costiveness; flashes, or continued, or intermitted heat upon the surface of the body, or the same or a similar sensation inwardly; fre- quent shiverings, attended with oppression about the heart, and sickness at the stomach, or vomiting. Fevers are-divided according to the symptoms, into continual, re-milling, intermitting, nervous, spotted, yel- low, and such as are attended with inflammation or erup- tion, &c, according to whatever symptoms may appear with it. CURE.—No matter what the cause or symptoms ac- companinga fever may be, nor what name the doctor may give it, if the efforts of nature at the beginning, be at- tended to, it would seldom continue long; but when her efforts be either neglected or counteracted, it is no wonder if the disease prove fatal. By increasing the fever with No. 1 and 2, and removing the canker with No. 3, in a drink and in injections we may turn a fever THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 551 when we please. While this be doing let the practitioner study his patient, and the accompanying symptoms, rather than mere names, and apply the remedies accord- ingly. If the head be distressed or bowels costive, use the syringe and foot-bathing, eff'ectually; if the skin be as it were parched with a dry burning fever, sponge it over with tepid or cool water, or water with a little Vinegar Lotion or Whiskey Lotion added, while the Composition and No. 7, or No. 2, 7 and a little Laxative No. 4, be pouring down the inside, till the patient can spit freely, and the mouth, and throat become moist. Thus we raise the heat inside and let it down outside, until it turn in- ward, with a thorough use of the syringe at the same time; then we apply the vapour bath; or steaming stones as the case may be. Thus we raise the fountain and lower the stream, until a natural action be produced. This is what is called the turn of a fever. Thus the patient should be put through a full course, or a short one, according to the violence of the symptoms, or the length of time the patient has been unwell.—The emetics may be given of the 3rd preparation of No. 1 in a tea of the first prepara- tion of No. 4, or in a tea of No. 3, and Laxative No. 4: —Common clysters with the same added should be per- Beveringly administered. In all cases where the bowles be loose, the stomach very morbid or bilious, or the skin or eyes tinged with yellow, the Laxative medicines must not be added; and even where they may be given, let that be no more than will cause and continue a natural movement. •Let the syringe do its work. And where there be chills and fever, or inflammatory fever, let the Laxatives alone. A Short Course of medicine with the 1st and 10th pre- paration of No. 4, drank freely will cure any fever in a few hours, if applied at the commencement. FISTULA. Symptoms.—An abcess or ulcer, at or near the funda- ment, preceeded by an inflamed swelling, which gives much pain. . „ Jt r. , . CURE.—Doctor Curtis says, "just call the fistula an S52 THOMSONIAN practice. obstinate 'old sore,' give several courses of medicine to clear the system of canker; put a poultice on the ulcer, (if it be open,) to receive the morbific virus, so that it shall not be absorbed by the lymphatics and carried through the system again. If any parts be hard and dead, touch them with the caustic pot ash, till they suppurate and leave nothing but live flesh. Then keep on the Thom- sonian poultice till the sore entirely heals."—See Canker Sores, page 301. FLOODING, OBSTRUCTED COURSES, WHITES, &e.. Flooding is caused by an unequal circulation of the blood, action of the system and diffusion of heat:—Ob- structed Courses, by cold settled in the system, or applied to the body during the courses, fyc..—Whites, by various causes, reducing the health and strength, and bringing on general debility. Symptoms.—The most usual symptoms accompanying these difficulties, are pains in the head, back, and loins; costiveness; undigestion; hysteric affection; palpitation of the heart; flatulence? emaciation; paleness of coun- tenance and faded lips; the eyes lose much of their wanted luster and expression, and a livid blue, semi- lunar circle appears about them; general lassitude; easily fatigued; dropsical swellings of the feet; a disor- dered state of the whole internal system, &c. CURE.—To cure flooding we must restore the natural circulation, action and diffusion of the system, which is always necessary to a state of perfect health. This is done by relaxing the surface, restoring perspiratiqn and regu- lating the secretion of the bile. Injections of Witch Hazel to the parts affected, should be given often, that the bleeding vessels may recover their tone. In addi- tion to this, with full courses, a systematic and constant course of stimulating the system must be daily followed. Conserve of Hollyhock, Spiced Bitters, Ladies Bitters or a preperation called by some " Womens Friend," with No. 2 and 7, persevered in for a proper length of time, will affect a cure. Doctor Curtis says, "cases in which the superior skill thomsonian practice. S53 of learned poisoning has completely deranged all the vital organs, cannot be cured in a day. It is well if they be ever cured. We have but just now restored one to a com- fortable condition, after a constant practice of four years, during which time more than two hundred regular courses have been given, and no day has passed in which medi- cine was wholy omitted. We mention this to encourage Perseverance, one of the best prescriptions in the Bo- tanic Catalogue." Here let it be distinctly understood, that the same remedies that have been found successful in restraining an excessive flooding, have been found serviceable for removing obstructions and regulating any morbid or un- regular discharges, whether these discharges may have been deficient in quantity or defective in quality. FRACTURES. When the bone of any limb be broken, it should be relaxed, as much as may be needful, as directed for dis- locations, page 329. When this be done, it must be laid perfectly straight, as it was before it was fractured, and then be properly bound up, so as to keep it straight and easy. This may be done by almost any one that has a small degree of learning, with a sufficient share of com- mon sense and a mechanical head. Yet I advise people never to employ an operator who has not common sense and a mechanical head, no matter what his pretensions to learning may be. All tight bandages should be avoided; as the part had much better go without any, than to be cased too tight. The best method of binding up a fractured limb, ig, between two pieces of firm pliable leather or pasteboard, or the like. If moistened before it be applied, it will soon assume the shape of the included member, and then will be quite sufficient, with the assistance of a very slight bandage of broad tape or the like. If the fractured part be inflamed or swelled, that must be reduced the first thing, by our means, as direct- ed in another part of this book; and if it should again swell, it must be attended to, and the bandage regulated so as to be, neither too slack nor too tight. 30* 354 thomsonian practice. The bandages or part may be wet every day, or at dress- ing, with a mixture of Vinegar Lotion and Tincture of Arse-smart, with a little Camphor added, and diluted with water, or a decoction of Burdock Root or Seed; Medicine such as Composition, and No. 4, must be given daily, as in all cases of external injuries, (not ne- glecting the bowels) till the patient be out of danger. FALLING OF THE WOMB. This bearing down of the womb, is called by the doc- tors prolapsus uteri or procidentia uteri, either through effected modesty in the presence of a delicate ear, or a desire not to be understood; but useless aff'ectations of modesty in cases of stern necessity, are not commenda- ble, neither is secrecy through an unknown tongue justi- fiable. When the womb settles or falls from its natural place and position, and decends perceptibly into the passage or canal leading thereto, or through the external orifice, it is called, in common parlance, "falling of the womb." Causes.—Hard labor; carrying burdens while preg- nant; over efforts in time of labor; excessive flooding*; sudden leaps, or falls; sprains; weaknesses; injuries from quackery &c, &c. Symptoms.—This complaint sometimes forms such a fulness and bearing down of the parts, between the thighs, as to render the woman very clumsy and awkward in walking. Sometimes this complaint is exceedingly pain- ful, and greatly interrupts a woman, in the discharge of her domestic avocations, who, otherwise would be in good health. In some, the neck of the womb has protruded several inches below the external orifice.—The whites, is a common attendant on this complaint. The excessive weakness which an excessive flow of the whites will pro- duce, may readily induce a great falling, pressing and protruding of the womb. Some young women, as well as many of the older part of the sisterhood, have been sorely visited with this complaint; but with them it is a rare occurence. CURE.—An ounce of timely prudence, to avoid such thomsonian practice. S55 occurrences, is better than a pound of cure after the mis- chief be done. As soon as any symptoms of this com- plaint appear, the case appears very plain, and may be easily managed. Make a strong tea of Whitch Hazel leaves, or perfect No. 3, and with a syringe, inject it into the canal or vagina; drink of the same sweetened with No. 6 added; also, drink of powerful tonics, such as the 1st, 2nd, 4th or 6th preparation of No. 4, or bitters made of equal parts of Tanzy, Featherfew, Unicorn Root, Golden Seal, Aspen Bark, White Ginger, Gum Myrrh, Cloves and Bayberry, made sufficiently strong with No. 2, and sweetened with loaf sugar. This compound is very near (but better than) what some Thomsonians prepare and call " Ladies' Friend" or "Woman's Friend." When the patient be got under way by repeating the above pre- scriptions, till relieved of all pain, then put her through a full course of the medicine. This is the treatment; ami it must be repeated if found necessary. In very bad cases, especially those of long standing, and where the womb may be protruded quite out from the body, it must be carefully replaced, which any careful midwife, or careful experienced person may easily do, then use the above prescriptions, perseveringly; but al- lowing the patient to lie, in a smooth but hard bed, till able to be about. To the young and unexperienced, the following direc- tions may sometimes be found acceptable, in directing them how to assist those who may stand in need of their help, in a very prolapsed state of the womb:— Place the sufferer on her knees, in bed, so that her thighs shall be perpendicular, but the knees somewhat distant. Have a sheet folded several thicknesses under her knees to protect the bed. Administer an injection of No. 3, Witch Hazel or Red Rasberry leaf tea, with Slip- pery Elm therein, and the reduction, if not already effect- ed, by her position, will be instantly made; then she may lie down: Astringent injections therein, with full Courses, followed by the Long Course and powerful tonics, will effect a cure. Care must always be taken afterward. In cases of long standing, that have become habitual and obstinate, a pessary may be used to advantage. Those made of gum elastic are preferred. It is a sale 356 thomsonian practice. and simple instrument. A husband, or any female friend, of common ingenuity, can introduce it to its proper place and position. The bladder and bowels must be first evac- uated, not omitting the fore part of our directions, so far as may be needful. Then let the pessary be lubricated with sweet oil, lard or slippery elm mucillage: Then carefully introduce the instrument, and pass it up to a proper height and position. Doctor Hersey says, "All this is so easy to accomplish, that we have never found a woman who, by being once shown the mode of manage- ment, had any occasion for further instruction." Rub- bing over the belly and loins, frequently, with a mixture of No. 6 and sweet oil, well shaken together, is good to excite a healthy action, and the addition of a Strengthen- ing Plaster on the small of the back, will brace up and assist in giving tone and vigor to the parts. The pessary should be occasionally removed and cleans- ed ; and if there be danger of the womb falling, by its re- moval, let the woman recline on a bed, while a friend washes the instrument in warm soap-suds, rubs it dry, lubricates and restores it to its place, as at first. While it be removed, female clysters of No. 3, or Witch Hazle tea, with a few drops of the Second Preparation of No. 2, or of No. 6, therein, maybe administered. Full Courses of medicine, accompanied with the Long Course, judi- ciously administered, with the Strengthening Plaster, &c, will generally be found to be of far more benefit than a resort to the pessary. FINGER RING, when fast on, to remove. Thread a needle with a strong thread ; pass the needle With care, under the ring, and pull the thread through, a few inches, towrard the hand; then wrap the long end of the thread tightly round the finger, regularly, from the ring down to the nail, to reduce its size. Keep it in this manner.-while taking hold of the short end, near the nee- dle, and unwind it. The thread will press against the ring, and gradually remove it without difficulty, however swelled the finger may be. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 357 GOUT. Causes.—Excess and idleness; cold and obstructions; confinement and intense study, without any abatement of the ordinary quantity of food ; obstructions of the custom- ary discharges ; grief or uneasiness of mind, &c Symptoms.—Undigestion ; drowsiness; belching of wind ; slight head-aches ; sickness, and sometimes vomit- ing; pain in the great toe, sometimes in the heel, and at other times in the ancle or calf of the leg, accompanied with a sensation as if cold water were poured upon the part. This is succeeded by a shivering and some degree of fever; torturing pain for a day so, succeeded by swell- ing, &c. CURE.—This is a species of rheumatism, and must be cured with the same remedies, with the addition of strict temperance and exercise. A Short Course of med- icine and repeated, and followed up with the Long one, will often be sufficient. GRAVEL AND STONE. When hard, calculous substances, like stones, gravel or sand, be lodged in the liver, stomach, intestines, kid- neys or bladder, then the individual thus afflicted has the Gravel; for they are all the same complaint, and brought on by the same or similar Causes.—Any thing which weakens the digestive or- gans, thickens the gall, or clogs the urinery giands, as sprains; rheumatisms; gouts; high or unregular living; constant use of water or food impregnated with earthy particles, &c. Symptoms.—A certain lady, from Chester county, told me that she passed seventeen stones, with the excrement, which, no doubt, commenced their formation in the liver or the stomach. She showed me nearly a dozen of them. They were about from one fourth to half the size of a small hickory nut, of a triangular shape, brown or red and white speckled. Others have the affection in the kidneys, bladder, &c, and is known by voiding, in the urine, particles of sand or gravel; pain in the neck of 358 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. the bladder, before and after making water; urine com- ing away in drops, or by sudden starts and stop9; white, thick, stinking sediment in the urine, &c. In worse stages, the pain and obstruction becomes grievously troublesome; discharging bloody urine; an inclination to go to stool while endeavoring to void the urine, &c. CURE.—A full Course of the medicine, and making a free use of the Second and Tenth Preparations of No. 4. A tea ofPipsissaway and Wild Lettuce, No. 3, &c, may also be drank for a length of time, and injections, daily, till cured. Bathing the loins, &c, with Vinegar Lotion and wearing a Strengthening Plaster, is also good. The Short and Long Courses, with Diuretic Tea, and power- ful tonics, are excellent in this complaint. HEAD ACHS. Causes.—Sudden cold, from chilling winds; wet feet; morbid stomach, &c. CURE.—Slight cases may be cured in an hour or two, by drinking Composition, every fifteen minutes, and tak- ing injections at the same time : Or, by taking the Bitter Nerve Drops, page 21 and 22. In worse cases, ajShort Course of medicine, with the above. In chronic cases, the full Courses, repeated, never omitting the clysters; then tonics, afterward. A few doses of Vinegar Lotion and a little Pearl Ash or Salt, or some other neutralizing mixture, is often serviceable, when treating head-achs. HEART-BURN, OR STOMACH-BURN. Causes.—Costiveness? morbid stomach; eating un- wholesome, crude or acid articles; stale liquors, &c. Symptoms.—This is not a heart-burn, as it is common- ly named. If there he any burn about, it is a stomach- burn. It is known by an uneasy, scalding sensation, or a sensation of heat or acrimony about the pit of the stomach, which is sometimes attended with nausea and vomiting; slight acrid risings; sometimes a dry, hot feeling, with a sense of a luad or obstruction, &c, about the pit of the stomach. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 359 CURE.—A Short Course of medicine, and repeated, if necessary, with some Laxative No. 4, and a little Vine- gar Lotion, and as much Pearl Ash as will lie on a five- cent piece, added, occasionally, and followed by a Long Course, will generally cure, before the remedy be all applied. HICKUPS. This is a common occurrence, especially in children and infants. It commonly arises from some acidity of the juices, or coldness of the stomach. CURE.—Drink a strong tea of Spear Mint, or Essence of Mint in warm water, or Composition tea. A little Salaeratus or Pearl Ash, dissolved in warm water and drank. A tea of wood soot is said to be good. Injec- tions are also good. Rubbing the throat, breast and pit of the stomach with Stimulating Liniment, or the Third Preparation of No. 1, or No. 6, will cure it. If the com- plaint be habitual, add the above treatment to a Short Course of medicine. HYDROPHOBIA. This is the most dreadful of complaints, having been seldom if ever cured by the mineral doctors. They do not pretend to be able to cure it at ail. They say it can- not be cured. So we will leave them behind, and follow Thomson, our pattern. He says he has cured three mad dogs, that were under the most violent symptoms of hy- drophobia. One of his agents cured a man who had been bitten by a mad rat, and had the hydrophobic symptoms, and since the system has spread, far and wide, over the Union, there have been many cures performed ; and there is no account on record of any case of hydrophobia hav- ing failed under the Thomsonian Practice; but .there are now a number of persons living, cured of hydrophohia, and are now living witnesses in favor of the superiority of this practice. Cause.—The poison virus of any rabid animal, com- municated to the blood of any other creature, by any means whatever. S60 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE Symptoms.—The most unvariable .symptoms are, fear or dread of water, and great difficulty in drinkir.g water or any other liquid. Other symptoms are also very com- mon—such as a strong propensity to bite any person or thing near, when the spasms be on ; occasional derange- ment of the brain, with a disposition to wander about or from home, accompanied with more or less apparent ill health ; fits of barking or howling, like a dog; slavering or foaming at the mouth? and, at the presentation of water, these symptoms become aggravated to the highest degree. CURE.—In all cases of hydrophobia, let it be always remembered, that our main dependence is upon the full and thorough Courses of medicine, and repeated every six hours, till all symptoms be gone. The Courses in this malady must be varied a little from that laid down at page 129, &c; The Composition, after giving a few doses, must be made twice as strong, and a dose of No. 2 and a dose of the Third Preparation of No. 1, and also a dose of the Anti-Spasmodic Tincture, or large doses of Meadow Cabbage, or Nerve Powder, in every dose,- and give the same by injections, every hour. Steam, before and after vomiting. Give the vomit in a strong tea of No. 3 and 4, mixed, or in the prepared Emetic Tea and No. 4. While steaming, give the patient a dose every five minutes, composed of a strong tea of two teaspoons full of Composition, two of First Preparation of No. 4, one teaspoon full of Nerve Powder, and one teaspoon full of Bitter Nerve Drops, two teaspoons full of Anti Spasmo- dic Tincture. After the Composition and No. 4 tea be made ready to give, then add the above nervines. Raise the steam as high as can well be borne by the patient, be- ginning at a low degree, and raising it gradually about one degree per minute, to 130 or 140 degrees, or even hi°-her, if needful, and continue from 30 to 60 minutes. Then sponge the patient over with the Whiskey Lotion or Vinegar Lotion. Then, if this be the first steaming of the Course, give the Emetic, say three brisk actions, by giv- ing the Third Preparation of No. 1, in tablespoon full doses, and a dose of Anti-Spasmodic Tincture added, in a pint of strong tea of No. 3 and 4; and the same by injec- tions. After the vomiting be over, continue the doses above-mentioned, (as during the time of steaming.) THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 361 The above treatment must be persevered in, unremit- tingly, till every symptom of the disease be gone; and then, one Course a day, for two or three days, and after that, a Course every three or four days, for a week or two longer. And should the symptoms ever return, follow up the former course, and not leave it off too soon. If there be a wound, or any part badly bitten by the rabid animal, it must be well washed with soap-suds; then with Vinegar Lotion or Pepper Sauce, made briny with salt; then poulticed with thick Third Preparation ol No. 1, for two or three days. If Poultices be longer needed, they may be composed of a strong tea of Witch Hazel, thickened with Slippery Elm, Ginger, powdered Cracker, and a little Meadow Cabbage and Ellekampane, till disposed to heal. Then the Salve. The patient may also take occasional doses of the above briny Tincture, and, once or twice in a day, a large ta- blespoon full of strong Tincture of the broad-leafed Plan- tain. During the above treatment, there must be scrupulous attention paid to the diet of the patient, both as re- gards the quality and quantity. Let it be the most light, nourishing and easy of digestion; and if a sufficiency cannot be gotten down the throat, let it be given in a liquid form, in the injections, after one or two evacua- tions, each time. In all bad cases, where the patient be strong and dan- gerous, it will be much the best to hobble them by the foot, or otherwise, to something firm, for the safety and convenience of the attendants. The whole of the above treatment must be regulated and varied to suit the age, strength, condition and symp- toms of the patient; and ninety-nine cases in every hun- dred will be cured, if taken in time; and even if not in due time, every effort should be made to restore the pa- tient ; and not as has been cruelly and murderously prac- ticed—; bleeding and poisoning to death, and smother- ing between beds, &c.! ! When a person has been bitten by a dog or any other animal, supposed to be mad, the strictest inquiry should be made, forthwith, to ascertain this point; for some have lived in continual anxiety for years, after having 31 362 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. been bitten, because they believed the dog to be mad, but had not, from one cause or other, ascertained whether the dog were mad or not—be having been killed on the spot, or gone off, and not afterwards found, or the like. For these and other reasons, I will here give some of the most common Symptoms of Canine Madness.—At first, a dull look ; aversion to food and company ; does not bark as usual; will not come for calling, as usual; seems to murmur; is peevish and apt to bite, especially strangers, and after- wards his own master, or any thing else, when the fit be on; his ears droop more than usual; his tail also droops low, or between his hind legs ; eyes heavy, inflamed and watery ; afterwards he begins to loll out his tongue and froth at the mouth; he then, if not confined,.runs off, panting, with a kind of dejected air, which is quite per- ceptible, and endeavors, at times, to bite every thing he meets. Other dogs dislike his company. Several of the above symptoms are certain indications of madness. The best Cure for Mad Dogs, is to shoot and bury them ; and the best preventive of canine madness or hydrophobia, is, ; to cut every dog's tail off'—close behind his ears! He who can keep worthless dogs, to the danger of the lives of his fellow men, has very little philanthropy. HYSTERICS. Causes.—A habitual use of tea and coffee; irritation of the nerves; obstructed evacuations, as menses, gravel, strangury, &c; low spirits; grief; weak or phlegmy sto- mach; relaxed habit; unwholesome food; cramps, &c. Symptoms.—Cramps; fits resembling swooning or fainting; sometimes the patient lies as in a sleep, and the breathing so low as scarce to be perceived ; at other times, powerful spasmodic actions, cramps, &c, are exhibited. CURE.—Give the patient, during a fit, repeated doses of the Anti-Spasmodic Tincture, (page 29) and the Bitter Nerve Drops, (page 21) alone or in a tea of Composition or No. 2; at the same time, give injections, with the anti- spasmodics and nervine added. In bad cases, let the feet THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. _ 363 hang from the bed in a vessel of warm water, and a blan- ket drawn around and over the vessel and all. With the above treatment, give repeated, small, weak doses of the Second Preparation ol No. 1, till the patient recover a little; then put her through a Full Course of the medi- cine, and follow with a Long one. Garden Tanzy, Featherfew, Wormwood, Nerve Pow- der or Drops, and Meadow Cabbage Root, are excellent medicines in this complaint, both in drink and by clysters. INFLAMMATION. Pain is often a forerunner of inflammation ; inflamma- tion of mortification ; and mortification of death. Any thing, therefore, tliet occasions pain, (and they are many,) may produce inflammation, mortification and death, if not arrested, checked or cured. Hence, it must be evi- dent that the medicine which will cure mortification, will necessarily, and even more easily cure any of the pre- ceding symptoms. And as I have,where speaking of the use of Injections, at page 33 and 54, 127 and 128, shown that whatever disease a medicine is good for, in one part of the body, it is also good for the same disease in any other part, by being properly prepared and judiciously applied to the part where the disease be seated; so, I shall, under the head of " Inflammation," merely give an outline of the medicines and treatment of this class of disease, leaving the particular treatment to each practi- tioner to regulate, according to our principles and his best judgment, in each particular case. A little atten- tion to the nature of inflammations, with the full and ample description of the medical properties and virtues of each medicine, will enable any one having a little learning and a suitable portion of common sense, to se- lect and apply that which will answer a good purpose. As I said, inflammation is a forerunner of mortification, and as mortification is a state of corruption and putrifac- tion, on a rapid, wholesale scale.it is necessary to apply the most powerful antiseptics, as their nature is against putrifaction. All swellings come under this class of disease; there- 364 . THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. fore, whenever a swelling have to be reduced, apply anti- septic medicines, of the softening, opening and astringent kinds, aided, whenever necessary, with the "N apor Bath. For a Poultice, for instance, which is powerful ogainst putrifaction, and capable of absorbing and sucking out corruption, scattering inflammation and reducing swell- ings, is one made of a strong tea of No. 3, thickened with fine Slippery Elm, Ginger, and pounded flour Crackers. This is a first rate poultice for all common putrified sores, such as fellons, ulcers, boils, and the like, where the inflammation runs high. If the pain be great, take inwardly, at the same time, No. 2, 3'and 6, in frequent and liberal doses. In all old or deadened ulcers and scrofulous diseases, add to the Poultice a little No. I and Arsesinart, and also a little No. 2 and No. 6, till it come to its feeling. If proud flesh get in, drop on it a little fine No. 2, a few times, when dressing, and it will disappear. Tincture of Myrrh is also an excellent wash for putrid sores. In cases of Fractures, Dislocations, &c, if swelling take place, and it be desired to reduce it speedily, it may be bathed frequently with the Sour Tincture of No. 1, Tincture of Wormwood, Tinclure of Burdock, Tincture of Tanzy, and Tincture of Mullen, all mixed together and applied warm, or any of them that can be had: Or the bruised herbs, with Life-Everlasting added, simmer- ed in Vinegar, and applied warm and-kept wet with the juice of the same, will answer a powerful purpose. In the mean time, the patient must drink of Composition and No. 6, take Bitters, Nerve Powder, &c; and in all bad cases, give injections, vomits, and the vapor bath or foot bathing, as the case may require. This treatment, with a full Course or two, and steaming in the fumes of Vinegar, will quickly disarm many a dreadful swelling and other forms of disease, of all their terrors, reducing a dreadful symptom to a "small affair." Burdock leaves, Tanzy, Wormwood, Mullen, &c, bruised and stewed in Sour Tincture of No. 1, or No. 6, and applied to a bruise or any external injury, will allay the inflammation and ease pain. They are also good on a sprain, as the application will give immediate relief. Swelled or stiffened joints may be relieved in the same THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. S65 manner, by adding Third Preparation of No. 1. In some rheumatic affections, a few drops of Spirits of Turpen- tine may be added to some of the external applications, to good advantage ; but it is a powerful article, and ■» should be used with great caution, for taking a cold after it would be dangerous. If there be much inflammation and excessive pain, dis- solve a bit of Gum Camphor in four times its weight of Third Preparation of No. 1, or No. 6, and bathe the af- fected part well therewith and with Vinegar Lotion. Drink of the same in a strong tea of No. 3, and give the same by injections, repeating the same, until the patient be out of danger, or dead. If poison be present, the No. 1 must always be used, internally and externally, as may be needful. Thus, for Inflammation, we have No. 3, No. 6, No. 1, Third Preparation, Slippery Elm, Ginger, Burdock, Wormwood, Tanzy, Gum Camphor, Tincture of Myrrh, and many other thing9 which have been found to be good anti septics: Also, Charcoal, Yeast, Carrots, Red Clo- ver Blossom?, Pipsissaway, Chamomile, Steam, &c, &c. Now, let the remedy be applied with judgment and dis- cretion, to that part where the disease be seated. ITCH. Causes.—Filthiness; infection, &c. Symptoms.—It generally appears in small, watery pustules, between the fingers and about the wrists; then it creeps into the arms, thighs, legs, &c, getting into the blood, and afterwards breaking out, in like manner, over the body, and uniting, till it forms large blotches or scabs. This complaint is, indeed, what it is called, for the pa- tient, especially when warm, is tormented with an intol- erable itching. CURE.—In bad cases, it will save time and trouble to fo through a Full Course of medicine, and then use the tch Ointment, according to directions. In slight cases, the Ointment, with Composition, and with or without a Short Course, will be sufficient. But let all beware of all the old remedies, such as Precipitate, Mercurial Oint- 31* 366 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. ments, Sulphur, &c.; for, by the use of some of those drugs, many have been poisoned and their bones rotted in such a manner as never to get over it. JAUNDICE. Cause.—Cold, morbid stomach ; want of digestion, &c. Symptoms.—Appetite lost; costiveness; faintness; dullness; sleepiness; skin and eyes unusually tinged with a yellow color, which is caused by the gall leaving its proper direction and becoming diffused through the skin. CURE.—Cleanse the bowels and stomach, remove the cold and canker, restore the digestion, perspiration and elasticity of the system ; and then the gall will be applied to its proper use, and health restored. These are to be done with No. 1, 2,3,4,6 and 7, aided with the Syringe and Vapor Bath: All this may be easily and quickly done. LOCK-JAW. Causes.—Hurts; cuts or wounds of any kind, in any part of the body. Cold, accompanied with wet, is most liable to produce this disease. Symptoms.—It often comes on with a pain and stiff- ness in the back part of the neck and muscles ; an uneasy sensation at the lower part of the breast ; pain and stiff- ness about the root of the tongue ; a difficulty of swallow- ing; and, at length the head, neck and backbone are bent backwards and the body becomes fixed in that posi- tion. The muscles of the lower jaw then become vio- lently affected, attended with an impossibility of swallow- ing. Even liquids are thrown forcibly back, through the the nose. The jaws become locked; the patient.is fre- quently seized with convulsive spasms ; bowels generally costive; face pale, expressive of anxiety or distress. At length the muscular system becomes generally affected, and a universal convulsion closes the scene, if not pre- viously cured. CURE.—The first thing to he done, is to lay the pa- thomsonian practice. S67 tient on his back, with the head and shoulders a little elevated; then raise the cheeks, alternately on each side of the mouth, and drop in, slowly, to the amount of half a teaspoon full of the Third Preparation of No. ], every five minutes, until the jaws become loosened, not forget- ting to bathe the jaws and neck, about the ears and root of the tongue, with the same, and rub it well in, warm, with a gentle friction. While this be going on, if the pa- tient be very bad, give warm injections, with the Third Preparation in them ; and let the feet hang from the bed in a warm foot bath, according to the directions at page 103. Continue the drops in the mouth, as above directed, till the other performances begone through with; and before they be, the jaws will become loose, and the patient can then swallow. Then administer a Full Course or a Short one, as may be need full; giving No. 3 to remove canker, and No. 4 to give a good appetite and digestion. MIDWIFERY. Midwifery is the art of assisting women at child-birth. " The Hebrew women are lively, and are delivered, ere the midwives come in unto them." Doctor Thomson remarks, that if "this important branch had been preserved in its simplicity, attended only by women, as it seems to have been in the days of the ancient Egyptians, when the Hebrews were slaves under Pharaoh, who ordered the midwives to kill all the Hebrew male children, at their birth, women might still be delivered with as little trouble to the widwives, and as little pain to themselves, as, from the account, it ap- pears they were, for, as a cover to their humanity, and to escape punishment from the king, the midwives excus- ed themselves for not killing the male children, on ac- count of the liveliness of the Hebrew women. If those women had been treated according to the practice of the doctors of the present day, with their pincers, Pharaoh would have had less cause to have issued his decree to kill the male children; as»inany might have been [ye?, 368 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. doctor, would have been] killed with impunity before it was known whether they were male or female. ,;Has the nature of women altered, which makes the mode of having children so much more difficult and mysterious now than it was then? <; Or is it the speculation of the doctors, for the sake of robbing the people of twenty dol- lars, the regular tribute here [in Boston] for each child born ? And should the child be born, fortunately for the mother and child both, before the arrival of the doctor, even then, instead of the price of a common visit, he con- siders himself entitled to a half fee : that is, ten dollars. In all this, ye may see the mystery of iniquity. Then, dismiss the doctor; restore the business into the hands of women, where it belongs; and spare your wives from much unnecessary pain, your children, perhaps, from death ; and, at all events, your money for better pur- poses. Then will your children be born naturally, as fruit falls from the trees, when ripe, of itself." "From this source, the doctors and their pincers, may be traced the miserable health of women ; unable to stand on their feet for weeks and months, some of whom never finally recover; all caused by those horrid instruments of steel, to extend the passage, not only for the child, but for the instruments also. In this harsh, unnatural opera- tion, they often not only crush the head of the child, but also the neck of the bladder. After this, there is an in- voluntary discharge of the urine, bearing down pains, &c, insomuch that life becomes an intolerable burden. ,;Can any one believe there was ever an instance of this kind among the Hebrew women, where midwives only were known, or where Nature was the midwife? I think not. jls there any such thing known among the natives of this country, where Nature is their dependence? History gives us an account of their squaws having a pappoose at night and wade several rivers the next day, when driven by Christians in warfare. By the taking of the Unicorn Root, they would prevent themselves from taking cold. If all of these views of the subject, with what has been stated in the body of this work, and what is here to fol- low, be not satitfactory, neither would people be per- suaded though one should rise from the dead." lo the part of the country where I was born, there was THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 36 9 scarcely a family who called the assistance of a doctor at the time of a birth. A midwife and two or three neigh- bor women were all that were thought necessary ; and 1 never knew an instance wherein they were unsuccessful ; for they used no force. They afforded such assistance as Nature required, by giving simple herb teas, to stimu- late and strengthen the woman, maintain a perspiration, and quiet the nerves, when Nature did all the rest. And, further than all this, 1 believe I never knew of a woman dying in child-bed, in all my life, who was attended only by women, at the time of her delivery. Not exactly so now; for the fashion has greatly changed ; at all events, it is diff'erent here, round about Bethania, where I now live. It is quite fashionable, I believe, with most people, to have a doctor sent for; and, I must confess, I never knew or heard of half as many women dying in child-bed, nor the fourth, if the tenth, of the number of children de- stroyed at the birth, in all my life, as I have during the few years I have lived here. This is a difference which every one may reconcile for himself, the best way he can. But, to me, it serves as conclusive evidence against the college doctors, and in favor of the domestic practice. When a few old women, with a handful of garden herbs, can so far surpass the pretended skill emenating from the colleges, ^ what may we not expect from them, when armed with this life-invigorating, Thomsonian Practice to aid them ? Doctor Curtis says, " Could the Thomson- ian Fraternity, or the public in general, be aware of the mischiefs that are done by the rash, ignorant and officious members of the medical profession, no caution from me would be necessary to induce them to trust Nature, in every extremity, rather than to surrender their bodies as living subjects of reckless and dangerous experiments, founded on the wild vagaries of the visionary theorists of the schools." "Unassisted Nature is far preferable, as an accoucher, to the latter class of doctors." " The proceedings of Nature, in ripening her fruits, in bursting the husks of walnuts and almonds, and opening the shells of eggs without force, when ripe, should teach midwives patience, and persuade them to let Nature alone to perform her own work, and not to disquiet women by their suggestings; for such enforcements rather hinder 370 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. the birth, than in any way promote it. They often ruin the mother and often the child. Let midwives know that they are Nature's servants."— Willoughby. " The rash and preposterous application of instruments has proved the bane of thousands." "Itisvery important to keep up the strength of women in a state of pregnancy, so that, at the time of delivery, they may be in possession of all their natural powers. They should be carried through a Course of the medicine, several times, particularly a little before delivery; and kept in a perspiration during the time of, and after de- livery; which will prevent after pains and other com- plaints common in such cases.n " Beware of bleeding, opium, and cold baths. Invigor- ate all the faculties of the body and mind, to exert the most laborious efforts that Nature is caFled »pon to per- form, instead of stupifving, and substituting art for Nature." Doctor Thomson relates a case, which he says he was "knowing to," which is as follows r "A woman was taken in travail, and as the midwife could not eorae, a doctor was sent for. When he came, the prospect was, that she would be delivered in two hours; he gave her medicine which caused vomiting, and turned the pains to the stomach. She continued in this situation twelve hours, when her strength was nearly gone. He then bled her to stop the puking; and gave so much opium as to cause such a stupor that it required all of the exertions of the women to keep the breath of life in her, through the nighL She continued very weak, and continued so till afternoon,, when she was delivered, with INSTRUMENTS. The child was deadrand the woman came very near dying, and it was six months before she got her strength again. Many more cases might be given of the bad success of bleeding, and giving opium to-stu- pify, and making use of art, instead of assisting Nature to do her own work." The doctor relates another case, as follows:—"My brother's wife was in travail. The midwife called on me for advice, on account of a violent flooding; which I im- mediately relieved by the hot medicine ; at the same time, some people present, privately sent for a doctor. When THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 371 he came, I told him there was no difficulty, and all that was wanting was time. After examination, he said the woman had been well treated. He then took the com- mand, and very soon began to use too much exertion. He was cautioned by the midwife.; but he showed tem- per, and said, « Why did you send for me, if ye know best?' I told him he was not sent for by our request; we found no need of any other help. The doctor per- sisted in his harsh treatment for about seven hours, occa- sionally trying to put on his instruments of torture. This painful attempt caused the woman to shrink from her pains, and the child drew back. After making several unsuccessful attempts, he tired out, and asked me to ex- amine her situation. I did so, and told him that the child was not so far advanced as when he came. He ask- ed me to attend her. I refused the offer; and told him that he pronounced the woman well treated when he came; but she had not been so treated since, and I was not lia- ble to bear the blame. He then sent for another doctor, and let her alone till the other doctor came; in which time, Nature had done much in advancing her labor; and 1 firmly believe that, with the use of such medicine as had been given her, and which ought to have been con- tinued, Nature would have completed her delivery. The second doctor did but little more than to say, 'The in- struments could now be put on;' which shows how far Nature had completed her work. ;The first doctor put on the instruments of death, and delivered her by force ; using strength enough to have drawn a hundred weight! ! Thus the child was, as I should call it, murdered ;—the head crushed ! "The woman flooded like the running of water, so as to be heard by all in the room. The doctors called for cold water, to put on as soon as possible. I told the doc- tor he need not trouble himself any farther about the woman, for I would take care of her. When the doctor left her, he said there was a doubt whether she lived twelve hours. At that time she was so swelled as to stop all evacuations, besides other injuries she had received by the use of force instead of aid. -The midwife used her best endeavors to promote a natural discharge, but in vain. But, when all other sources fail, then comes my turn. I succeeded, and saved her from mortification." 372 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE Here we see the difficulties and discouragements un- der which Doctor Thomson had to bring forward and es- tablish this valuable system of practice. Here, when he had gotten rid of that" butcher-doctor, he took care of the woman. He immediately gave her a good dose of his own medicines,—No. 2, 3 and 6—and got her into bed as soon as possible, when the alarming symptoms soon abated; "but her senses were gone, and her nerves all in a state of confusion." He repeated a dose of the same articles, again, with the addition of No. 7 ; and put a hot stone, wrapped in cloths wet with vinegar, to her feet, and also at her back and bowels, until she got warm. Then her nerves became more composed. The second day, he put her through a Full Course of medicine; steaming her in bed ; " for," says he, "she was as help- less as though all the bones in her body were broken. All the way she could be turned, was to draw her on the under sheet, and so turn her that way;" and after he had put her through a second Course, she began to help her- self a little. He stayed with her for five days and nights, and then left her, with medicines and directions, and she got well in about two months. In about two years after, she had another child ; and she and the child both lived and did well, by keeping the doctors away. And further, says Thomson, "lam satisfied this jwnuld have been the case the first time, had this scourge of humanity been kept away." He relates another instance, where a college doctor was with a young woman in travail, who had fits. He bled her and took away her child by force. The woman remained a long time in a poor state of health. And, j what more could be expected, when college quackery forbids the laws of Nature to take their course, by taking away the blood, " which is the life," " to enable women to go through the most laborious task which Nature is called upon to perform ?" The doctor relates another case, where he was called upon to attend a woman, eighty miles distant. She had worked too hard and caught cold, and had been sick. He aiiended.and foun3 the moisture in her glands so thick- ened with cold, that she could not spit clear of her mouth. He put her through a Course, and steamed her twice in THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 373 one day. Her ambition and vigor returned ; a fine son was born, and she walked from the fire to the bed ; then a portion of No. 2 and 3 was administered, and a steam- ing stone put to her feet. Perspiration soon followed, "and there was none of those alarming symptoms com- mon to learned ignorance." «• The second day she show- ed symptoms of child bed fever and broken breasts. I carried her through another Course of medicine and steam. The fifth day she took breakfast and dinner be- low with the family, and carried her child up stairs. The eighth day she rode two miles, paid a visit and came back. The ninth day I carried her through another Course, and got her so far cleared, that she could spit clear of her mouth, for the first time after I saw her. The tenth day she rode the same distance.—Had she been attended in the common way, I have no doubt she would have had the child bed fever, broken breasts, and poor health af- terward." This made a great talk; the people thought they should never dare send for a college doctor any more: to which Thomson replied, "Yes; call the doctor and obtain his advice; and then reverse every prescription given by him in a case of child-bed. If he say, «be bled,' keep your blood for other uses. If he say, ' keep cold,' sweat yourselves. If he say, 'put cold water to your bowels,' take hot medicine inside, and a steaming stone at your feet. If he say,«take physic,' use warm injec- tions. If he say,' starve yourselves,' eat what your ap- petites crave. By strict observance of the foregoing anti- directions, ye may enjoy health, and save the heavy bills for the many visits of the doctor, besides saving hfm the trouble of keeping you sick. This is the mode of having patent babies, so highly recommended by Doctor Robin- son, in his twelfth lecture, who says, 'Even in child-bed delivery, a matter never to be forgotten, this practice has very nearly removed the pain and punishment from the daughters of Eve, threatened upon our progenitor, and entailed upon her offspring. A lady of great good sense, and without the least coloring of imagination, said, it was easier to have five children under the operation and influence of this new practice, than one by the other man- agement and medicine. And she had experience in both ; and has been supported in the evidence by every one who has followed her example.' " 32 574 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. Another case, probably more remarkable than any other related by the doctor, is one where he was called to attend a woman in Greenfield, Saratoga county, N. Y., who had been in travail ten days, and her life despaired of. There were, when he arrived, about ten men and women pre- sent, and the seal of despair was set upon every counte- nance. The woman, in a weak voice, asked him if he could do any thing for her. He assured her that he would do every thing he could for her help. He then took out his medicine, and put a large spoon full of Com- position in a cup, and added a teaspoon Tull of No. 2, one of No. 7, and one of sugar; filled the cup with boil- ing water, stirred them well together, and set it down to settle. He then poured off the tea, and added to it one large teaspoon full of the strongest No. 1 Powder, and gave it to the woman, who swallowed it with all possible faith that it would relieve her. This powerful dose roused the efforts of Nature, so that the woman was in readiness before her attendants; and, in less than fifteen minutes, a fine son was born. The mother and child both lived and did well. This almost miraculous work, in preserv- ing the life of mother and child, gladdened every heart and cheered every countenance: and one of the women present, who was the mother of several children, ; de- clared that she would never have any but patent babies, after seeing the great skill and marvellous success of the patent doctor! The whole time of a woman's pregnancy maybe termed a kind of labor; for, from the time of her conception, to the time of her delivery, she labors under many difficul- ties; is subject, more or less, to various distempers and dangers, from one cause or another, till the time of the birth; and when that come, the greatest labor and tra- vail comes along with it: insomuch that all her others are forgotten, and that only, is called labor. To assist her therein, is the principal business of the midwife. Many women, especially with their first child, err in their reckoning, and so, when their time be near, take every pain they meet with, for labor, when it is not. This often proves prejudicial and troublesome to them; I will, therefore, set down some signs by which they may know when the true time be come. Some, especially with the THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 375 first child, perceiving any extraordinary pains in the belly, conclude they are labor pains, and send for a mid- wife; anil thin, by taking Composition or No. 2 and 3, or something for cold and canker, they get ease, and go some days, or even weeks, longer. This is called "a false alarm" It is, therefore, well, whenever any symp- toms appear that be suspected to be those of approaching labor, to commence, at once, that kind of.medical treat- ment which is best calculated to remove those symptoms, and, consequently, disease. If the symptoms prove to be those of disease only, they will be speedily removed; but if actual labor be begun, this same treatment will in- crease the pains in frequency and strength, till no fur- ther doubt will remain as to their cause. See page 89. -Signs of Labok.—A few days previous to the time of true labor, her greatest protuberance, which before lay high, sinks down, and hinders her from walking so easily as she used to do; a slimy humor, appointed by Nature to lubricate the passage, exudes from the womb ; and, when this discharge be discolored with blood, midwives call it shows, and it is an unfailing sign^that the birth is near , the external parts enlarge and increase in fullness; great pain about the region of the reins and loins, which return regularly and distinctly, after short intervals. After a while, these pains increase in frequency and acuteness, and continue longer. The whole system then becomes agitated, and the blood mounts in reddened flashes to the face; and, sometimes, the stomach becomes very sick, even unto vomiting; frequent calls to discharge urine ; the membranes, which contain the waters, protruding be- fore the head of the child, can be distinctly perceived, upon examination by the midwife, being thus propelled downward, like a full bladder. After this, the pains re- double, and the womb, by its contracting and repulsive piwer, breaks these membranes, by the strong impulsion of waters, which then flow away, and presently the head of the child presents itself. If, at this time, the buth should linger, a good dose of Composition tea, t.^ken warm, and" often repeated, or No. 2 and 3, or a tea ot Rasberry Leaves, made hot with No. 2, will, in like man- ner, have an admirable effect. Do not attempt to force Nature, nor unnecessarily disturb the woman ; for kind 376 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. mother Nature would, in most cases, complete the work with a good degree of safety to mother and child, even if abandoned to her own unaided operations. A few warm emolient Clysters, administered in the ordinary way, for evacuating the bowels and relieving those parts, will be of great service. Steaming stones, wet with Vinegar and wrapped in several thicknesses of linen, and applied to the feet, will be of great service. But, above all, avoid all unnecessary pain-exciting drugs, and all unne- cessary, officious, manual exertions, for hastening, me- chanically, what Nature is quite able lo perform, if but kindly assisted, with due patience, with a fourth part of the suffering and anguish, and infinitely greater safety to parent and child, than where meddling, officious igno- rance thwarts her operations. Doctor Smellie says, he has assisted " in a great number of cases where the mem- branes, containing the water, have opened the external orifice, and the head has been delivered, before they broke. Indeed, in all natural labors, I wait for this operation." " We should always be exceeding cautious of breaking these membranes, which ought never to be done till we be certain the difficulty depends upon this course; and even then, the head of the child should be advanced al- most as far as the external orifice." If, however, labor be lingering, and the child do not still come forward to the birth, and the pains die away, it will be well enough to insist upon the woman to com- pose herself, and take rest, and allow time for Nature to rally her force, without compulsion; especially if the presentation be natural, and no extraordinary circum- stance forbid delay, this will always be the only proper course. The medicine mentioned may be continued; and if, after from twelve to twenty-four hours, the end be not answered, add half a teaspoon full of Rattlesnake Root to each dose ; and use no great hurry to urge on the labor ; but make her comfortable, composed and cheerful as possible. "If the organs of generation remain rigid, and the parts will not relax, [being satisfied that the true labor has fully come,] let clothes, wrung out of hot water, be faithfully applied to the parts, (continuing the hot teas,) and they will relax them. Let women, in this situation, THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. S77 not betake themselves to bed too soon, nor lie or sit too much ; exercise about the room, on the feet, if they be able, will not hurt them, but may be of advantage. A humane midwife will use every ingenious effort in her power to quiet any useless fears, and sooth and com- fort the patient. If there be a crowd of frightened, hys- terical women present, assailing the ears of the woman with tales of wo and sad disasters that have attended the labors of otfiers, they should be admonished to give a more agreeable turn to their conversation, or to leave the chamber, altogether. If any should be called to assist or advise, where an- other practitioner had been previously employed, they should have a care to avoid extravagant pretensions to superior skill, and never dare attempt to expedite labor, by dosing the patient with pain-exciting drugs or nos- trums, and invoking her utmost efforts, or going to work mechanically, or artificially, to dilate the orifice, for the passage of the child, which, with a due degree of patience, might have been born with quarter the suffering, and far less danger to the mother and child ; for such projects are very dangerous. Women in labor should be treated with peculiar tenderness, avoiding all unnecessary interference of art, which counteracts the operations of Nature ; it often impedes labor; defeating the well-meant, but ill- timed efforts of the practitioner. Composition tea, drank warm, and often repeated, has an admirably good effect. A little milk or cream may be added, with the sweetening, and it will be much more pleasant. If the shows should require attention, or raise the fears of the practitioner or those of the woman, then large doses of No. 2 should be given in molasses or new milk, which will have a salutary effect. These medi- cines, combined with No. 7, may be liberally administer- ed, as occasion may require. They will never injure. A tea of Witch Hazel and Red Rasberry Leaves, and half a teaspoon full of Black Rattlesnake Root, and as much No. 7, may be given to great advantage, as a regu- lator of labor pains, without exciting any extraordinary commotion in the system. If the bowels be costive, it will always be advisable to Administer injections, as the readiest method of obviating 32* 378 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. the difficulty. Some of the opposing obstruction to the passage of the child will then be removed, and there will be less pressure as it glides down to the birth. Should the patient have a few loose stools, she need not be alarm- ed ; for, after the bowels be evacuated, she will feel much more easy. Injections of Rasberry Leaves or of perfect No. 3, with a very small portion of No. 2 and a dose of No. 7 added, is likewise good in such cases. Sickness at the stomach, or vomiting, are often signs of a happy issue. A perfectly nataral labor is when the position of the child be such, that the head comes foremost, with the crown or back part inclining towards the share bone, and its face towards the back or spine of the mother ; so that, if the woman be placed on her back, the face of the child will be downward, and the back of its head upward, and the crown of its head presenting centrally in the passage. Labors are also accounted natural when the head pre- sents in a position exactly contrary; that is, with the face upward; or, when the face be inclined to either side. These positions are considered but slight deviations from what is perfectly natural, and it is unnecessary to mention it to the patient, lest some unnecessary alarm may be ex- cited, which would only retard the birth. These presen- tations, even if both arms descend with the head, need not occasion uneasiness, as Nature will accommodate her efforts to suit the occasion. If the birth be not effected with the same ease, it will go forward with equal safety to mother and child. " In giving manual assistance to a woman in labor, her own choice and convenience may commonly be consulted, in relation to the position in which she should be placed. If any arrangement appear necessary, contrary to her in- clinations, such arrangement should be suggested and made with tenderness and caution. The mild art of per- suasion will often succeed, where the imperious assump- tion of authority, and a spirit of coercion, would meet with an unconquerable repulse. Still, it must be confessed, there are some rare occurrences that authorize an entire exception to this general rule. These may require prac- tical ingenuity, as well as obstetrical skill, accompanied with firmness, determined courage, and ingenious, und«« fatigable perseverance." THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. S79 Some women prefer lying upon their left 6ide, with their head a little raised, and the lower part of the body near the side or edge of the bed. A pillow, or other soft bulky article, is placed between her knees, which should be drawn up toward the body. This is accounted, by some practitioners, a very elligible posture, provided it please the woman. "The midwife being placed behind the wo- man, on a seat of suitable height, can, with facility, give all the assistance requisite." When the child be born, the mother, though greatly relieved, is not yet free from all incumbrances;—the afterbirth, "and a whole mass of secondines are yet behind." If the child be much exhausted, be not in a hurry to cut the navel cord. The after-birth being kept warm in the body, while there be pulsation in the cord, a communication may be kept up between it and the child. Some have taken the after-birth, when expelled, and laid it upon the child's belly, as a restoring or comforting ap- plication. Doctor Thomson brought a child to action and life, that was apparently dead, by laying the after- birth uporfliot embers, by which means heat was conveyed to the body of the child, through the natural channel, and supplied it with one more meal, as well as heat and life. Others have put the after-birth in hot wine, and the heat thereby conveyed, was supposed to stimulate the weak or decaying powers of life to more vigorous action. Proba- bly hot water would do as v» ell. Other means for reviving the child may be used at the same time, with those mentioned. The face may be bathed with Tincture of Camphor; the feet and legs may be bathed with No. 6, a little warmed; the whole body may be bathed in warm water, accompanied with very gentle friction; and, if the case be doubtful, three or four drops of the Third Preparation of No. 1 may be given to it, in half a teaspoon full of breast-milk. The child should be placed in several folds of a warm blanket, spread across the knees of an assistant, to secure it from injury and shield it from cold. During all this time, great care should be taken not to over-stretch or injure the navel cord, lest ye impede the pulsation, or separate it from the after-birth. When the pulsation in the navel cord ceases, which 380 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. may be in ten or fifteen minutes, it may be tied and cut, in the following manner:—Let the midwife take a strand of thick pack-thread, with a single knot on each end, to prevent the folds from entangling, (which should be in readiness beforehand, and also a pair of good sharp scis- sors,) and tie the thread around the cord, about two inches from the child's body, with a firm double knot; then, passing the ends round on the other side, tie, in like manner, another double knot; then cut oft' the navel cord one inch from the said knot, leaving, altogether, about three inches of the navel cord to the child's body, and the knot I speak of, on it; which should be so tight that not one drop of blood can ooze out of it; but care must be taken, at the same time, and not tie it too tight, so as to cut the cord with the thread. It is said, some children have lost all their blood, and, consequently, their lives, for want of care in these particulars. Therefore, if any blood squeeze out, a new knot must be immediately tied, with the rest of the string. The next thing to be done, is to have two or three thicknesses of soft rag, with a round hole cut through the middle, and after greasing about the child's navel, with some soft tallow, place the rags thereon, letting the bit. of navel cord run through the hole; then lay over all, another soft rag. In from three to nine days, this bit of cord will become dry and fall off, when it may be thrown into the fire. Always remember, when tying the navel cord, that, if ther\; be twins, it will be necessary to tie it in two places, leaving a space of two or three inches be- tween, and to divide the cord at an equal distance be- tween them. Indeed, it cannot do harm, in any case, and may, in some instances, secure against all bleeding that could arise from the neglect. The next consideration is, that of the discharge of the after-birth, of which I have, with other things, been speak- ing. This is a large circular cake, of various sizes, thick in the middle, and thin in the margin. The outside of it is attached to the inner surface of the womb. The navel cord is attached, by one end, to this after-burden, and, by the other, to the child's navel.; by which means it is fed and supported in its little world. A woman differs from most animals, which, when they have brought THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 381 forth their young, cast forth nothing else but some waters, and the membranes which contained them. But women have an after labor, which has, in some instances, proved as dangerous as the first. Instances have "occurred in which the midwife has been obliged to put her hand into the womb to disengage the after-burden from the walls thereof, to which it is sometimes strongly fastened. This practice is nevertheless strongly objected to, by our best Thomsonians, except in cases where other timely means fail. It is, therefore, best to assist Nature, by using such remedies as I have given, to promote the birth of the child; for, rest assured, that what brings away the child, will bring away the after-birth; which should be used with the same patience, the same care and circumspection that was needful then. The contractions of the womb that have expelled the child, must, in a measure, impel the afterbirth downward. Its descent can be ascertained by the length of the cord appearing out of the body. After the woman has had the necessary medicines, and sufficient rest, if it do not come away of itself, then apply one hand to the abdomen, a little below the navel, where the globular figure of the contracting womb may be perceived, holding, at the same time, the cord in the other; and, if there be no commotion, gently draw, with a rotary motion of the cord ; press the hatid on the abdomen, moving it down- ward ;—or, an assistant may press gentry on her sides, which will excite an action. Much benefit often arises by raising the woman to her feet, or on her knees ; in which positions children are often born;—the natural weight of the substance facilitating its descent. The unexperienced practitioner cannot be too often cautioned not to make any violent efforts; because, breaking the cord might be attended with difficult and dangerous con- sequences. In cases of twins, each child generally has its after- birth; and, in some of these cases, the after-birth of the first-born comes away before the birth of the second. But sometimes two after-births are so connected that the one cannot come away without the other. In such a case, any efforts to disengage the first from the second, would bc'unproper. Always satisfy yourselves, therefore, that 382 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. there is not another child, before ye make any considera- ble effort to disengage the secomfines, by gently rubbing the hand over the belly, just above the share bone. It there be no other child, that organ'will immediately con- tract to about the size of a child's head, and be felt just above the share bone. If there be another child, the womb will still be large, and her prominence but partially reduced. " By internal examination, also, through the neck of the womb, the.watery sack, formed by the mem- branes of another child, and the bursting forth of those waters, ensure the existence of another child." The same means are to be employed for the discharge of this child, that were used for the former. If there be no other child, the afterbirth and the lacerated membranes alone will be found internally. "Never fear to wait for the efforts of Nature, aided only by innocent means and pro- cesses to disengage the placenta—[after birth.] Many instances have occurred in which it has remained, not only hours, but many days, even fifteen or twenty, and then coine away, without either danger or unconvenience to the patient." Swathing the woman with a towel, napkin, or some kind of broad swathe, round her waist, immediately after delivery, is required. Nothing narrow should be us difficulty is cured in some instances by a few, and in others, by numerous Courses, and a tho- rough tonic treatment. See directions for Head-ach, Acidities, Agues, Cholics,Dyspepsy, &c. Often, a short Course will cure a recent attack; and by following up with a long one, wilt prevent future attacks. 406 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. SICK STOMACH. Causes.—In addition to all of the causes for sich-head ach, may be added, poisons or any other improper thing taken into the stomach ; worms existing therein, or in the intestines near the stomach, &c. Symptoms.—The greatest aversion to food; a sensa- tion inclining to vomit; disgusted ideas at the sight of various objects, especially food ; loss of appetite, de- bilitv, &c. CURE.—Take a dose of No. I, 2 and 3 together; then take small doses of Composition, Spearmint, Pepper- mint, Vinegar Lotion, or Peppersauce. Mint and Must- ard Seed bruised together and simmered in spirits with a little flour added, forming a poultice and applied to the stomach, with the above anti-emetics, often relieve or arest the most obstinate cases of nausea and vomiting. The bitter Nerve Drops are valuable, especially where there be any thing like faintness. SORE BREAST. Cause.—Cold obstructing the glands of the breast, Which occasions inflammation and swelling; and some- times bad festered sores are the consequence. CURE.—When any uneasiness or swelling begin to take place, drink freely of Composition tea, and take several warming clysters; then bathe the breasts well with Vinegar Lotion or Pepper Sauce, and afterwards repeatedly with No. 6. Foot-bathing at the sametime would be very useful. If the woman be sick, she must go through a regular or a short Course of medicine, as occasion may require, together with the above applica- tions, and it will remove the complaint and restore her to health in a very short time. SORE NIPPLES. CURE.—Wash frequently with a strong tea of No. S with a little No. 6 dropped therein, or with the No. S and 6 Compound; then, when dry, anoint them with THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 407 Nerve Ointment, Lip-Salve, or Healing Salve. Wipe it off only, without washing, when the child goes to suck, and it will prevent it from getting a sore mouth. The same treatment, or a tea of No. 3 alone, will cure the sores of the neck and behind the ears of infants, with which they are often troubled. SPRAINS. Cause.—A sudden and forcible distention or exten- tion of the ligaments of a joint, without dislocation. Symptoms.—Great pain, often attended with swelling, and a deprivation of the use and strength of the part. CURE.—Slight sprains may be cured by bathing fre- quently with No. 6, and wearing flannel to keep out the cold, and rubbing on occasionally a little Nerve Oint- ment. Bad sprains are very injurious, being considered worse than some instances of broken bones; great care will therefore be necessary to avoid taking cold, which will not only render it very painful, but will render the cure far more difficult and protracted. In such cases it will be necessary to go through a full Course of the medicine, occasionally, and follow up with No. 2, 3 and 4. At the same time using the above mentioned applica- tions perseveringly. After the pains be all assuaged, bathe the part often with the No. 3 and 6 Compound and Nerve Ointment till cured. Sprains may often be helped by the application of a Strengthening Plaster, and avoiding exertion of the part. Let it have perfect ease, till well enough to be again used. STRICTURE OF THE URETHRA, AND STRANGURY. A Stricture is a diminution, or contracted state of some tube, or duct, of the body; as the throat, intestines, urethra, vaginna, &c Causes.—Cold ; weakness ; by the thickening of the urethra, or part, by chronic inflammation; a contraction 408 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. of the muscles surrounding the urethra; neglected or mismanaged gonorrhoea; accidents aud hurts will also give rise to this complaint. Symptoms.—A contracted and rigid state of the ure- thra, which may be either organic or spasmodick ; the discharge of a considerable quantity of mucus from the urethra; Strangury or stoppage of the urine; pain, &c. CURE.—Full Courses with effectual steamings, fol- lowed up with No. 2, 3 and 4. As the disease is local, local in part must be the practice; therefore the part affected ought to be well steamed at every Course, which should be repeated every two or three days at the farth- est. Use the foot bath often. In this complaint I would recommend the bath, medicated, with vinegar, and aro- mattic and bitter herbs. Apply a warm Poultice to the part, composed of No. 1, Slippery Elm, Arsesmart, Cracker and a little of No. 2, all in powder, stewed in the Sour Tincture of No. 1. If the urine be quite stop- ped use a Gum-elastic Bougie or catheter,* to evacuate the bladder; then inject therein often, a strong tea of No. 1 powder, with a few drops of No. 6, or Tincture of Myrrh added ; put a jug or bottle of hot water to the put, and keep up the regular warmth; drink regularly of the Diuretic tea, or drops, and No. 4 bitters, with No. 7 therein. If the patient be in great pain, place a blanket round the waist, and steam the region that is diseased, from the feet up; or bathe the feet in warm water, with-some potash or ley in it. In bad cases, in addition to the above treatment, wash out the urethra, by occasionally injecting therein warm milk and water, a tea of Red Rasberrv leaves, or No. 3 strained, and tepid, when used. Inject gradually, but with some force into the urethra, which will dilate the stricture, and free the urethra from the thick mucus, which is always an additional obstruction.—Persevere. * Directions for passing the catheter.—Take the penis of the patient, near its head between the thum and fingers of the left hand, and with the right hand, intio- duce the point of the instrument, into the urethra, (keep- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 409 ing the back or convex side, towards the knees,) and thus, push the catheter down the urinary passage, en- deavoring at the same time, to draw up the penis on it. When it be first introduced, the handle will of course be near the belly of the patient, and as it decend, will verge farther from it, until it enter the bladder, which will be known by the sudden flow of urine. If ye can- not succeed while the patient lie upon his back, he may stand up. If ye still fail, place the patient again on his back, and when the catheter be as far down as it will go, without force, introduce a finger, well oiled into the fun- dament, and endeavor to press its point upwards, at the same time, press it forward with the other hand. Force is never on any account to be used. Vary the positions, as ye please; let the patient try it himself, for it is by humoring the instrument, and not by violence, that the operation will succeed: Directions for passing the bougies.—Take hold of the penis as directed above, and pass the point of the instru- ment (which should be well oiled,) down the urethra, as directed for the catheter; when it has entered three or four inches, depress the penis a little, and by humoring the bougie with one hand, and the penis with the other, endeavor to pass it as far as may be wished. The pati- ent himself will frequently succeed, when every one else fails. —■•-------- ST. VITIS' DANCE. Causes.—Various irritations, as teething, worms, Cos- tiveness, poisons, general weakness; violent affections of the mind, fear, anger, sympathy at seeing the disease in others, &c. It being a sort of paralytick affection, it may arise from exposure and cold; sprains; any thing which relaxes the muscles and disables them from per- forming their natural functions. Symptoms.—It is chiefly incident to young persons, between the ages of ten and fifteen, seldom occurring after that of puberty. It sometimes comes on with yawn- ing, stretching, palpitations about the heart, nausea, dif- ficulty of swallowing, noise in the ears, giddiness, pains 410 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. in the head, &c; then come on the convulsive motions. These show themselves at first by a kind of lameness, or unstability of one of the legs, which the patient draws after him in an odd rediculous manner; nor can he hold the arm of the same side still for a moment; for if he lay it any where, it will be forced quickly from thence by an unvoluntary motion. If he put a cup to his mouth to drink, it will be forced by his convulsive or palsied mo- tion, in various directions. At length he gets it to his mouth and pours it dawn in haste, as if he meant thus to amuse the beholders. CURE.—Give full Courses, with No. 7 in all of the medicines;—give injections composed of No. 1, 2,3, and 7, daily, from the first, adding Slippery Elm to make them soothing to the bowels. The emetics might be taken of the 3rd preparation of No. 1, in a tea of No. 3 and 4. The limbs and parts affected should be bathed daily, with the 3rd preparation, and then with Nerve Ointment or Nerve Tincture. Let the patient take such food as is easy of digestion and the most nourish- ing; and in every particular let the usage and habits be the reverse from that which brought it on, and a cure will be certain. TEETHING*. Some childrens' teeth cut through the gums without any apparent difficulty; while, with others, the time of teething is a period of much pain and difficulty. Some have their whole frames thrown into disorder; the mouth discharges a copious flow of watery fluid; fhey become irritable and evince signs of pain; the gums become hot, itchy and swelled; feverish heat, a laxative state of the bowels, and sometimes convulsions supervene. CURE.—When the gums swell and the skin be drawn tight over the top of the tooth, the mouth should be held open with the thumb and finger of the left hand, while with a sharp gum-lancet, or penknife ye cut down to the tooth, in the direction that the edge of the tooth will rise. Then, whatever form of disease be in the system, should be treated as prescribed under the heads of such com- THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 411 plaints respectively, omitting nothing that is recommend- ed, on account of the tender age of the child. TETTER RINGWORM, SHINGLES. Causes.—These troublesome symptoms of disease are of the same class with the ulcers, scald-head, itch, &c; and consequently, are brought on by similar causes, and are alike contagious. Symptoms.—Broad itchy spots of a reddish or white color, breaking out in different places, which are apt to run together. After a time they become covered with little scales, which fall off", and leave the surface red or ulcerated, itching very much. The tetter generally at- tacks the face or hands and fingers; The Ringworms are small 6pots in the face, neck, arms, &c; The Shinglea on the body, and if not checked may spread all rouud the body. CURE.—Full Courses, as for the Cancers, Scald head, bad cases of itch, scrofulo, &c; and anoint the part af- fected with the Tetter Ointment or Lotion, daily, after having first washed with soap-suds, and the Sour Tinc- ture of No. 1. Keep the part affected free from sudden heats and colds; and take, daily for a common drink, a tea of the Anti-scorbutic Powders, or as many doses of the Tetter Lotion. Let the above treatment be followed up faithfully; and let the diet be of the most pure, as oat-meal, milk, whey, buttermilk, &c, cooked in any manner desired, and persevere till all appearances of the complaint be gone, whether that be long or short. THRUSH, OR SORE MOUTH. Causes.—Sudden heats and colds; bad milk, &c. Symptoms.— This belongs to the eruptive fever com- plaints; but the eruptions, instead of being outward, are exhibited internally. Children, and infants are very subject to it. It often appears in small white eruptions upon the tongue, gums, and around the mouth and pal- late, resembling small particles of curdled milk. When 412 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. the disease be mild, it will be confined to these parts; but when violent, and of long standing, those small par- ticles ulcerate, and extend their effects through tha whole course of the alimentary canal, from the mouth to the anus; and, excite severe purgings, pains, and other disagreeable symptoms. CURE.—When recent and confined to the mouth, it is easily cured, by giving as a drink, plenty of Compos- ition tea, and washing its mouth with a strong tea of No. 3, and injections of the same. In bad cases, begin with the above; treatment, then give an emetic, and promote sweating by vapour or otherwise, giving a plenty of No. 3, 5, 6 and 7, and prevent chills, and persevere with in- jections, till cured. TOOTH ACHE. Causes.—Decayed teeth and cold settled in tooth, jaw or system. CURE.—See Tooth-ache Drops, page 42, and follow the directions there laid down, then use the Tooth Pow- der, as directed. TONGUE TIED. Causes.—The cutaneous or membraneous fold, direct- ly under the tongue, called "the bridle," and which con- nects the tongue to the cavity, between the jaws, is, sometimes in infancy, so short as to prevent the child from sucking properly:—it is then called tongue-tied. CURE.—The cutting of the string, is the remedy. It is a simple and easy operation. Take a pair of fine, sharp-pointed scissors in the right hand; lift up tha tongue with the fingers of the left hand, and carefully cut the little web in the center.—Avoid cutting so deep as to touch the blood vessel, and the work is done; then put a little No. 3 tea in its mouth, a few times. This process, will cure lisping in children. THIRST. Causes.—Obstructions of the salival glands; salt food, excessive perspiration, &c. THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 418 CURE.—Take a few doses of No. 2, and it will prick the glands and cause the saliva to flow freely, then a few doses of Composition, or hot No. 4. TUMORS. Causes.—Cold; Canker; Bruises; hurts and other ob- structions. Symptoms.—A morbid Swelling in any vessel or gland or deep in the flesh. CURE—See Abscesses, page 267, Cancers, page 294j Canker Sores, page 301; and inflammation, page 363. VENEREAL. •'The disease called by this name is more common in Seaports than in the country, because there is more il- licit intercourse of the sexes than in other places. It is a high state of canker and putrefaction, which takes hold of the glands of those parts that be first affected with it; and if not checked, the whole system will become diseas- ed with the Venereal taint. It. is more common among seafaring men, because, when they have been long absent on the sea, and come again on shore, they give free scope to their passions, without being very particular about the manner of the indulgence.—It originates probably with those common women, who have connection with many diff'erent men,and going beyond the impulse of nature, this impure connection causes uncleanfiness, which produces the disease; and when seated is contagious. The reason why this disease causes so much fright and alarm, is owing to two causes; the first is, the disgrace attached to the dishonesty in getting it; and the. other is, the manner in which it has generally been treated, giving mercury to cure it: the remedy becomes worse than the disease. To say that this disease cannot be cured by other means than mercury, is an error; for I have cured a number of cases by very simple means. The first symptom felt, is a scalding sensation and pain when voiding the urine; and within twenty-four hours after this 35* 414 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. be experienced, it may be cured by applying cold water and making use of No. 6; and where there be much sore- ness, the No. 3 and 6 Compound, which must be taken inwardly as well as applied to the parts. If the disease be of long standing, and the whole system be affected, the patient must be carried through a Course of the me- dicine. Where there has been mercury made use of, and there is all of the attendant consequences of such treat- ment, it is much more difficult to effect a cure; and ia only done by a full Course of medicine, and repeating it a number times; raising the heat by steam each time, as high as they can bear, to throw out the mercury and re- move the canker, at the same time applying the poultice; then giving the bitters to correct the bile. I had a case of a woman who was brought to me on a a bed, fifteen miles. She was in a very putrid state, and as bad as she could be, with all the consequences that are caused by being filled with mercury. Different doc- tors had attended her eleven months, and she had been constantly growing worse. She had been kept ignorant of her disease, till a few days before she was brought to me, on account of her husband. I carried her through five Courses of medicine in two weeks, and applied a poultice of white bread and ginger, made with a tea of No. 3. This completely broke up the disorder, and by giving medicine to correct the bile and restore the diges- tion, she was cured and returned home in three weeks after coming to me. By taking things to restore her strength, she has enjoyed good health, ever since. Another woman wa3 cured in the same manner, who had been in this way six years, and unable to do any business. I attended her three weeks, when she was re- stored to health and returned home. In less than a year after, she had two children at a birth, and has enjoyed good health to this day. This disease is produced by other means than what have been described. It may be taken in with the breath, by being much exposed in attending on those who are in a very putrid stage of the complaint; or it may be communicated to parts where the skin is broken, and in many other ways; when they will have many of the THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. 415 symptoms, the same as when taken in the common way. Children will sometimes be effected with the venereal taint, whose parents have had the disease. A disease similar in appearance, with much the same symptoms, may be brought on by over-exertion and being exposed to the cold. I once had a case of a young married man, who, by spraining himself at loading mill logs, and being exposed to wet and cold, caused a weakness in the back and loins, and he had what is called a gleet, and an in- flammation, with all the symptoms, common in venereal. His wife became affected in the same manner, and they continued in this situation three months, when I was called to attend them; and by making use of proper ap- plications to strengthen the loins, and medicine to re- move the canker, I was able to cure both, in a short time. The man had all the symptoms that appear in the vener- eal, except hard bunches in the groins, called buboes. These I am satisfied, are caused by mercury; for I never knew any to have them, except they had taken mercury. Syringing with mercury and sugar of lead, dries the glands, and stops the discharge; the putrid matter then instead of going off", collects in the groin, and forms hard tumors, which remain a longtime, and have to be brought to a head, to let off the putrid matter. Bunches of a similar kind often come in diiil-rent parts of the body, caused by mercury." S. THOMSON. The above is the substance of the treatment recom- mended by Doctor Thomson for this dreadful disease. Here we see that he treats it precisely like other like canker diseases. It belongs to the same class of canker disease with scrofula, &c, aud hence the treatment varies but little, from that recommended for scrofulu, cancers, and other icho«is or poisonous canker sores. Steam, puke and give injections often ; and wherever necessary poultice with Slippery Elm, Ginger, White Pond Lilly Root, Lobelia or No. 1 powder, Arsesmart and Cracker, all fine, and stewed in a strong tea of No. 3. Change the poultice two or three times a day, till all the poison virus be gone arfd the part healed. Also 416 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE. for a drink, use often through the day the same as is recom- mended in the cure of scrofula, cancers, &c, and a cure can be effected in a very short time. VERTIGO. Causes.—Flegm in the stomach and bowels; any thing which causes apoplexy, see page 273. Symptoms.—Exactly the same whieh precede apoplexy, the symptoms of which see; page 273. CURE.—The same as for apoplexy, if the case be bad or of long standing. Slight cases may be cured by a Short Course, and repeated occasionally, and well fol- lowed up with No. 2, 4 and 7. WATER BRASH. Causes.—Cold, obstructing the salival glands, near the ttiouth, suddenly; this is often brought about by running out of warm apartments into the cold wind, &c. Symptoms.—This appears to be a kind of spasmodick eructation or flow of water from the stomach by the sali- val glands, brought on, as it were instantaneously, with- out any symptoms of fever, and independent of any other disease, or any affection whatever in any other part of the body; it is often known to be coming in, by a sort of burning pain in the stomach; the breath almost stopped at the same time, like suffication or strangulation; a flow of tears from the eyes, and presently the watery, insipid fluid bursts from the salival gland into the mouth, which gradually gives relief. CURE.—When this comes on the patient should not attempt to draw in breath too soon; but should strive to promote the eructations of saliva, as fast as possible, by ejecting spittle, as fast as it can be collected in the mouth from the-glands, until the breath can be taken in, with safety. A half a teaspoonful of the 3rd preparation of No. 1, Antispasmodic Tincture, or Sweet Nerve Drops, should be given as quickly as possible, and the neck and throat bathed outside with the same, whenever the symp- THOMSONIAN practice. 4f7 toms appear; the patient should at the same time, ob- serve the above directions. If this do not give relief in two or three minutes, repeat the dose, in its purity, and the bathing until it do; then as soon as the patient can swallow freely, give one teaspoonful of the same, in a dose of Bitter Nerve Drops, or No. 4, or Composition tea. If none of the above medicines be at hand, give the Second Preparation of No, I, with the 2nd Preparation of No. 2, equal quantities, in teaspoonful doses. When the patient recover, he should go through a short, or full Course of medicine, and it will prevent it from returning. WENS. Causes.—These excressences are caused by hurts and other cutancaus obstructions, as warts and tumors; some- times they run in families as a hereditary affection, &c. Symptoms.—These are a kind of excressences or tu- mors, resembling something in appearance, between a wart and a cancer tumor; generally making their appear- ance on the head, neck, shoulder, back, &c. CURE.—Take caustic pot ash, or a caustic extract from ley as directed in page 299, and apply, till it sup- purate; then apply a poultice of White Pond Lilly Root, Slippery Elm, Ginger, a little No. 1, and pounded Crack- er, stewed in a strong tea of No. 3, until it entirely dis- charge. Give full courses of the medicine every day or two, with the above, till cured. WHITE SWELLING. White Swelling in this country, is a common and ex- ceedingly terrible disease. The varieties of white swel- ling are numerous, and might obtain several particular ap- pelations, were that necessary. Systematic writers have generally been content with "distinguishing them by the two following divisions, namely: the rheumatic and scro- fulous. . Causes.—Rheumatick White Swelling is caused by exposure to damp or cold, &c. Scrofulous White Swel- 418 THOMSONIAN practice. lings appear to be more generally under the influence of a particular kind of constitution, termed a scrofulous habit. In this sort of temperament, numerous causes capable of exciting inflammation, or any morbid and ir- ritable state of a large joint, may bring such disorder, as may end in" the severe disease, of which I am now speak- ing. Symptoms.—The knee, ankle, wrist and elbow, are the joints most subject to this drearlful malady. The color of the skin is not altered by this disease. In some in- stances, the swelling yields to a certain degree of pres- sure; but it never pits; and is almost sufficiently firm to cause an uninformed examiner to believe that the bones contribute to the tumor.—-The pain is sometimes vehe- ment from the first; in other instances, there is very little pain in the beginning of the disease. In most cases of 6crofulous white swellings, in the knee, it is more par- ticularly situated in one part of the joint, namely; either in the center thereof, or the head of the largest leg bone. At the commencement there is very little or no swelling. The swelling at first fills up the little hollows of the joints, and gradually spreads all over the affected joint. The patient, unable to bear weight on the affected joint, gets in the habit of touching the ground with his toes, only. The knee then soon losses the capacity of becom- ing straight. The joint, in time, swells to a vast size, and yet retain the color, but looks smooth and shining with an appearance of blue veins through it; while the limb declines, both above and below the diseased joint. At length as the distemper advances, ulcerated abscesses open here and there, and sometimes heal up again; and are often followed by others, which pursue the same course. In some cases these abscesses, appear in a few months, and in others, no suppuration takes place for several years. In such cases the patient's health becomes impaired and he looses both his appetite, and natural rest and sleep; pulse small and frequent; nocturnal sweats and looseness of the bowels enMje; and finally death comes to relieve the sufferer, unless the constitution be relieved in time. , CURE.—This terrible disease, though seldom cured thomsonian practice. . 419 by the calomel faculty, can be speedily cured by the Thomsonian practice, if taken in time, is a fact now too well known to admit of a contradiction; and that there have been numerous cases alreadv cured of the most desperate kind, is also a fact, too"well authenti- cated to admit of a doubt. The treatment in this com- plaint, must, in every case, be accompanied with the full and most thorough Courses »f medicine, and various applications to the part affected, accordingly as the symptoms may seem to indicate. If it resemble a can- cer tumor, treat it in a similar manner, and steam the swelling every night; then bathe with strong Vinegar Lotion, Pepper Sauce or 3rd Praparation of No. l.and apply a poultice made of a table spoonful of Composi- tion Powder, or do. of No. 1 Powder, one do. of No. 2, one do. of salt, one do. of Arsesmart, one do. of Slippery Elm, one do. of Bitter-sweet, one do. of Bur- dock Seed, and stew in Vinegar Lotion, Whiskey Lo- tion, or a strong tea or Tincture of Wild Camomile. Many other things may be added to the above, or to a part of them, or alone as necessity may seem to re- quire; such as the dregs of No. 6, dregs of the 3rd Pre- paration of No. 1, Peppersauce ; Spikenard Root, &c„ If the part be very numb and dead like, the above stim- ulating poultice and plasters will do much towards re- storing them. Some bad white-swellings have been cured by applying a plaster of the No. 6 dregs every night after steaming it, together with full Couses, fre- quently repeated. In all cases, the patient must be well fed with No. 2, 3, 4, 7 and 8; at the same time, must make a constant use of the syringe. And by taking daily a few drinks of the Anti scorbutic tea or some- thing of that nature, as recommended for cancers, scald- head, &c, it will accelerate a cure. If the white- swelling be broke, then a poultice of strong No. 3 tea, Lilly Root, Elm Ginger, &c. may be varied to suit the case, as for ulcers, canker sores, &c, and contin- ued, till entirely well.—Keep all greasy salves away, unless it be something like rheumatic Liniment or Nerve Ointment—Persevere, and a cure will be cer- tain. 420 THOMSONIAN PRACTICE WORMS. There are various kinds of vermin which have been known to infest the human body. The most common of these, are chiefly of three kinds, namely: the tapeworm; the round long-worm; and the round short-ivorm. The tape-worm is white and flat, resembling a kind of tape or ribband; from which, no doubt it takes its name. It is generally bred in the intestines; but is said to inhab- it the stomach also. These flat monsters^ are about one third of an inch wide, and appear in joints of about half an inch long, all joined together; but they are easily bro- ken assunder and will make so many separate worms, capable of increasing in magnitude; and while one joint re- mains, there is a tape-worm. They often come away in pieces, of many yards long. The round long-worms, inhabit both the bowels and stomach, and have been known to crawl up into the mouths and nostrils of those afflicted with them. When full grown, they are about a foot long. The round short-worms, commonly lodge in the lower portion of the large intestines, and occasion a disagreea- ble itching in the fundament. They are of a clearer white than the other described vermin, about as thick as a pin's point, and from a fourth to a third of an inch Jong. This Bpecies of worm has been known to increase in numbers of many thousands in a patient at one time. Causes.—Worms are bred and supported in the cold flegm that collects in the stomach and bowels, which is their natural element; and the more flegm there be in the patient, the more there will be of the worms. Children are more liable to worms than adults; because they are more lax of body and habit; and often cause the growth of the flegm by eating unripe fruit and other crudities. Some say worms are hereditary in some children ; insomuch that children of the same family have been seen to be af- flicted with worms of a particular kind: and that they may be owing in some instances to the nurse, when those nursed by another, have none. But Doctor Thomson sayeth that "they who are in health are never troubled with worms." Symptoms.—Variable appetite; stinking breath; acrid THOMSONIAN PRACTICE.4 421 evacuations; slimey stools; and pains in the stomach and bowels; grinding the teeth during sleep; itching and picking of the nose, paleness of the countenance; some- times dizziness; hardness and fullness of the belly, with occasional griping pains therein; particularly about the naval; itching in and about the fundament; short dry cough; a falling away of the body; slow fever, with un- regular pulse, and sometimes convulsive fits; often a sleepy sensation, but restless while assleep, and waking out of it in a fright, with outcries, &c. CURE.—"In cases of this kind, the only thing neces- sary diquia, Fluids suddenly reduced from solids. Demulcent, Sheathing or lubricating. Dentifrice, A tooth powder or wash. Dentition, Beeding or coming of the teeth. D^obstruent, Correcting the secretions, or removing ob- structions. Depilatory, Any application which removes the hair from any p-.rt of the body ; as a pitch plaster, &c. Detergent, Cleansing; to absoib or wipe away the humors that obstruct the vessels. Divarication, The crossing of any two things; as mus- cles or fibers intersect each. Diaphragm, The great membranous muscle separating the cavity of the chest from the belly; the midriff". Diaphoretic, Producing unsensible perspiration. Diarrhea, A purging; flux. Diastole, The dilatation of the ventricles of the heart. Diagnostic, Deciding the disease by syptoms. Dioeta, Diet; food. Diet, Food or drink for fhe sick. Diffusible, Flowing in all directions. Digest, To concoct by the stomach; also an infusion of medicinal substance in liquor. Diluent, To thin; wash away; or increase the propor- tion of fluid in the blood. GLOSSARY. 429 Discutient, Repelling or dissolving tumors, or any coagu- lated, morbid matter. Disease, Any alteration from a perfect state of health. Dislocote, To put out of joint. Dispensary, The shop in which medicines are prepared: also, an institution to supply the poor with medicine and advice. Dispensatory, A book that treats of the composition of medicines. Distortion, A twisting or bending a bone or muscle awry. Dissection, Cutting t > pieces an animal or vegetable. Dissolvent, That which dissolves or melts any thing. Diuretic, Increasing the discharge of urine. Diverticulum, When any part be out of place, or mal- formed. Drastic, Purges that are violent or harsh in their opera- tion. Ductus, A canal or duct, Duct, A tube or vessel to convey fluids from one part of the boiiy to another. Duodenum, The first portion of the small intestines. Dyspepsia or Dyspepsy, Difficulty of digestion. Dyspcena, Difficult respiration. jjjjbullition, Boiling. Eccot protic, Gently laxative. Efflorescence, In pathology, a morbid redness of the skin; in botany, the blooming of flowers. Effluvia, Exhallations from decomposing bodies. Effusion, The escape of any fluid out of the vessel or organ containing it. Elastic, Springy; having the power of returning to its proper form, "after being forced to deviate. Elasticity, A springy force in bodies by which they re- store themselves, when displaced. Elaterium, Having purgaive qualities, to stimulate or agitate. Electricity, A property which certain bodies possess when rubbed, heated or otherwise excited, whereby they attract remote bodies, and frequently emit sparts or streams of light. Electuary, Medical ingredients mixed with honey. Element, A simple body or substance. 450 GLOSSARY. Elixir, Compound tinctures. Emasculatus, Having the testicles in the belly, and not in the scrotum. Embryotomy, The act of butchering and cutting away a child bv pieces, instead of a natural birth. See page 370. Embrocation, A medical lotion, or wash. Embryo, The young, unfinished in the womb; or the germ of a plant. Emaciation, Making lean; falling away. Emasculation, Castration; effiminacy. Emetic, That causes vomiting. Emesis, Vomiting. Emmenagogue, That causes menstruation. Emolient, Softening, relaxing. Empyema, A collection of purulent matter in the cavity of the throax or breast. Empiric, One who practices the healing art upon experi- ence, not theory. This is the true meaning of impiric; but it is now applied, to venders of nostrums, who sound their own praise in the public papers. Emporium, A mart: The brain. Empytaema, Causing suppuration. Empyicemuatr, Smelling as it wereburnt; as empyreuma- tie oils, &c. Emunctory, The excretory ducts of the body. Enamel, The hard, white vitreous or natural surface of the teeth. Enema, An injection. Enteroccle, An intestinal rupture or hernia. Epidemic, A disease generally infectious. Epileptic, Suddenly falling. Epistaxis, Bleeding at the nose, with pain and fallness of the head. Erratic, Wandering. Eructation, Belching wind from the stomach. Esculent, Good for food. Escharotic, Caustic; a caustic, corrosive. Exacerbation, An increase of the violence or symptoms of a disease. Exanthematic, Producing cutaneous eruptions. Excrement, The alvine stools; dung. GLOSSARY. 431 Excite, To stir up, or impress the solids, so as to alter their action, and thus accordingly produce health or disease. Excrescence, A preternatural formation of flesh. Exhalents, The pores. Exhibit, To offer; use; propose; administer; show. Expectorant, Promoting a discharge of muces from the lungs. Expiration, Thrusting the breath out of the lungs. Kxpuition, A discharge by spitting. Expulsion, The act of expelling or driving out. Extract, The product of an aqueous decoction; also, to draw away any extraneous, substance, or matter. Extractor, An instrument with which any thing is ex- tracted as teeth, &c. Extraction, Taking extraneous substances out of the body. Extravasation, Fluids out of their proper vessels or re- ceptacles. Uncial, Belonging to the face. Facies, The face. Faculty, The power or ability by which any action is performed. Fcex, Fceces, Excrements. Fallopian Tubes, The tubes belonging to the womb; the small fleshy canals or vessels that arise at each side of the upper part of the womb, Fames, Hunger. Farina, The mealy part of grain, seed, &c. Fauces, The cavity behind the tongue. Favosus, Resembling a honey comb. Febris, A fever. Febrile, Consisting of or proceeding from fever. Feces, or fceces, Excrements; sediment; lees. Filter, To strain any liquor. Fimbriated, Fringed. Fissure, A notch, or long, narrow external cavity. Flatulent, Windy, painful. Flood, Flow, flux, catamenia. Fluid, Liquid of any kind. Fluor Albus, The whites leuchorhea. Flacid, Weak, limber, not stiff. Foetus, A child before the proper period for its birth. 432 GLOSSARY. Fomentation, A partial bathing by applying hot flannel flannels dipped in medical decoctions; or any other warm, moist applications. Fontanelles, The spaces in the child, where seams of the skull unite or cross each other, below the crown and on the top of the head. Foreskin, The prepuce. Forceps, Pincers for clasping the head of the child and forcing delivery:—Anti-Thomsonian. Foreceps, Various kinds of pincers for extracting, ex- traneous substances, as teeth, splinters, thorns, &c. Frasnulum, A cutaneous fold, or bridle, under the tongue. Frsenum, The membraneous fold, or bridle, that connects the prepuce to the inferior part of the glans penis. Fracture, A. broken bone. Fragilis, or Fragile, Brittle. Frontal, Before the head, the forehead. Friction, Rubbing the surface of bodies, with any sub- stance. Fumus, or Fume, Smoke, vapor. Fumigation, The application of fumes, to drive away or neutralize contagious or loathsome miasms. Funis, The naval cord. Fungi, or Fungus, Proud flesh. Function, The office that any part of the animal body is intended to perform. Funis Umbilicalis, The naval cord. Q-all Bladder, The membranous bag, attached to the liver, that contains the bile. Ganglion, A knot in a nerve. Gangrene, Eating away, or mortification of the flesh. Gargarisma, A gargle or wash for the mouth andth roat. Gas, Any air except the atmosphere; an elastic fluid. Gastric, Belonging to the stomach. Gastro, Having connection with the stomach. Gelatin, orgellatin, Gellatinous, Animal jelly. Geld, To castrate. Generation, A family, race, the act of begetting or pro- ducing. Genitals, Parts belonging to generation. Genus, A class of being. Gestation, Time of pregnancy. GLOSSARY. 439 Gonorrhoea, A morbid flux from the urethra, in males. Fe- males are also liable to the same complaint in some forms;—several species. Giddy, Having whirling or dizzy sensations in the head. Glacies, Ice. Gland, Anorganic part of the body, composed of blood- vessels, nerves, and absorbents. Glans-Penis, The head or apex of the penis. Gleet, A thin slimy mucus, or ichorous discharge by the urethra, in men, resembling the Whites, in women. Gummata, or Gunglia, Venereal excressences. Gummi, Vegetable gum. Gravid, Pregnant. Gymnastic, Athletick exercise. TJgematology, The doctrine of the blood. Raemorrhagia, Ahaemorrage, or flow of the blood. Haemorrhoids, The piles. Haemorrhage, Discharge of blood. Habilitation, Fitness; appropriateness, adaptation. Hallucinato, An erroneous imagination. Halo, The red circle around the nipple. Hare lip, A longitudinal fissure or division of a lip. Many children have been born with this kind of mal- formation: it is so called, on account of the imagined resemblance to the upper lip of a hare. Hectic Fever, A slow consuming fever. Herpes, The tetter; ringworm. Herpetic, Curing diseases of the skin. Hydated, Unanimalized substance formed like a bladder, and distended with an aqueous fluid. Hydrogen, The base of inflammable air: A substance not perceptable to our sensations in a separate state; but its existence is not at all less certain. With ox- ygen it produces water. Hydrometer, An instrument to measure fluids. Hydropica, Good in cases of dropsy. Hereditary, A disease that is transferred from parents to the children. Hermaphrodite, Partaking of both sexes. Hygeia, The goddess of health. Hygrometer, An instrument to measure the degrees of moisture in the atmosphere. 37 434 GLOSSART. Hygroscopic, Absorbing moisture from the atmosphere. Hymen, The god of marriage; a thin membrane at the entrance of the vaginna; the test of virginity. Hypnobates, One who walks in his sleep. Hypocondria, A disease in men answering to hysterics in women. Hypochondriacism, Low spirits. Hypochondriac viscera, The liver, spleen, &c. Hysterica, or hysterics, Diseases of the womb, attended by languor and debility, melanchoiy, and often char- acterized by spasmodic affections of the nervous sys- tem. ?|chthyocolla, Isinglass, Fish glue. chor, A thin watery humor in sores. Ideology, The doctrine or study of the understanding. Immolation, Sacrifice. Imposthuma, or Imposthume, An abscess. Impregnation, Conception, generation. Index, To point out, the discoverer, the fore-finger. Infection, Inoculation, spreading. Infusion, Water of any temperature, poured on, or into any substance to digest: The liquor thus obtained is called an infusion. Inflammation, A surcharge of blood, characterized by heat, redness and pain. Inhumate, To bury; to bury in warm medicated earth, &c. Ingluvies, Gluttony. Ingesta, Food. Injection, Clyster, Enema, A medicated or dietetick, liquid, to throw into a natural or preternatural cavity of the body by means of a syringe. Inoculation, The insertion of poison, or any foreign sub- stance into any part of the body. Insania, Insanity; deranged intellect. Inspiration, Drawing breath into the lungs. Inspissate, To thicken a fluid by evoporation. Instinct, Animal sensations, and powers of comparison and distinction. Integument, Any natural covering; as skin, &c. Intermit, To forbear for a time. Interlabial, Between the labia or lips. Intermitted, Ceasing during intervals of time. GLOSSARY. 435 Internal, Inward, opposed to external. Intestines, The bowels, the guts. Invertion, Turned inside out. Issue, An artificial ulcer, made by burying a pipe, a pea, * or other substance in any orrifice in the flesh or skin. Jecur, The liver. Jecur Uterim, The placenta. Jelly, Gellatine, A thick elastic, semi-transparent fluid. Judgment, Notion, opinion, decission, the perfecting of an idea, the determination or distingui*! ing of pro- priety. A continuation of judgment, \n- ed together form an inference, or process of reasoning. Judgment, is the most important of the intellectual faculties; for we see ;how important it is to judge justly, that is, to establish only those relations which really exist! ;If we judge that a poisonous substance is salutary, we are in danger of losing our lives !! Juggle, Ledjurdemain, imposture, deception. Juggular, Belonging to the throat. Julap, An extemporaneous form of medicine, of simple and compound water sweetened. Jumart, A mixture or jenneration from a bull and a mare. Kali, (Arabian.) The vegetable alkali. [ter. Keelhale, or Keelhaul, To punish by dragging under wa- Keneangia, A state of unaction of the blood or the fluids. Kernel, Any hard substance contained in an integument or husk; a gland, or knobbly secretions in the flesh. Kimbo, Crooked, bent, arched. Knee-pan, The kneecap. Labium, Labia, Lip. Labor, Travail, child birth. Laboratorium, or Laboratorv, A chemical shop. Labyrinth, The internal part or the ear, behind the cav- ity of the tympanum. Lac, Milk: also milky gums called Zicca; that exude out of certain trees. Lactation, Suckling. Lacteal, Milkev. ... •* Lacteals, Vessels that absorb the chyle, and eonvey it to the thoracic duct. Lancetta, A lancet. 436 GLOSSARY. Lapara, The flank. Lard, Hog's fat. Larynx, Upper part of the windpipe. * Lateral, On the side. Laxative, Gently loosening to the bowels. Lesion, A hurt, wound, injury. Lethurgy, Stupid, sleepy; an imperfect apoplexy. Leueorraea, The whites. Ligament, An elastic, strong membrane, connecting the extremities of the movable bones. Ligature, A silk thread waxed, for tying arteries, &c. A bandage. -Lixivium, Ley. Lobe, A part or division of the liver, lungs, &c. Local, Belonging to a part, not the whole. Lochia, The cleansing from the womb, after child-birth. Lumbago, A rheumatic, affection, of the muscles about the loins. Lymph, The colorless fluid, separated from the blood, and contained in small vessels, called Lymphatics, Vessels that commence with open tubes, in all the fleshy parts of the body, that absorb the morbific materials or fluids, and carry them into the vains, to bethrown out by the cecernants. ^Jagnetism animal, A sympathy or affini y said to exist between the magnet and the human body. Malformation, A defect information. Mammae, Breasts. Mania, Raving or furious madness. Marasmus, Wasting of flesh, health and strength with- out apparent cause. [cine, Materia medica, Substances used in a system of medi- Membrane, A thin flexible skin, on internal parts of the body. Menstruation, The Menses; The monthly courses, or discharges from the womb. Miasm, or Miasma, (Greek.) Corruption, pollution, in- fection, or atom that arises from distempered, putrify- ing or poisonous bodies.—The Greek plural is mias- mata; and the plural in plain english, is miasms. Miconium, The first discharge through the bowels of infants. GLOSSART. 437 Midriff, The diaphragm. Milliary Eruption, Pustules resembling millet seeds. Monsters, Children born with a redundance or multi- plicity of parts, a confusion of parts, or an error in the place of parts. Mons veneris, The eminence of, or over the pubes of wo- men, that is covered with hair. Morbid, Diseased, sickly. [mucus membranes. Mucus, Slimy, ropy transparent fluid, secreted by the Mucillage, A thick, watery solution of any gummy sub- stance. Mummy, A dead body preserved by embalming. Mumble, To speak low, and lip the words unarticulately. Muscles, Distinct portions of the flesh suscepible of con traction and relaxtion. [tines to the back bone. Myssentery, A double membrane connecting the intes- Jljarcotic, Any poison causing sleep, stupor, &c. Naussea,.. An inclination to vomit. Nerve, Formerly it meant a sinew; hence the opposite meanings of the word nervous, when applied to strong, sinewy, and sometimes weak and irritable. Nerves are long white, marrowy cords distributed through the whole body, and serve for sensation. Nervine, Relieving disorder in the nerves. All the an- tispasmodics are nervines. Nitrogen, or Azot, A gas, constituting four fifths of the volume of atmospheric air. It will neither support life nor flame. Nodu3, Enlargement of the bones by disease. Noraenclators, Those who give names to things. Nosology, Classification of disease. Nucleus, Any thing about which matter is collected. Nytnpha, or Nymphse, Small wings or lips, at the necfe of the womb and over the urethra. 0ibstetric, Belonging to midwifery. Obstetricy, Midwifery. (Edematous, Swelling that leaves a pit after pressure. GEsophagns, The gullet, the throaL Organ, A member or part of the body capable of per- forming some function or operation. Orplment, The yellow sulphuret of arsenic. Ossifiy, To tarn to bone. 37* 45S SLOSSAftT. Os, A bone: it is also used to signify an orrifice, mouth, passage, entrance, hole. Os externum, External orrifice or opening. Os pubes, The pulse bone. Os uteri, ostincce, The mouth of the womb. Ovulum, Ovum or Ovary, (Lattin, A little egg.) A fe- male testicle.—Ovaria or Ovaries, the plural of ovum. Oxygen, A simple substance, composing the greatest part of water, and part of atmospheric air. [oxygen. Oxygenize or Oxygenate, To acidity a substance by palpitation, A fluttering or convulsive motion. Pancreas, A glandular organ of the belly, of a long figure, that secretes a juice that is conveyed into the intostine,and mixed with the chyle. [the cranium. Parietal, Inclosing like walls, as the high side bones of Parenchymatous, Pulpy, fleshy. Parraceous, Greenish, resembling leeks. Posterior, Following. Parturition, Child birth, or being delivered of a child. Paralysis, Palsy; loss of muscular power and motion. Paroxysm, A fit. Patella, The knee pan or cap. Pathology, The history and explanation of diseases. Pectoral * Good for diseases of the breast. Pelvis, The basin or cavity in the body below the belly. Pelvimeter, A kind of calliper for measuring the dimen- sions of the pelvis. Penis, The front, pendulous genital organ or member of a man's body, commonly called yard. Peptic, What promotes digestion. Peristalic, The expanding and contracting motion of the intestines, by which they expel their contents. Perspiration, Sweat. Peritonceum, A membrane Iinirg the cavity of the belly and covering the intestines. Pericardium, Membrane containing the heart. Perysistole, The pause between a contraction and a di- lation of the heart. Pharmacopoeia, A dispensatory. Phemasia Dolens, The big leg, sometimes happening to lying in women. Phlogistion, Rendering the air unfit for breathing. GLOSSARY. 439 Phlegmatic, Watery, relaxed, inclined to flegm. Phtisis, Pulmonary consumption. Physical, Bodily, medicinal, helpful to health. Physiology, The science of physical life and motion. Placenta, The cake that unites the naval cord to tha womb; the afterbirth. Piperine, The extract of black pepper. Plexus, A bundle of nerves. Pleura, See pleurisy, page 386. [of habit or body. Plethora, Excressive fullness of the vessels; a fullness Pollypus, A diseased excressence or tumor generally growing in the nostril, vaginna or womb- Precipitate, Any matter that falls to the bottom; or is precipitated or suspended in fat or oil, as quicksilver; a deadly poison; as the red precipitate. Pregnancy, The state of being with young, Prepuce, The skin or membrane that covers the glans- penis, and clitories. Predisposition, Previous adaption. Priapism, A continual and preternatural tension. Prolapsus, A protrusion of any part of the bodjr. Proximate, Next, near or immediate. Pubis or Pubes, The share bone, or bone that bounds and] supports the anterior and lower part of the belly- Puberty, Full growth and age- Puerperal, Relating to child birth. Pulmonary, Belonging to the lungs. Pulsation," The beating of the heart of an arteryv Pulvis, A powder. Pulmo, The lung. Pudendum, Pudendi, Pudenda, (From the Latin, Pador, which signifies shame.) The privates of a women or her external parts of generation. Pulmonary, Belonging to the lungs- Purgative, Whatever rapidly hastens the contents of the- bowels. Purulent, Consisting of pus, or corruption- Pus, The matter or corruption in a bile, &c. See page- 159 and 160. Pustules, Pimples containing corruption. Putrescent, Tending to putrefaction. Pylorus, Lower orrifice of the stomach. 440 GLOSSARY. Pyrometer, An instrument to ascertain the heat of a furnace. L [drv a!r- Pyrophori, That readily takes fire in damp, but not in Pyrexia, Fever. Quartan, The fourth day ague. Quartidian, Daily returns. Quicksilver, A fuid metal, resembling silver in color. It hardens at 40 degrees below 0. It is a deadly poi- son, and is the basis of the red precipitate and other ointments, mercury or calomel—dangerous prepara- tions, and applications used by the mineral faculty. iCT^Beware of every thing of the kind, and them who use it. J^ectum, The lower or straight gut. Regimen, Relating to diet. Respiration, The act of breathing. Retching, Straining to vomit. Retroversion, Turned inside out, or wrong endforemost. Rigid, Rough, harsh, stiff. Rigor, A sense of cold, with contraction of the skin. Rima Glotidis, Rim of the opening of the windpipe. Rubefacient, Giving a redness to the surface. galivation, ;A scientific mode of purging the salival glands with mercury, to cure disease by spitting! and by rotting the gums and loosening the teeth! ! ! Saliva, Spittle. Saline, Partaking of the properties of salt. Sanguine, Abounding with blood; warm; cheerful, &c. Scapula, The shoulder blade. Sciatica, A rheumatic affection of the hip-joint. Scrotum, The common intiguments or bag that coven the testicles. Secernants, Carrying off obstructions. Secretion, The act of any organ or vessel absorbing, or separating such substance as is peculiar to its office, from the organs of circulation. Sedative, That which quiets the nerves, and muscular action. Semen, The seed or fluid essential to generation. Sensorium, The brain, the great organ of sense. Serum, Whey; The yellow and somewhat greenish fluid which separates from the blood. 6L0S9ARY. 441 Sexual, Relating to the 9exes. Solution, A perfect union of a solid substance with a fluid. Sternum, The breast bone. Stomachic, Good for the stomach. Strangury, A difficulty in voiding urine. Spirits of Wine, A highly rectified or purified spirit of brandies, wines, and other spirituous liqnors. Spirits, All volatile fluids, collected by distillation. Stimulent, Exciting action. Sudoriffic, Causing sweat. Syncope, Fainting or swooning. Syphillis, or Pox, The venereal disease. Syphon, A tube for drawing liquor from one vessel into another. Systole, The contraction of the ventricles of the heart. ^Pabes, A species of consumption. Temperament, A peculiar habit of body; as the san- guine, the bilious, the melancholic, and the flegma- tic. Tenesmus, A griping which prevents stool. Tendons, The sinews. Tendo-achillis, The great sinew at the heel. Tenia Captis, The scald head. Testicles, The organs of seed in all bipid and quadruped animal beings. In the males they hang in a bag called scrotum; in females, they are attached to the external surface of the neck of the womb. Tepid, Luke-warm. Tetanus, The cramp, lock-jaw, fits. Thomsonian, From Thomson, Doctor Samuel, the author and founder of this glorious system of medicine, jwhich is bringing glad tidings of great joy to the afflicted! This beloved and venerated man was born, in the 2nd month, 9, 1769, in the town of Alsted, Cheshire coun- county, New Hampshire. Thoracic, Belonging to the throax or chest. Throax, The chest, or part between the neck and the belly. Titillation, The act of ticking. Tonsil, An oblong, partly oval gland in each side of tbo back part of the mouth. 442 GLOSSARY. Topical, Medicine applied to a particular place. Trocar, An instrument for tapping, in dropsy. Tremor, An unvoluntary trembling. Truss, An instrument to retain the intestines in their proper place, in case of a rupture. Tumor, A swelling. Tympanum, The drum or hollow part of the ear. 1J'cer» A cancerous abscess or sore, discharging corro- sive pus. Umbillicus, The naval cord. Undulating, Wavering. Unition,, The act or power of uniting; conjunction. Uters, Tubes that couvey the urine from the kidneys to the bladder. Uterogestation, Pregnancy. Uterus, The womb. Uterine, Belonging to the womb. Urethra, The canal by which the bladder is avacuated. Uvula, The small conical fleshy substance hanging in the middle of the back part of the mouth. ^^.iccination, Inocculation. Vacuum, A space occupied by matter. Vaginna, The passage into, or neck of the womb. Vapor, Steam, or mist. Vapor-bath, See page 94, &c. Vascular, Composed of vessels. Ventriloquism, The art of changing the voice, so as to imitate other voices than what are natural to the speaker. Venesection, Blood letting. Vena-cava, Two large veins that pour the blood into the heart. Veins, Vessels which return the blood to the heart. Vermifuge, A medicine that expels worms. Vermis, A worm. Vertigo, Dizziness or giddiness of the head. Vessication, or Vesiculation, Blistering. Vessicle, The cuticle containing a transparent watery fluid. Vicid, Glutinous, tenaceous. Virus, Poison humor; as of an ulcer, &c. Vicera, The internal organs of the breast and belly. GLOSSARY. 443 Volatile, Liable to evaporate or waste speedily; light. ^T'hey, The fluid of milk that remains after the curd be separated. Womb, The natural organ in the mother in which her young is formed and produced; called in Lattin, Ute- us, Matrix, &c. Wort, A small rough fleshy excressence, rising in the skin;—also, an infusion of malt, good in scrofulous diseases. yest, Foaming or fermentation of beer, worts or beer fermentation. INDEX. —»H«©9*<~ An Agreement 4 Anti-Spasmodic Tincture 29 Anti Dyspeptic Pills 39 Alarm 135 Anger 193 Air 2H; Assistance—Drowning 254 Abscess 267 Abstinence,Famishment 269 Acidities,Gripes, Cholic 27 I Ague and Fever 272 Aneurism ib. Apoplexy 273 Appetite lost 274 Asthma 275 Amourosis 289 Afterbirth 380 Bitters No. 4 16 Bitters Hot IB Hitters Laxative ib Bitters Spiced 19 Bitters Tonic ib. Bread of Life 20 Bitter Syrup 21 Bitters Wine ib. Bitter Nerve Drops ib. Bilious, morbid stomach 283 Bleeding at the nose 284 Bleeding in the stomach 285 Breasts, sore 406 Bleeding in the lungs 284 Bloody Urine 286 Blisters 291 Bruises 292 Bougies, directions &c, 109 Butternut Syrup 38 Blackberry Cordial 40 Balsam of Honey 56 Bread Toast 61 Broth for* the sick 62 Boiled Grain & Vegetable 68 Bathing thn feet 103 Bath, Cold Water 116 Bath, Shower 117 Bath, Sponge ib. Bath tub or Trough ib. Bathing, Sea 120 Bathing, Sea, Artificial ib. Bathing Cautions in ib. Breathing, Life & Motion220 Blood Letting 231 Blistering 239 Burying Alive 249 Bleeding 232 " Proposition on 237 Baldness 276 Beauty, Deformity,&c,. 277 Bleeding external 285 Blindness, sore eyes 287 Burns, Scalds, Freezes 292 INDEX • 446 Cordial Rasberry 16 Cholera Morbus 313 Conserve of Hollyhock 20 Cholics 314 Compound Nerve Powder 27 Cramp cholic ib. Composition Powder 29 Club feet 315 Cough Powder 30 Cold—Common 316 Cough drops 31 Consumption, liver, &c. 317 Cholera Syrup 32 Contractions 321 Clysters 33 Cough—common ib. Clyster Powder 36 Cold feet and hands 323 " Water ib. Corns and Warts ib. Cancer Plaster 48 Cramp in the Stomach 324 Court Plaster 51 Cramp in Limbs ib. Corn Plaster 50 Croup 325 Corn-meal Gruel 59 Cuts S26 Catalogue of Vegetable 76 Chicken-pox 341 Cold Water Bath 116 Canker Rash 342 Cold Bathing 120 Courses obstructed 352 Clysters or Injections 127 Canine madness,&c, 362 " Antidyspeptic 128 Catheter, pass 408 " Antiseptic ib. Costiveness 7 Canker, &c. $ 302 " Carminitive ib. *• Emolient ib. Description of Medicines 6 " Laxative ib. Diuretic Powder 33 Course of Medicine 129 Diuretic Drops ib. Cleanliness 160 Direction to Syringe 34 Clothing or Dress 165 Dietetic Regimen 58 Clothing of Children ib. Diet Drinks 70 Chapter on Life, &c, 220 Doses, Ta-ble of 93 Classes of Diseases 263 Death by Tight Lacing 175 Cataract 288 Declaration of Indepen 261 Cancers, Canker sores 294 Dandruff 326 Cancer, receipt for 299 Deafness 527 « (< IC (1 300 Diabetes 328 Canker, running sores 301 Dislocations 329 Canker in the intestines 302 " of Shoulder ib. Carbuncle 303 " " Jaw 330 Casualties, accidents 304 " " Neck 331 Choking 305 " Ribs ib. Catalepsy 307 Dropsies 332 Catarrh 608 D rowing 336 Chapped hands ib. Drunkenness 337 Cholera 309 Dysentery 338 INDEX. 447 Difficult Labors Emetic Powders Emetic Drops Eye-Water Essence of Peppermint Emetics or Vomits Expectoration Exercise Evacuations Extractor of Teeth Extraction of Teeth Extract iron, from, &c. Eye-shades Ear-ach Epilepsy, falling fits Eruptions, variou9 Erysipelas Flour & water Gruel Female Dress Female Dress, &c,. Fear and Fright Force of Imagination Foul Teeth Foot Bathing ■ Famishment, &c,. Fainting or swooning Fear, fright, grief, &c,. Fevers Fistula Flooding, Whites, &c, Fractures Falling of the womb Finger ring, remove Golden Tincture Gruel Garlic Ointment Grief Golden Opinions Gout Glossary Head-ach Snuff Healing Salve 387 11 13 54 55 122 156 205 214 217 ib. 290 291 538 359 340 343 59 16; 176 196 198 214 103 269 344 345 ib. 351 352 S5S 354 356 56 59 73 199 266 557 425 41 51 Herpetic, Powders, &c, 52 Horse Raddish 75 How to Steam 98 Heat is Life, &c, 149 Hereditary Diseases 187 How to prove the sound- ness of the Lungs 220 Head Ache 358 Heart Burn; jb. Hickups 359 Hydrophobia ib. Hysterics 362 Infant Drops 24 Injections 55, 34, 127, 128 Infection 163 Intemperance 177 Influence of trades & oc- cupations on Health 256 Inflammation 363' Itch &65 Itch Ointment 48 Infant, to the breast 384 " natural passage 385 "' eat, physic ib. " nursing ib. " begin to eat ib. " rocking ib. " crying of ib. «' laxatives 384' " developements 386 " teething ib. " diet ib. " medicines ib* Kings Evil 403 Laxative Cordial 20 «' Bitters 18 Pills 58 Lozenges, worm & cough 40 Lip Salve Long Course Love &-Marriage Longevity 51 159 200 245 448 INDEX. Lightning Rods Lightning to Escape Lock-Jaw Labor, natural " Assistance in " Position, &c, Mother's Cordial Milk Poridge Mouldy Bread Mastication Mustard Seed 74 Mango 75 Medicated Bath 105 Marriage 200, 203„204 Melancholy 204 Mineral Poisons 242 Meazels 341 Midwifery. 367 Milk Leg 389 Monthly Courses 39C Mumps 392 No. 1 - - - 7 " " 1st & 2nd prep. 8 " " Sour Tincture £ " " 3d & 4th prep. 10, 11 " " 5th Preparation 13 " 2 1st ** 13 " " 2nd " 14 " 3 1st " ih « " 2nd " 15 « « 3r(j *« i.g " 4 1st " U " " 2nd " 18 <> a sr(j tt jb " " 4th " 19 " " 5th " ib. '« " 6th " 20 " " 7th **■ « tt 8tn tt „ tt 9tn « " " 10th " " 5 1st " 255|No\ 5 2nd Preparation 23- 5rd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd "10 " " 11 1st " " 2nd " " 12 1st " " " 2nd " " 13 & 14 " " 15 & 16 " " 17, " 18,19, &201-" " 21,22, & 25 " 24, 25 & 26 " 3 & 6 Compound Nerve Powders " Compound " Drops, Sweet ,, Ointment Naval String, cut Night-mare Opium Off'ensive Breath 24 25 ib. 27 ib. 28- 29 ib 30 31 32: 33 ib.. 56. ib. 57" 58' 59 40. 41 42, 44 56- Preface Pectoral Composition Panado Pepper Sauce Passions, &c, 21 (Premature Intermenta ib.j Part Second ib. Poultice 23 Poultice for Ulcers 27 ib. 2* 4T 580- 393 24ff 219^ - a 44 60 74 192 249 261 364 293 INDEX. 449 Poultice, Catmint Prickly heat Pallnte down Palsy Piles Pleurisy Poisons 299 343 394 ib. 395 396 240, 396 Palpitation of the heart 397 Quinsy 398 Rheumatic Drops 25, 45, 47 Remarks on the Numbers 26 Rheumatic Liniment 47 Ripe Bread 63 Recapitulation 86 Running Down 142 Reduce a Swelling 363, 364, 365 Rescussitate, infant 22i, 383 Relax 399 Rheumatism ib. Rickets 401 Rapture ib- Syrup No. 4 - v ^ 21 Syrup No. 5 23 Secondary Medicines. 26, 27 Syringe, use ones-self 34 Syptic Snuff 41 Stimulating Vinegar Lotion 45 Stimu'a'ing Whiskey Lotion 46 Stimulating Liniment ib. Sticking P lister 48 Strengiliening Plaster 49 Syr.ip of Peach Blossoms 55 Sudorific or Sweet Powders 57 " «« «« Drops 58 Substitute for Eggs 73 Steam Box 94 Seam Tent 96 Seim under Blanket 97 S ea;n in Bed ib~ S!eaeiv small Children 101 Sedentary 'Employments 207 Sho- C urse 141 Study 209 Sleep 213 Sail peter, a Poison 244 Salutary Counsel 368, 388 Short sight 290 Shoulder out of Joint 329 Small Pox 340 Scarlet Fever 342 Somach Burn 358 Swathing 382 Scald Head 402 Sciatic 403 Scrofula, Kings Evil ib. Scurvey 404 Snuffles 405 Sick Head-ache 405 Sick Stomach 406 Sore Breast &. Sore Nipples ib. Stone and Gravel 357 St. Vitis' Dance 409 Sprains 407 S'ricture, urethra ib.. To'oth Powder 42 Tooth Ache Dr gj ib Tetter Lotion 53 Tetter Ointment ib- Toast and Water 61 Table of Doses 93 Tepid Water Bath 107 Tight Lacing 167 Tooth Extraction 216 Tooth Pick ib. Tapping for Dropsy 335 Twins 381 Tumors 413,267,295,298 Unbolted Wheat Bread 65 Uses of Steaming 108 Use of Cold Bath. 118 Venereal 413 V.rtigo 415 Worm Powders 37 Worm Syrup ib. Whites 352 Washing Infants 382 Waier-brash 415 Wens 416 WUite Swelling ib. Worms 420 38* Note to Subscribers. Tmade a verbal proposal to some of my former subscribers, to furnish them with a short system of medical praclice, at the latter end of this work, for the cure of diseases in horses, catlle, sheep, swine, &c, on the true Thom-o.iian Principles; provided the mat- ter should not overrun the proposed number of pages, in my Pros. pectus. I have now found it to be impossible to insert it,, as the work, has already overrun tbe proposed bulk of matter, by about two hundred pages. But I have made a more interesting and val- uable bo-ok of practice, than I. even anticipated at the commence- ment. And as regards the diseases in the beasts of the field, I may here remark, that we Thomson a is have no work extant, expressly on the subject. We doctor all of our beasts (judging of their ailments from the symptoms, compared with those of ourselves,), with the fame medicines, and much in the same manner as we do the hu- man—varying the quantity, to the size and strength of the beast. With this system, I have reptatedly performed cures, among vari- ous beasts and animals, and even among fowl*, &c, with signal suc- cess; "and I never knew of a case, especially among horses, cattle, Sec, that had been propeily treated, that failed in curing, or giving great relief, where there was any reasonable hope of such a result from any kind of medicine.- In this way. the cruel and destructive practice of bleeding horses can be entirely dispensed with,to a hun- dred times more advantage to that noble animal. The hoU>w-horn in cattle may be cured, without boring; which lets in wet and cold, occasions pain, ahd renders them liable to have it again. The bloody murrain, has been cured in a very short time in cattle that would have died, without the health-restoring Thomsonian medicines. My Father cured a hog he had, of the locked jaw, in afew hours, after its limbs as well as jaws were set. To afutl grown horse, ox or cow, we give from three to six times the quantity for a dose, that we do to a man; to a new born calf, colt or the like, about a man's portion, and to a hog, sheep, goat or the like, about the same quantity, more or less, accoring to its pize,- strength, &c.. I would gladly add more, but my limi's will not admit of it; so I must come to a close; aid I here truly say, that I can recommend the foregoing work to my fellow-eitizens, with- the greatest pleasure, (in consequence of the full confidence I have in this glorious system of heamig, over every other known,) with a good degree of assurance that they will be benefited by it. REUBEN CHAMBERS. BetHAHTA, 4TH M02TTH, 1843. ERRORS. Page. Line 128 - 35 129 . 2 156 - 35 162 - 11 188 - 26 c< 41 199 - 27 318 - 28 319 - 31 331 28 398 - 10 401 - 4 428 - 22 •* 36 423 - 13 (< . 16 430 - 24 <( 25, Errors. stock proper int Hence will habiliation national ezercise assions afficted V with inegar many Clyster nurish Beeding Syptoms Windpipe tendor Empytaema Eoipyicemuatr Corrections. stock of proper. pint. Hencs it wilK habilitation. natural. exercise. passions. afflicted. with Vi negar- may. Clysters. nourish. Breeding. Symptoms. gullet. tendon. Empyemata. Empyreumatic. NLM032744185